recreation master plan...developing a new recreation master plan to establish a sustainable...
TRANSCRIPT
RECREATION MASTER PLAN
SITUATIONAL ANALYSIS REPORT
County of Brant
May 2017
RECREATION MASTER PLAN
SITUATIONAL ANALYSIS REPORT
County of Brant
May 2017
Prepared for:
County of Brant Community Services 15 Curtis Ave. North Paris, ON N3L 3W1
Prepared by:
GSP Group Inc. 72 Victoria St. S., Suite 201 Kitchener, ON N2G 4Y9 F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. 350 Oxford Street W. #203 London, ON N6H 1T3
Recreation Master Plan | Situational Analysis Report i
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................. 1
2. COMMUNITY DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE ........................................................................... 3
2.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Population Growth ....................................................................................................... 3
2.3 Age Profile................................................................................................................... 4
2.4 Income ........................................................................................................................ 7
2.5 Ethnicity....................................................................................................................... 7
2.6 Employment and Commuting ...................................................................................... 8
2.7 Development Activity and Growth Management Planning ......................................... 9
3. PARKS & RECREATION FACILITIES PROFILE ............................................................... 14
3.1 Parks and Recreation Facilities Inventory ................................................................. 14
3.2 Parkland .................................................................................................................... 14
3.3 Sports Fields ............................................................................................................. 23
3.4 Playgrounds .............................................................................................................. 34
3.5 Aquatic Facilities ....................................................................................................... 36
3.6 Arenas, Community Centres, Community Halls, and Indoor Turf ............................. 38
3.7 Gymnasiums ............................................................................................................. 47
3.8 Other Recreation Facilities ........................................................................................ 50
3.9 River Access and Trails ............................................................................................ 53
4. FINANCIAL & SERVICE DELIVERY REVIEW .................................................................. 57
4.1 Parks and Recreation Facilities Operating Financial Profile ..................................... 57
4.2 Financial Operating Perspectives ............................................................................. 61
4.3 Community Hall Operations ...................................................................................... 63
4.4 Capital Investments and Sources ............................................................................. 65
4.5 Capital Sources ......................................................................................................... 66
Recreation Master Plan | Situational Analysis Report ii
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
4.6 Service Delivery Model ............................................................................................. 67
4.7 Organizational Structure ........................................................................................... 69
5. AGREEMENT, POLICY & DOCUMENT REVIEW ............................................................. 71
5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 71
5.2 Joint Use of Facilities Agreements ............................................................................ 71
5.3 Sport Facility Allocation Policy .................................................................................. 71
5.4 County of Brant Fees and Charges By-Law, April 26, 2016 ..................................... 72
5.5 Affiliation Package, September 2, 2008 .................................................................... 79
5.6 Concussion Policy, June 24, 2014 ............................................................................ 81
5.7 Respect and Responsibilities Policy, February 17, 2015 .......................................... 81
5.8 County of Brant Official Plan (2012 Consolidation) ................................................... 82
5.9 County of Brant Asset Management Plan 2013 ........................................................ 92
5.10 Trails Master Plan (2010) and Transportation Master Plan (2008, 2016) ................. 93
5.11 Ontario Cycling Strategy, 2014 ............................................................................... 103
5.12 Pathways to Wellbeing: A Framework for Recreation in Canada 2015 .................. 105
5.13 Pathways to Recreation: Learning about Ontario’s Accessibility Standard for the
Design of Public Spaces ......................................................................................... 106
5.14 The Youth Services Strategy .................................................................................. 106
5.15 A Master Aging Plan for Brantford and the County of Brant ................................... 107
5.16 All in, All Active, The Development of Access to Recreation Policy ........................ 107
5.17 Outdoor Winter Activity Policy ................................................................................. 108
5.18 County of Brant Aquatic Needs Assessment and Feasibility Study ........................ 109
6. COMMUNITY CONSULTATION ...................................................................................... 110
6.1 Overview ................................................................................................................. 110
6.2 Stakeholder Focus Groups & Interviews ................................................................. 110
6.3 Community Survey .................................................................................................. 124
7. TRENDS & STRATEGIES ............................................................................................... 135
7.1 Overview ................................................................................................................. 135
Recreation Master Plan | Situational Analysis Report iii
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
7.2 Societal and Leisure Participation ........................................................................... 135
7.3 Specific Activity Trends ........................................................................................... 156
7.4 Parks/Facilities Design and Development Trends .................................................. 170
8. EMERGING FINANCING AND SERVICE DELIVERY MODELS ..................................... 179
8.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 179
8.2 Municipal Service Delivery ...................................................................................... 179
8.3 School Board Partnerships ..................................................................................... 180
8.4 Third Party Facility Services Delivery ...................................................................... 182
8.5 Private Facilities ...................................................................................................... 183
8.6 Rental Capital Surcharges ...................................................................................... 185
8.7 Public Private Partnerships ..................................................................................... 186
8.8 Corporate Naming Rights ........................................................................................ 187
8.9 Summary ................................................................................................................. 187
9. Conclusions & Strategic themes ...................................................................................... 189
9.1 Strategic Themes .................................................................................................... 189
9.2 Conclusions ............................................................................................................. 193
APPENDIX A: County of Brant Parks – Inventory of Facilities & Amenities
APPENDIX B: Detailed Consultation Summary and County of Brant Recreation Programs Survey
APPENDIX C: County of Brant Trails Master Plan – Potential Trail Network Map and Individual
Community Maps
Recreation Master Plan | Situational Analysis Report iv
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
MAPS:
MAP 1 Parks and Recreation Facility Locations
1a Paris, Glen Morris, New Durham, Harrisburg
1b Burford, Oakhill, Onondaga
1c Mount Pleasant, St. George
1d Cainsville, Scotland, Oakland
MAP 2 Trails Map
2a Paris, Glen Morris, New Durham, Harrisburg
2b Burford, Oakhill, Onondaga
2c Mount Pleasant, St. George
2d Cainsville, Scotland, Oakland
MAP 3 Paris Burford and St. George: 400m and 800m Walkability – Playgrounds
MAP 4 Paris Burford and St. George: 500m Walkability – Parks and Schools
MAP 5 2011 Population Density by Dissemination Area
MAP 6 2011 Population Age Profile by Dissemination Area – Ages Under 9
MAP 7 2011 Population Age Profile by Dissemination Area – Ages 10-19
MAP 8 2011 Population Age Profile by Dissemination Area – Ages 20-49
MAP 9 2011 Population Age Profile by Dissemination Area – Ages 50-59
MAP 10 2011 Population Age Profile by Dissemination Area – Ages 60+
MAP 11 2011 Median Age
MAP 12 Population Change by Dissemination Area Between 2006-2011 (Number)
MAP 13 Population Change by Dissemination Area Between 2006-2011 (Percent)
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 1
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
1. INTRODUCTION
Brant County is a growing urban and rural municipality with a wide range of indoor and
outdoor recreational opportunities in a variety of natural and built settings. Brant County is
developing a new Recreation Master Plan to establish a sustainable framework to prioritize
future development and improvements to parks, open spaces, recreation programs,
facilities and services, and tourism in the community over the next 10 years.
The current population of the County is approximately 36,7001, and is distributed among
several settlement areas of varying sizes and throughout the rural area. Paris is the largest
urban centre with a 2016 census population of 12,310, followed by St. George (2016
census population of 3,255) and Burford (1,615) 1. The balance of the population is
distributed throughout the smaller settlement areas of Cainsville, Glen Morris, Harrisburg,
Mount Pleasant, New Durham, Oakhill, Oakland, Onondaga, and Scotland, as well as
numerous historic hamlets and throughout the rural area. Continued population growth is
anticipated and will be focused within the serviced settlement areas of Paris and St.
George, and will continue to generate increasing demands for community services
including parks and recreation.
Brant County is a single-tier municipality that surrounds the City of Brantford and adjoins
the Region of Waterloo to the north, the City of Hamilton to the east, Haldimand County
and the Six Nations of the Grand River and Mississaugas of the New Credit First Nation
reserves to the south-east, Norfolk County to the south and Oxford County to the west.
With a wide geography encompassing a land area of more than 840 square kilometres and
access to the higher order transportation network (Highway 403 and 24) that provides
relatively short travel times to larger urban centres such as Brantford, Cambridge and
Hamilton, the range and proximity of recreational facilities and programs varies across the
County and is also influenced by the availability of facilities and programs in adjoining
municipalities.
Through a boundary adjustment agreement with the City of Brantford, approximately 2,500
hectares of land has been annexed by the City from the County for future urban
development to accommodate the forecast population and employment growth in Brantford.
The re-shaping of the municipal boundary to expand the City limits and future development
of these areas for housing and employment will influence the future need for, and location
of, recreational facilities in the City and cross-boundary recreation facility usage and
program participation patterns. This may also present future opportunities to continue to
develop and enhance joint service delivery, partnership and tourism initiatives that may
benefit residents, businesses and visitors of both municipalities.
1 2016 Census Population, from Statistics Canada Census Profile, 2016.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 2
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Current municipal indoor recreation facilities in the County include four community centres
(Brant Sports Complex and Syl Apps in Paris, South Dumfries in St. George and the
Burford Community Centre) involving three arenas with a total of four ice pads, one former
ice pad that has been re-purposed to an indoor turf facility (Syl Apps), as well as multi-
purpose rooms and meeting rooms, seven community halls, and the Paris and St. George
lawn bowling clubhouses. Municipal outdoor recreation facilities include an array of sports
fields, playgrounds, open spaces, river access points, three splash pads, a
bandshell/amphitheatre, picnic areas and a range of other facilities and amenities
distributed across more than 50 park and facility locations. Recreational programs are
offered directly by the County and through volunteer and non-profit organizations, involving
the use of County and school facilities. Trails are also an important recreational resource in
the community, and are provided by the County, services clubs and the Grand River
Conservation Authority.
Parks and recreation services are increasingly an integral contributor to vibrant, healthy
and creative communities. They represent services and participation opportunities that are
important to residents from several key benefit perspectives: health and wellness; skills and
personal development goals; developing community capacity, affinity, volunteerism and
pride; enhancing the design and character of built-up areas; and in support of community
economic prospects and initiatives.
The County initiated a Recreation Master Plan as a basis to plan, prioritize, and build
community capacity for future parks and recreation facilities, programs and services. A
Master Plan is a policy, strategy and implementation framework intended to identify what
facilities and services are required, where they should be provided, the timing of their
development and how they can be delivered. This framework will guide and direct the
planning and development of recreation programs, facilities, services, parks, sports fields,
trails and open spaces in the County over the next 10 years.
This Situational Analysis Report summarizes the research undertaken in support of the
Master Plan development, including: a review of community demographics and trends; an
extensive community and stakeholder consultation program; an analysis of the inventory of
available parks, facilities, programs and special events; an examination of service delivery
and operational management needs related to staffing and resourcing and the roles of
other service providers; and, a review of related policies, plans and initiatives.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 3
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
2. COMMUNITY DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE
2.1 Overview
The County has seen steady population growth over the past two decades, and will
continue to grow into the future. In addition to population growth itself, there are a number
of factors related to the changing population profile, the form of future development and
how growth is planned and managed that will impact recreational participation and related
facility and parkland needs. This chapter documents the community’s current and forecast
population growth, demographic characteristics and development activity and highlights key
related considerations for the Recreation Master Plan.
2.2 Population Growth
The County of Brant has experienced moderate growth rates averaging 1.1% annually over
the last 20 years between the 1991 and 2011 censuses. The rate dropped to 0.6% between
the 2011 and 2016 censuses but is expected to rise again. The 2013 amendment to the
Provincial Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe directs that the County to plan
for growth in Brant’s population to 49,000 by 2031, 53,000 by 2036 and 57,000 by 2041.
The population growth between the 2011 census and the 2041 Provincial Growth Plan has
been interpolated at the fixed growth rate (1.6% annually) necessary to achieve the
Provincial target population forecast for Brant County. Table 2-1 and the accompanying
graph illustrate the historic, current and forecast population of the County based on these
assumptions.
Table 2-1: Historic, Current and Forecast Population, County of Brant
Sources: 1996-2016: Statistics Canada Census: Community Profiles
2021-2026: GSP Group Inc. interpolated fixed annual growth rate (1.6%) 2031-2041: Provincial Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe
Year Population % Increase
1991 28,809 N/A
1996 29,800 3.4%
2001 31,669 6.3%
2006 34,415 8.7%
2011 35,638 3.6%
2016 36,707 3.0%
2021 39,748 8.3%
2026 43,042 8.3%
2031 49,000 8.3%
2036 53,000 8.2%
2041 57,000 7.5%
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
Actual Forecast
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 4
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
For the purposes of the Recreation Master Plan, which will focus on parks and recreational
facility and service needs over the next 10 years, a 2026 forecast population of 43,042 will
be used to assist in estimating parkland and facility needs for the 10 year period of 2016-
2026. The majority of the County of Brant is rural in nature with average population density
of less than 10 persons per hectare. There are 3 urban areas that comprised 47% of Brant
County’s population in 2016; Paris (2016 population: 12,310), St. George (3,255) and
Burford (1,615). The trend of population migration to the urban areas is anticipated to
continue.
Map 5 illustrates the 2011 census population distribution and density (persons per hectare)
by dissemination area within Brant County with a more detailed view of the Paris urban
area. The highest population densities are found within existing and new developing
neighbourhoods in Paris while other settlement areas in the County are characterized by
lower density neighbourhoods. In general, areas with higher population densities typically
have less private open space available and generate the greatest need for local access to
public parks and recreation facilities. The County’s Official Plan contains policies/criteria to
direct high density residential development to areas with adequate local access to
community facilities and parks and open spaces. Related service standards, current
provision levels, and the geographic distribution of parks and recreation facilities are
reviewed in Chapter 3 of this report.
Population growth and change throughout the Brant-Brantford region will continue to
influence recreational facility and service needs in both municipalities. The City’s population
is expected to grow at a similar to somewhat faster rate than the County’s, from a 2016
census population of 97,496 to a forecast 2041 population of 163,000, or approximately
2.7% annually.2 In total, the combined populations of Brant and Brantford are expected to
grow by an estimated 86,000 residents over the next 25 years.
The municipal boundary changes with the City of Brantford result in a slight adjustment to
the current County population, with an estimated 770 persons residing in the areas that
have been transferred to the City. The majority of this population resides in the Tutela
Heights community, where there is one existing municipal park (Farringdon Park) that has
been transferred to the City.
2.3 Age Profile
Ontario’s population is aging and this trend is widely observed and recognized throughout
most urban and rural communities across the province. The first baby boomers reached 65
years old in 2011 and their aging will drive the median age of the population upward.
2 2041 City of Brantford Population Forecast from Provincial Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 5
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The median age of the population of Brant (42.9 years in 2011) is higher than the provincial
median (40.4 years in 2011) and it has also been climbing faster than its provincial analog.
Over the last 10 years the difference between the median age of the population of Brant
County and that of the Province of Ontario has risen from 4.6% higher in 2001 to 6.2%
higher in 2011. The effects of an aging population will be more pronounced in Brant than
the provincial average.
Table 2-2 and the accompanying graph illustrate the median age of the County’s residents
compared to Ontario as a whole from 2001 to 2011.
Table 2-2: Median Age of Population,
County of Brant and Province of Ontario, 2001 to 2011
Source: 2001-2011: Statistics Canada Census Community Profiles
The growth in the County of Brant’s population over the last fifteen years (1996 to 2011)
has come primarily from the population aged 55 years and older (‘Baby Boomers’). All age
cohorts below age 55 declined in percentage of total population, based on the age
groupings shown in Table 2-3. Overall growth in the population has offset some of these
declines with the 0-9 and 20-34 age cohorts showing small nominal growth (1.5% and 2.3%
respectively) while the 10-19 and 35-54 populations actually shrank (-6.1% and -1.9%
respectively) between the 2006 and 2011 censuses. This contrasts with large growths in
both the 55-69 and 70+age cohorts (growing 22.7% and 6.3% respectively). It is expected
that going forward there will be small nominal growth in the younger cohorts while the older
population will expand rapidly.
While youth (aged 0-19) recreation activities will continue to be a significant need and high
priority, youth representation in the population declined from 29% in 1996 to 25% in 2011.
The population aged 55 years and over has grown from 23% of Brant County’s total
population in 1996 to 30% in 2011. As this latter trend is expected to continue due to both
aging Baby Boomers and immigration patterns this will result in increased demand for older
adult and senior recreational activities.
Table 2-3 and the accompanying graph illustrate the changing age profile of the County of
Brant’s population from 1996 to 2011.
Median Age
Year Brant Ontario Difference
2001 38.9 37.2 +4.6%
2006 41.1 39.0 +5.4%
2011 42.9 40.4 +6.2%
30
35
40
45
50
2001 2006 2011Brant Ontario
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 6
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 2-3: Population Age Profile, County of Brant, 1996 to 2011
Source: Statistics Canada.
1996-2011 Census: Community Profiles.
Several demographic maps portraying the geographic distribution of the various age
cohorts by census dissemination area were prepared. The maps show the entire County
with an inset showing Paris in greater detail. The maps are colour-coded to illustrate the
distribution of each age cohort as a percentage of the total population.
Map 6 shows the distribution of the 0 to 9 years of age cohort (children). Of note, the higher
values of this age cohort are concentrated in the newly developed suburban areas on the
periphery of Paris. The area at the northeast of Paris that has the lowest percentage of this
age cohort due to the presence of seniors’ residences which skews the age distribution
higher.
Map 7 shows the distribution of the 10 to 19 years of age cohort (youth). This map shows
some concentration in the outlying areas of the County which are more sparsely populated
hence represent fewer total numbers.
Map 8 shows the distribution of the 20-49 years of age cohort (adult). As with the child and
youth population the distribution is concentrated near the developing areas on the
periphery of the urban areas of Paris, Burford and Scotland.
Map 9 shows the distribution of the 50-59 years of age cohort (older adult). This age cohort
predominates in the rural and ex-urban areas of the County in inverse distribution to the
younger demographic.
Map 10 shows the distribution of the 60+ years of age cohort (senior). Similar to the older
adult cohort this group is concentrated in the outlying areas of the County. As noted above,
there is an area of concentration in the northeast of Paris due to the presence of seniors’
residences.
Age
Range
(years)
Population by Age
as a Percent of
Total Population
1996 2006 2011
0-9 14% 11% 11%
10-19 15% 15% 13%
20-34 18% 16% 16%
35-54 30% 31% 29%
55-69 13% 17% 20%
70+ 9% 10% 11% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40%
0-9
10-19
20-34
35-54
55-69
70+
2011
2006
1996
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 7
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Map 11 shows the 2011 median population age, which does not vary significantly by
geography across the County, but reflects the younger age profiles of some newer
residential neighbourhoods located in the settlement areas, as compared with the rural
area of the County where the population generally has a higher median age. The area with
the highest median age is in north-east Paris due to the presence of seniors’ residences.
As the median age of the population rises, it is likely that an increasing percentage of
seniors will move to the urban areas to be nearer amenities and facilities. This will tend to
skew the median age of the urban areas higher. Senior recreational facilities and programs
will be increasingly in demand as growth in the population will be largely concentrated in
this group.
The aging population trend is also expected to continue in the rural area of the County as
the majority of residential development appealing to young families is focused within the
County’s urban areas.
2.4 Income
As reported in the 2011 National Household Survey (NHS), the median household income
in the County of Brant was $74,998 compared to the provincial median of $66,358. A 2015
demographic overview of Brant3 showed Brant compared favourably with respect to
average income of surrounding areas, with the 6th highest average household income of 15
surrounding municipalities over 10,000 in population. The same report indicated that when
compared to the 15 surrounding municipalities, Brant has the 5th lowest percentage of the
population with an average household income less than $30,000 (11.9%) as well as less
than $40,000 (18.1%). The study showed that Brant had the 3rd highest percentage of
home ownership (89.8%) of the comparative municipalities.
Despite the general financial strength of Brant's population it is important to continue to
provide a balance of recreational facilities and services, and to promote and support
available financial assistance programs for recreational participation, particularly for those
lower income families that reside in the County. Through the provision of low-cost or free
recreational opportunities, the County’s parks provide an essential service and assist those
residents who may not otherwise be able to afford recreation opportunities.
2.5 Ethnicity
The 2011 National Household Survey (NHS) reported that 9.1% of the population of Brant
were immigrants compared to 28.5% of the provincial population. The majority of the
3 An Overview of the Demographics of the County of Brant, December, 2014: A Report prepared by Environics Analytics for the
County of Brant Library
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 8
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
immigrant population arrived prior to 1991 (7.5%) with 1.6% of Brant’s 2011 population
comprised of immigrants arriving since 1991.
The immigrant population is predominantly from Europe (6.9%) followed by the Americas
(1.5% of which 1.0% came from the United States of America), Asia (0.4%), Africa (0.2%)
and other places of origin (0.1%). The countries most represented in the immigrant
population are the United Kingdom (2.6%), the Netherlands (1.1%), the United States
(1.0%), Germany (0.8%) and Poland (0.6%).
Nonetheless, it is anticipated that cultural diversity will become an increasingly important
consideration in parks and recreation planning and ensuring flexibility and variety in the
range of activities that can be accommodated by the Municipality’s parks and facilities
should be considered among the objectives of the Recreation Master Plan.
2.6 Employment and Commuting
National Household Survey data from 2011 indicated that the 5 most important industries in
Brant County (employing 50% of the working population) were: manufacturing (16%),
health care and social assistance (11%), retail trade (10%), construction (7%) and
agriculture (6%). These five industries are expected to continue to influence employment
opportunities in the County in the future. Agriculture will continue to be the primary land use
and economic activity outside of the County’s settlement areas.
The 2011 National Household Survey reported that 67% of Brant County’s resident working
population (with a fixed place of work) commuted to work outside the Municipality. Of
particular note is the large cross-flow between Brant County and the City of Brantford. One
third (33%) of Brant residents with a fixed place of employment commute to Brantford.
Conversely, just over a third (36%) of those who work at a fixed location in Brant commute
from Brantford. This large back and forth flow suggests a similar cross-flow between the
two communities in the use of recreational facilities.
A further 21% of Brant residents with fixed places of employment commuted to the adjacent
cities of Hamilton, Cambridge and Kitchener. From a parks planning perspective, with two
thirds of the working population commuting to employment outside the County, this means
that there is more time spent commuting and thus less leisure time to recreate. A higher
percentage of commuters results in residents seeking recreation opportunities that
commence after 6:30 or 7:00 pm on weekdays.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 9
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 2-4: Commuting Characteristics of Working Residents,
County of Brant, 2011
Source: Statistics Canada: National Household Survey 2011.
Table 2-5 and the accompanying graph illustrate the communities from which those with
fixed places of work in County of Brant commuted in 2011.
Table 2-5: Commuting Characteristics of Those Employed in County of Brant, 2011
Source: Statistics Canada: National Household Survey 2011.
2.7 Development Activity and Growth Management Planning
Maps 12 and 13 illustrate the change in population by dissemination area in the County
from 2006 to 2011. As expected, the largest population increases occurred in new
development areas in Paris and St. George. The Oakhill area also experienced growth with
new residential subdivision development during that time. The data indicates some
population decline in older residential neighbourhoods and in parts of the rural area.
The growth management strategy established in the County’s Official Plan continues to
direct the majority of future population and employment growth to the fully serviced primary
urban settlement areas of Paris, St. George and Cainsville / Brant East. Due to servicing
Place of
Work
Brant Residents
by Place of Work
# %
Brant 3,860 26%
Brantford 4,845 33%
Tri-Cities 2,065 14%
Hamilton 1,275 9%
Other 2,600 18%
Total 14,645 100%
Place of
Residence
Working in
Brant
# %
Brant 3,860 42%
Brantford 3,355 36%
Norfolk County 515 6%
Hamilton 400 4%
Tri-Cities 375 4%
Other 700 8%
Total 9,205 100%
26%
33%
14%
9%
18%
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
Brant Brantford Tri-Cities Hamilton Other
42%
36%
6% 4% 4%8%
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
Brant Brantford NorfolkCounty
Hamilton Tri-Cities Other
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 10
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
and/or other constraints, the County Official Plan provides for limited future development in
the identified secondary urban settlement areas of Burford, Mount Pleasant, Oakhill/Airport,
Scotland and the Highway 403/County Road 25 interchange employment area. Other
hamlets, villages and rural residential areas in the County are also identified in the Official
Plan and future development is limited in these areas.
Many residents rely on automobile travel to access parks and recreation facilities given the
larger travel distances due to the County’s broad geographic area and population
distribution, and opportunities for cycling and walking to these destinations are more limited
particularly for rural residents. Some parks and recreation facilities are County-wide
destinations and also draw usage from the surrounding region (e.g. arenas, sports fields)
while others have more defined community- or neighbourhood-based service areas (e.g.
neighbourhood parks).
Population growth in the County is largely accommodated through new ground-related low-
and medium-density housing developments in the primary urban settlement areas. This
form of development has been driven by a range of factors from historic trends to market
preferences to the relatively low cost of land. In areas having larger residential lot sizes
there is generally more private amenity space associated with each dwelling and this
reduces overall reliance on public parkland as the principal greenspace opportunity for
casual and unstructured play and other activities.
In the future, with a greater mix of housing types and more emphasis on intensification of
the existing built-up areas, local access to adequate parkland and facilities will become
increasingly important with higher population densities due to the greater concentration of
population in the area and potentially smaller private amenity spaces in new developments,
particularly in the County’s primary urban areas. With this shift, there is a need for greater
emphasis on renewing and improving existing parks and recreation facilities to develop and
maintain the capacity to address increasing demands with the growing population, and also
given the more limited land opportunities for new park and recreation facility development.
There are a number of active and proposed developments in the County that generate a
need and opportunity for the acquisition and development of additional municipal parkland
through Planning Act land dedication requirements.
Current development activity and planning applications in process for new housing in
County of Brant are listed in Table 2-6.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 11
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 2-6: Active and Proposed Housing Developments, County of Brant
Development/
Location
Approved or Proposed
Housing Units
Future Parkland and Potential
Facilities / Concept
Paris
Brookfield –
Pinehurst (Watt’s
Pond Road /
Pinehurst Road)
Northwest Paris
Area Plan
Phase 1: 238 units
Phase 2: 175 Units
848 Watt’s Pond Rd: 294 units
Oak Ave.: 20 units + future
836 Watt’s Pond Rd: 75 units
Total: 800 units+
2 Neighbourhood Parks
Phase 1 Park (1.3 ha)
Jr./Sr. play equipment
Multi-use court
3m asphalt trails
Benches/seating
Shade structure
Bike racks
Open space
Potential “skate spot”
Phase 2 Park (0.36 ha)
Linear park/greenspace
Part of larger future neighbourhood
park (1.76 ha)
Open Space Blocks (0.71 ha, 8.67 ha
including Watt’s Pond)
Nature trails
West natural areas / open spaces /
wetlands
Rest Acres Road /
Powerline Road
Mile Hill: ~ 300 units
Pinevest (1039-1067 Rest
Acres Rd): 286 units
Total: 2,000 units+
Mile Hill Neighbourhood Park (1.223 ha)
Sports field (soccer)
Trails
Parking
Pinevest (1039-1067 Rest Acres Rd)
Neighbourhood Park (0.59 ha)
Play equipment, swings
Shelter
Seating
Trails
Activa (1044-1058 Rest Acres Road)
Future parks to be determined
Grandville Estates Total: 1,076 units Grandville Park
Trails
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 12
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Development/
Location
Approved or Proposed
Housing Units
Future Parkland and Potential
Facilities / Concept
Open space
Future Neighbourhood Park (west)
Play equipment
Multi-use court
Trails
Shelter
Seating
East Parkland Block (Crawford Place)
Play equipment
Walkway connection
Nith Peninsula Total: 400 units Improvements to existing Victoria Park
Phase 1 Parkland (0.077 ha)
Phase 4 Parkland (0.397 ha)
Play equipment
Multi-use court
Trail connections
Paris Grand Total: 400 units+ Future parks to be determined
Village on the
Grand – Willow St.
Total: 85 units (3 remaining) Cash-in-lieu of parkland
Highway 2 /
Cleaver Road
Southwest Paris
Future residential Future parks to be determined
St. George
Northwest St.
George - Empire
Total: ~1,400 to 1,500 units Future Neighbourhood Park (1.4 ha)
Play equipment
Multi-use court
Future Parkette (0.5 ha)
Play equipment
Trail along easement
St. George Rd. /
German School Rd.
and Beverley Street
West - Losani
Total: ~1,440 to 2,000 units Future Neighbourhood Park (0.57 ha)
Play equipment
Trails
Beverley Street
West - Riverview
Highlands
100 units Future parks and trails to be
determined.
Brant Terra 90 units Future parks and trails to be
determined.
Source: County of Brant Planning Department and Operations Department, 2016.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 13
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The Master Plan should establish more detailed direction for the acquisition of new
parkland and trails by land dedication to the Municipality where required and provide
strategies and guidelines for the development of new parks and trails in developing areas,
and for alternative considerations involving cash-in-lieu of parkland to fund park
development and improvements.
Continued population growth also generates demands for increased capacity of
recreational facilities and programs. The Master Plan should provide direction to guide and
support the planning and development of additional recreational facility and program
capacity to address the needs of future growth.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 14
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
3. PARKS & RECREATION FACILITIES PROFILE
3.1 Parks and Recreation Facilities Inventory
The County of Brant owns and manages 48 parks and over 230,000 square feet of indoor
recreation space on approximately 145 hectares of municipal parkland. Local schools
provide additional access to indoor and outdoor recreational spaces and facilities. Trails
and cycling routes are also important recreational assets in the community, and are
provided by the County as well as the Grand River Conservation Authority. The Grand
River and Nith River, Pinehurst Conservation Area and natural areas across the County are
also important recreational resources for a range of active and passive activities. In
addition, the agricultural fairgrounds in Paris and Burford are important indoor/outdoor
community and special event venues owned and operated by the Paris Agricultural Society
and the Burford Agricultural Society, respectively.
The following sections provide a review of the existing inventory and service levels, and a
complete inventory of the County’s parks, trails and recreation facilities is shown on Maps 1
and 2.
3.2 Parkland
The County parks system offers a wide variety of seasonal outdoor recreational facilities
and amenities, such as sports fields, playgrounds, an outdoor pool, splash/spray pads,
multi-use courts, skatepark, outdoor ice rinks, a leash-free dog park, disc golf course,
tennis courts, lawn bowling greens, beach volleyball, picnic areas and facilities, toboggan
hills, gardens, special event facilities, boat launches and access points to the rivers,
pathways and trails, and natural areas and open spaces.
In addition, the County’s parks encompass a number of related buildings and structures for
parks operations, storage, washrooms, concessions, civic monuments, public art, shelters
and other buildings and structures.
Table 3-1 summarizes the existing inventory of County parks by community and identifies
the recommended classification of each park based on the park area, type of facilities and
amenities provided, location and service area. A more detailed inventory identifying the
amenities and facilities available within each park is provided in Appendix A.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 15
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
TABLE 3-1: County of Brant Parks (see also Appendix A)
Park Name Area (ha) Park Classification(s)
Paris
Axton Park 0.41 Neighbourhood Park
Bean Park 1.62 Neighbourhood Park
Bemrose Park 0.45 Neighbourhood Park
Cenotaph War Memorial (Paris Cenotaph) 0.09 Commons / Urban Green
Charlton Park 3.40 Community Park
Cobblestone Common 0.02 Commons / Urban Green
Forest Drive Park 1.60 Neighbourhood Park
Garden of Hope 0.07 Commons / Urban Green
Gilston Park 0.09 Neighbourhood Park
Grandville Park 3.17 Neighbourhood Park
Green Lane Sports Complex & Simply Grand Dog Park 25.11 Destination Park
Jury Street Park 0.13 Neighbourhood Park
Kings Ward Park 0.38 Commons / Urban Green
Lions Park / Paris Pool and Pete Lavoie Ball Park 10.80 Destination Park / Natural Area
Optimist Park 2.95 Community Park
Penman's Dam Park 0.87 Destination Park
Rest Acres Ridge Park 1.10 Neighbourhood Park
Two Rivers Stadium 1.53 Destination Park
Victoria Park 0.70 Community Park
Willow Street Park 0.07 Neighbourhood Park
Total – Paris 54.56
St. George
Arena Park (South Dumfries Community Centre) 2.76 Community Park
Cenotaph Park 0.09 Commons / Urban Green
Centennial Park 0.79 Community Park
Elliot Field 2.01 Community Park
Jacob's Woods 4.85 Natural Area
King William Park 2.85 Community Park
Snowball Park 0.51 Commons / Urban Green
Sunny Hill Park 2.22 Community Park
Total – St. George 16.08
Burford
Broadview Park 1.48 Neighbourhood Park
Burford Optimist and Lions Park (Burford Community Centre) 6.90 Community Park
Janice Hunt Memorial Park 0.75 Neighbourhood Park
John St. Park 0.28 Neighbourhood Park
Lions Centennial Park 22.13 Destination Park
Park Ave. Soccer Park 1.73 Community Park
Total – Burford 33.27
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 16
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Park Name Area (ha) Park Classification(s)
Oakhill
Foxhill Heights Park 0.73 Neighbourhood Park
Oakhill Heights Park 0.33 Neighbourhood Park
Poplar Hills Park 0.60 Neighbourhood Park
Total – Oakhill 1.66
Mount Pleasant
Mount Pleasant Park 2.94 Community Park
Mount Pleasant Nature Park 10.20 Natural Area
Total – Mount Pleasant 13.14
Harrisburg
Harrisburg Ball Park 1.95 Community Park
Harrisburg Church Park 0.37 Neighbourhood Park
Total – Harrisburg 2.32
Glen Morris
Eric Thomlinson Access Point / Wray and Marilyn Cline Park 0.93 Natural Area
Glen Morris Ball Park (Rising Park) 1.06 Community Park
Total – Glen Morris 1.99
Oakland
Oakland Community Centre Park 1.70 Community Park
Scotland
Optimist Park 5.02 Community Park
New Durham
New Durham Ball Park 1.77 Community Park
Cainsville
Brant/Onondaga Park 6.20 Community Park / Natural Area
Onondaga
Onondaga Ball Park 0.59 Community Park
Grand Total – County of Brant 138.20
The County Official Plan establishes a standard of 3 hectares of parkland per 1,000 people
as a guide for land acquisition, which is consistent with the service level standard
recommended in the previous Recreation Master Plan (2000) and the existing parkland
provision level calculated at that time.
Based on the current parkland inventory and the 2016 census population, the provision
level has increased to 3.8 hectares per 1,000 people with the addition of over 50 hectares
of parkland since 2000. The County has significantly increased the level of parkland
provision over the past 16 years, and has met and exceeded the Official Plan provision
level target during this time period. Some of the additional parkland acquired included
Grandville Park, Rest Acres Ridge Park, Sunny Hill Park, and additional land at Lions
Centennial Park in Burford.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 17
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The County should continue to review and monitor per capita parkland provision levels as a
planning and performance indicator and to assess how that changes over time with the
growing population. However, it is not imperative to plan for the acquisition of parkland on
this basis, as future parkland acquisition should also be guided by the following:
Geographic distribution and proximity of access by the population, particularly local
access to neighbourhood-level parks and amenities within existing and future
residential neighbourhoods based on a reasonable walking distance. It is expected that
parkland dedication and cash-in-lieu of parkland requirements under the Ontario
Planning Act will continue to be the County’s primary means for acquisition of parkland
addressing local neighbourhood-level needs as new development occurs in the
settlement areas.
Providing a balance of active and passive parkland, with related facilities and supports
for a range of organized and unstructured or casual leisure activities for people of all
ages, as well as both user-fee based programs and amenities that are available for
public access and use at low or no cost;
Opportunity-based and strategic acquisition of:
- Parkland to facilitate the expansion of existing destination parks and community
parks, where possible, or to establish new or expanded and consolidated outdoor
recreation facility locations / sports complexes, which should be considered in
conjunction with new or expanded indoor recreation facility development;
- Land for urban greenspaces, public squares, parkettes, civic and event spaces in
the downtown core area of existing urban areas, to support revitalization and
intensification of these areas as focal points for community activity;
- Riverside lands, natural corridors and other natural areas and open spaces, and
establishment of related public access and recreational opportunities through
natural areas management planning and appropriate levels of facility development;
- Key linkages and connections to create and expand a linked parks, open space and
trails system and that resolve any gaps in the existing trails network; and,
- Land required for specialized facilities that support local or regional events, tourism,
specific recreational programs or activities and similar functions.
Beyond minimum parkland dedication requirements, other opportunities for future
acquisition of parkland may involve:
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 18
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
- Pedestrian and bicycle pathway dedication requirements in plan of subdivision
developments;
- Partnerships, co-location, land donations, trusts, easements, access agreements
and similar approaches to acquire land and/or provide for public access to lands
that are not owned by the County but are of public recreational value or
significance;
- Acquisition of undevelopable lands such as protected natural areas, floodplains
and natural corridors, where possible through the land development planning and
approvals process or by other means of land securement such as conservation
easements, agreements, and direct land purchase;
- Purchase of lands that may become available with changing land use and
ownership over time, such as lands adjacent to existing parks and recreation
facilities to facilitate their expansion, or as a result of school closures, or through
urban redevelopment and intensification;
- Acquisition of land for other County purposes where there may also be an
opportunity for parkland, trails or other recreational uses (e.g. road rights-of-way,
stormwater management facilities, administrative or works facilities, etc.).
A Parkland Classification System should be established to organize and provide more
detailed direction for determining future parkland requirements by type of parkland and
related to associated service level targets and objectives. The establishment of a Parkland
Classification System will also provide direction within each category of parks to guide
planning, acquisition, distribution, design, development, management, operation,
programming and use of various types of park assets based on the related service level
objectives for each. The Master Plan should establish a parkland classification system, with
target service areas, provision levels, and location and access parameters. In addition,
objectives for planning and managing the parkland resources and an outline of potential
types of facilities and activities should be provided.
From a review of the existing park inventory, the following types of parks have been
identified:
Destination Parks are significant outdoor recreation destinations in highly accessible
locations that have community-wide and/or regional service areas encompassing users
from surrounding municipalities and providing venues for tournament/event/tourism
functions. Multi-field sports parks, outdoor special event venues, parks with unique or
specialized facilities, major open spaces and parks having particular historical, cultural or
social importance and civic landmarks are typically considered in this category. Destination
Parks may also be co-located with indoor recreation/community facilities and/or secondary
schools. The Green Lane Sports Complex should be considered in this category, as the
County’s primary outdoor multi-use recreational sports complex and the largest park in the
County, with 4 softball diamonds, 2 soccer pitches, beach volleyball, playground, pavilion,
concession/washroom building, the Simply Grand leash-free dog park, disc golf course,
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 19
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
and parking. Other parks that could be considered in this category include Paris Lions Park
/ Pool and Pete Lavoie Ball Park, which also offers a wide range of facilities, amenities and
activities, Two Rivers Stadium (Syl Apps Community Centre) and Penman’s Dam Park in
Paris are also a significant destination with the river access, trail access and multi-use
facilities, and Lions Centennial Park in Burford based on its size and location.
Community Parks primarily serve a specific community within the County or multiple
neighbourhoods within that community and may also serve a limited County-wide or
regional destination function with specialized facilities and amenities. These parks provide
a range and mix of facilities or outdoor sports venues with supporting facilities and parking
areas, are larger in size than a neighbourhood park and may be coordinated with school
sites and/or indoor recreation facilities. Community Parks may also serve local area
Neighbourhood Park requirements and their scale and level of facility development at
individual park locations should balance broader community access with local compatibility
based on the surrounding land use context. Existing Community Parks in Brant County
include Charlton Park, Optimist Park and Victoria Park in Paris, Arena Park (South
Dumfries Community Centre, Centennial Park, Elliot Field, King William Park and Sunny
Hill Park in St. George, the Burford Optimist and Lions Park (Burford Community Centre)
and Park Avenue Soccer Park in Burford, Glen Morris Ball Park (Rising Park), Harrisburg
Ball Park, New Durham Ball Park, Onondaga Ball Park, Mount Pleasant Park,
Brant/Onondaga Park in Cainsville, Optimist Park in Scotland and Oakland Community
Centre Park.
Neighbourhood Parks serve local neighbourhood passive and active parkland needs
within a 5 to 10 minute walking distance of most users, and provide local-scale facilities
such as play structures, benches/seating areas, informal playing fields and passive open
space, paved multi-use courts/informal basketball courts, community gardens and
pathways. These parks should function as neighbourhood focal points supporting
recreational, social and cultural activities for a defined residential area, with convenient
access by walking and cycling, and contribute to enhanced neighbourhood design and
place-making as distinctive visual landmarks. Neighbourhood Parks in Paris include Axton
Park, Bean Park, Bemrose Park, Forest Drive Park, Gilston Park, Grandville Park, Jury
Street Park, Rest Acres Ridge Park and Willow Street Park. Other examples of
neighbourhood parks include Broadview Park, Janice Hunt Memorial Park and John Street
Park in Burford, and Foxhill Heights Park, Oakhill Heights Park and Poplar Hills Park in
Oakhill.
Sub-categories of parkland should also be considered such as “parkettes”, “commons” and
“urban greens” to reflect smaller active and passive greenspaces, urban plazas, public
squares and similar civic spaces. These spaces have an important role in place-making,
creating human-scale outdoor spaces and offering a respite in urbanized environments,
supporting visitors and tourism in the downtown, and in shaping the urban form and quality
of the community. As part of downtown Paris, the Paris Cenotaph, Cobblestone Common,
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 20
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Garden of Hope and Kings Ward Park are good examples of this type of parkland. The
Cenotaph War Memorial and Snowball Park are similar examples in St. George.
Natural Areas are conservation lands which may have some level of public access for
compatible forms of passive recreation such as hiking trails, nature appreciation, outdoor
education and interpretation, river access such as canoe launches and docks, fishing, bird-
watching and similar uses. Floodplain lands, natural corridors, wetlands, watercourses,
wooded areas and other natural features and open spaces associated with a park site
and/or providing linkages between park sites and other destinations should be considered
within this category of parkland. Natural Areas support nature conservation, environmental
health and sustainability, ecosystem services such as clean air and water, trails, passive
recreation and eco-tourism, and have ongoing management requirements. Natural Areas
can also support tourism, such as river access for a range of on-water activities (canoeing,
kayaking, rowing, etc.), and the Grand River is a significant tourism attraction in Brant
County. Natural Areas may be separately defined areas or form part of parks in other
categories. Examples of County-owned parkland in this category include Jacob’s Wood in
St. George, Lion’s Centennial Park in Burford, Brant/Onondaga Park in Cainsville, Mount
Pleasant Nature Park, and Lions Park in Paris. In addition, the County owns approximately
43 hectares of land containing natural open space and woodlands, some of which is
located along the Nith River in the Nith Peninsula area of Paris and west of the River
including part of Barker’s Bush where, over time, trails have been created by various
groups both on the public and private lands.
Based on the above classifications and the inventory of existing parkland within each
category, the current parkland provision levels are summarized in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2: Current Parkland Provision Levels
Park Class Quantity
(# of Parks) Area
(ha of Parkland) Provision Level
(ha/1,000 population)
Destination Parks 5 37.6 1.0
Community Parks 18 43.4 1.2
Neighbourhood Parks* 22 14.3 0.4
Natural Areas** 5* 42.9 1.2
TOTAL 48 138.2 3.8
* Neighbourhood parks includes parkettes, commons, urban greenspaces, public squares.
**3 Natural Areas are also included in another park category, a portion of the total park area is reported for each class.
Tables 3-3, 3-4 and 3-5 summarize the current parkland provision levels for developed
parkland (excluding Natural Areas) in the three largest communities of Paris, St. George
and Burford.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 21
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 3-3: Current Parkland Provision Levels, Paris (2016 population: 12,310)
Park Class Quantity
(# of Parks) Area
(ha of Parkland) Provision Level
(ha/1,000 population)
Destination Parks 4 33.4 2.7
Community Parks 3 7.1 0.6
Neighbourhood Parks 13 9.2 0.7
TOTAL 20 49.7 4.0
Table 3-4: Current Parkland Provision Levels, St. George (2016 population: 3,255)
Park Class Quantity
(# of Parks) Area
(ha of Parkland) Provision Level
(ha/1,000 population)
Community Parks 5 10.6 3.3
Neighbourhood Parks 2 0.6 0.2
TOTAL 7 11.2 3.5
Table 3-5: Current Parkland Provision Levels, Burford (2016 population: 1,615)
Park Class Quantity
(# of Parks) Area
(ha of Parkland) Provision Level
(ha/1,000 population)
Destination Parks 1 4.2 2.6
Community Parks 2 8.6 5.3
Neighbourhood Parks 3 2.5 1.6
TOTAL 6 15.3 9.5
The existing inventory of County parks provides a good distribution of parkland among the
settlement areas. Paris, as the largest urban area, benefits from larger County-wide and
regional serving Destination Parks which also double as Community Parks and/or
Neighbourhood Parks. St. George, although having the least amount of parkland per 1,000
population currently, is still of a size where most residential neighbourhoods have relatively
close and convenient access to Community Parks which double as Neighbourhood Parks
for individual subdivisions. Burford, for a community of its size, has a significant supply of
parkland available to the local population, and is also a service centre and recreational hub
for the surrounding area in west Brant. Both St. George and Burford are within
approximately 15 minutes driving time to Paris.
In addition to the inventory of parkland and other open spaces, there are 10 schools in the
County including 1 public secondary school (Paris District High School) and 9 public
elementary schools (North Ward, Paris Central and Cobblestone in Paris, St. George
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 22
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
German, Burford District, Mount Pleasant, Glen Morris Central, Oakland-Scotland,
Onondaga-Brant in Cainsville) and 3 catholic elementary schools (Holy Family School and
Sacred Heart School in Paris, and Blessed Sacrament in Burford). These school sites
provide public access to additional outdoor recreation facilities and open spaces.
Map 4 illustrates the results of a Geographic Information System (GIS) based parkland
distribution analysis for Paris, St. George and Burford which is generated by pedestrian
route analysis to plot a 500m walking distance from the nearest point of entry to each park
and school property. Based on a review of the geographic distribution of parks in these
communities, existing residential neighbourhoods are generally well served and few gaps
are identified.
There is one gap identified in Paris. With the location of Optimist Park and Bean Park along
the Grand River to the east, and Rest Acres Ridge Park located to the west, the existing
homes in the residential area between Washington Street and Chapel Street south of
Dundas Street West do not have access to an existing park or school grounds within a
500m walking distance. There appear to be potential locations in this area for consideration
of a small Neighbourhood Park or Parkette to resolve this gap, if the land is or becomes
available.
Additional parks and planned with new residential subdivision developments as
summarized in Section 2.7.
Overall, the parkland distribution analysis and future parkland summary indicates that the
vast majority of existing residents in Paris, St. George and Burford have convenient access
to one or more existing parks or school sites, and that new residential areas are well-
served with local access to associated parkland and/or a new school site.
As summarized in Table 3-1, there are 14 County parks distributed among the smaller
settlement areas of Oakhill, Mount Pleasant, Harrisburg, Glen Morris, Oakland, Scotland,
New Durham, Cainsville and Onondaga. The number of parks and amount of parkland in
these communities has been established historically and in general is appropriate for the
size of each community and its population. With limited new residential or other
development, there have been fewer opportunities to acquire additional municipal parkland
particularly in these communities. Optimist Park in Scotland has been acquired by the
Scotland Optimist Club after the land became available as a result of a school closure. A
potential opportunity for the County to acquire additional parkland in Mount Pleasant was
identified through the consultation program. The Master Plan should provide a framework
for evaluating the potential need and opportunities for parkland acquisition in these
settlement areas in the future.
The Master Plan should provide direction for future parkland acquisition, and for continued
public acquisition of natural open spaces for conservation and/or public recreation
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 23
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
purposes on an opportunity and strategic basis as resources allow and through the land
development planning and approvals process.
3.3 Sports Fields
There are over 40 sports fields available in the
County’s parks, including ball diamonds and
soccer pitches / multi-use fields. Additional
sports fields are available at local schools. The
County’s sports fields vary in size and level of
facility development.
Table 3-6 summarizes the current sports field
inventory.
GRCA Parks and Nature Centre in Brant/Brantford Area
There are 2 Grand River Conservation Authority (GRCA) parks located in the Brant-Brantford
area including the Brant Park at the westerly edge of Brantford and Pinehurst Lake Park north
of Paris, as well as App’s Mill Nature Centre west of Highway 24 and south of Highway 403
between Burford and Oakhill.
These GRCA Parks and the Nature Centre are accessible to the public by paid admission and
include a wide range of educational, recreational and conservation activities, facilities, settings
and programs.
Brant Park includes an outdoor pool, camping, river access for fishing and canoeing, play
equipment, and hiking and cycling trails.
Pinehurst Lake offers beach and lake access for swimming, fishing and canoeing, camping
and picnic facilities, playing fields, nature trails, as well as winter activities including ice fishing,
snow-shoeing, and cross-country skiing.
Apps’ Mill Nature Centre provides outdoor educational and conservation programs and
activities for schools, families and youth and community groups as well as day camps.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 24
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 3-6: Sports Field Inventory – Brant County Parks
Location
Soccer Fields Ball Diamonds
Unlit Lit Unlit Lit
SR JR MINI SR SR JR OTHER SR JR
Paris
Charlton Park 1
Forest Drive Park 1 1
Green Lane Sports Complex 2 3 1
Lion’s / Pete Lavoie Ball Park 1 1
Paris Optimist Park 2 1
Two Rivers Stadium 1
Victoria Park 1
Totals – Paris 3 1 2 0 6 0 1 3 0
St. George
Arena Park 1 1
Elliot Field 1 3
King William Park 1
Sunny Hill Park 1 1
Totals – St. George 2 0 4 0 1 1 0 1 0
Burford
Burford Optimist & Lions Park 1 1 2 1 2
Janice Hunt Memorial Park 1
Park Ave. Soccer Park 1 1
Totals – Burford 2 2 2 0 0 1 1 2 0
Cainsville
Brant/Onondaga Park 1
Scotland
Optimist Park & Scotland CC 1 1 1
Oakland
Oakland Community Centre Park 2
Mount Pleasant
Mount Pleasant Park 1 1
Onondaga
Onondaga Ball Park 1
Harrisburg
Harrisburg Ball Park 1
New Durham
New Durham Ball Park 1
Grand Total 9 4 8 0 8 4 4 9 0
SR = Senior Soccer Pitches for players age 13 years+, max. dimensions 75m x 120m; Senior Ball Diamonds min. 60m depth JR = Junior Soccer Pitches for players age 10 to 13 years, max. dimensions 50m x 75m; Junior Ball Diamonds min. 40m depth MINI – Mini Soccer Pitches for players under 10 years of age, maximum dimensions 36m x 55m OTHER = informal and grass diamonds with backstop, limited or no fencing and/or t-ball diamonds
*Senior Pitches can be configured as junior and/or mini fields
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 25
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Additional sports fields available at local schools in the County are summarized in Table 3-
7.
Table 3-7: Sports Field Inventory – Brant County Schools
Location
Soccer Fields Ball Diamonds
Unlit Lit Unlit Lit
SR JR MINI SR SR JR OTHER SR JR
Paris
North Ward PS* 1 1
Paris District HS 1 1
Cobblestone ES* 1 2
Sacred Heart School 1 2
Holy Family School* 2
Totals – Paris 3 0 7 0 0 0 2 0 0
St. George
St. George German PS 2 1
Burford
Burford District ES 1
Blessed Sacrament School 1 1
Totals – Burford 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Cainsville
Onondaga Brant School* 1 1 1
Oakhill
St. Theresa School 1
Scotland
Oakland-Scotland PS 3 1
Totals – Scotland 0 0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0
Glen Morris
Glen Morris PS* 1
Mount Pleasant
Mount Pleasant PS* 1 1
Grand Total 4 5 15 0 0 0 5 0 0
*School use only
With extensive usage, sports field quality begins to decline, and as such the total hours of
availability of sports fields for programming depends on the level of facility development,
and the level and frequency of maintenance. Where facilities such as lighting and irrigation
systems are provided, sports fields can accommodate greater use. For natural turf facilities,
actual daily and weekly availability also depends on weather conditions and maintenance
activities.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 26
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Existing soccer pitches in the County are natural turf, and there are no fields with lighting.
There is one existing indoor artificial turf field available at Syl Apps Community Centre in
Paris. Some of the existing outdoor fields are subject to booking/scheduling requirements
and user fees for organized programming for soccer and other field sports. Ball diamonds
in the County have natural turf outfields and stone dust or clay in field surface treatments.
Soccer fields generally operate from the beginning of May to the end of September, from 8
a.m. to 9 p.m. (or dark). As described earlier, actual availability should be based on the
level of usage that the fields can sustain in regards to the level of facility development and
maintenance, and the level of usage that can be sustained by natural turf soccer pitches
and multi-use sports fields is dependent on the infrastructure provided (irrigation, lighting,
drainage) and level/frequency of maintenance. Premium “A” fields can be expected to
accommodate approximately 25 hours of usage per week, Recreational “B” fields
approximately 20 hours per week and Other “C” fields 10 hours per week. School fields
typically experience high levels of daily usage by students which also affects the quality
and availability for community use of these fields, particularly in May and June when some
fields are used by both the schools and user groups on the same days. Based on a 17-
week season of May to August for soccer, the available soccer field capacity has been
calculated as follows:
“A” Fields: 425 total hours/season
“B” Fields: 340 total hours/season
“C” Fields: 170 total hours/season
In some cases the available hours for specific soccer fields varies from the standardized
hours per season above and is based on scheduling information from the County’s sports
field booking system.
Ball diamonds generally operate from the beginning of May to the end of September, from
8 a.m. to 9 p.m. (or dark) and as late as 11 p.m. where lighting is available. The maximum
weekly availability and seasonal hours should be established to define the available hours
based on the level of facility development and maintenance. At the highest quality, “A”
diamonds with lighting can typically sustain, on average, about 35 hours per week of
usage. Diamonds that do not have lighting can be expected to sustain approximately 25
hours per week of usage, and other lower quality diamonds such as practice diamonds can
be expected to sustain 20 hours or less of usage per week. Based on a 21-week playing
season for softball (May through September), the available capacity has been calculated as
follows:
“A” Diamonds: 735 hours/season
“B” Diamonds: 525 hours/season
“C” Diamonds: 420 hours/season
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 27
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Tables 3-8 and 3-9 summarize the soccer field and ball diamond availability and usage
information for the years 2012 to 2016.
Table 3-8: Five-Year Usage Summary for Soccer Fields / Multi-Use Sports Fields
Location Avail. Hours
Hours Booked % Usage
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Paris
Green Lane - Soccer Field 1
425 144.5 228 161 138 237 34% 54% 38% 33% 56%
Green Lane - Soccer Field 2
425 93 188 143.5 139 154 22% 44% 34% 33% 36%
Charlton Field** 340 0 0 0 6 0 0% 0% 0% 2% 0%
Forest Drive Park (Jr.) 340 0 14 72 90.5 90 0% 4% 21% 27% 27%
Optimist Park Field 1 (mini)
340 - - 62.5 92 80 - - 18% 27% 24%
Optimist Park Field 2* (mini)
238 3 41.5 34 14.25 17.25 1% 17% 14% 6% 7%
Totals – Paris 2,108 240.5 471.5 473 479.75 578.25 11% 22% 22% 23% 27%
St. George
Elliot Mini Field 1 196 92 192 192 216 126 47% 98% 100% 110% 64%
Elliot Mini Field 2 196 92 192 196 216 126 47% 98% 100% 110% 64%
Elliot Mini Field 3 196 92 192 192 216 126 47% 98% 98% 110% 64%
Sunny Hill Park Field 425 20.25 314 333.5 274.75 264 5% 74% 79% 65% 62%
Total – St. George 1,013 296.25 890 917.5 922.75 642 29% 88% 91% 91% 63%
Burford
Burford Field A 238 30 24 24 24 24 13% 10% 10% 10% 10%
Burford Field B (Jr.) 238 43 58 71.5 77.5 88 18% 24% 30% 33% 37%
Burford Field C (mini) 238 37 48 64 66 72 16% 20% 27% 28% 30%
Burford Field D (mini) 238 43 58 60 60 64 18% 24% 25% 25% 27%
Park Ave Soccer Field 238 90 88 120 116 124 38% 37% 50% 49% 52%
Total – Burford 1,190 337 406 502.5 493.5 504 28% 34% 42% 41% 42%
Cainsville, Onondaga and Mt. Pleasant
Brant-Onondaga Field 262 30 200 150 111.5 111.5 11% 76% 57% 43% 43%
Mt. Pleasant Field 238 30 24 24 24 24 13% 10% 10% 10% 10%
Summary – Brant County
Brant County Total 4,811 934 1,992 2,067 2,032 1,860 19% 41% 43% 42% 39%
Senior Fields Total 2,591 532 1,196 1,119 983 1,071 21% 46% 43% 38% 41%
Junior Fields Total 578 43 72 144 168 178 7% 12% 25% 29% 31%
Mini Fields Total 1,642 359 724 805 880 611 22% 44% 49% 54% 37%
*Practice fields **Used for practices, but not booked
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 28
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 3-9: Five-Year Usage Summary for Ball Diamonds
Location Avail. Hours
Hours Booked % Usage
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Paris
Green Lane – Ball Diamond 1
525 313.5 353 391 310.5 383 60% 67% 74% 59% 73%
Green Lane – Ball Diamond 2
735 295.5 439.5 520 410 435.5 40% 60% 71% 56% 59%
Green Lane – Ball Diamond 3
525 295.5 314 346 278 363 56% 60% 66% 53% 69%
Green Lane – Ball Diamond 4
525 168 219 157 190.5 170 32% 42% 30% 36% 32%
Optimist Park Ball Diamond
525 113 145.5 112 107.25 118.25 22% 28% 21% 20% 23%
Two Rivers Ball Diamond
735 114 113 123 112 115.5 16% 15% 17% 15% 16%
Victoria Park Ball Diamond
735 18 30 22 0 70 2% 4% 3% 0% 10%
Totals – Paris 4,305 1,318 1,614 1,671 1,408 1,655 31% 37% 39% 33% 38%
St. George
King William Ball Diamond (Jr.)
525 62 59 93 80 108.5 12% 11% 18% 15% 21%
SDCC Diamond A 525 227 156.5 214.5 216.5 193.5 43% 30% 41% 41% 37%
SDCC Diamond B 735 437 427.5 394.5 423.5 391 59% 58% 54% 58% 53%
Total – St. George 1,785 726 643 702 720 693 41% 36% 39% 40% 39%
Burford
Burford Diamond A 735 337 396 319 312 362 46% 54% 43% 42% 49%
Burford Diamond B 735 439.5 515 417 422 430 60% 70% 57% 57% 59%
Burford Diamond C (Jr.)
420 10 106.5 36 25 156 2% 25% 9% 6% 37%
Total – Burford 1,890 787 1,018 772 759 948 42% 54% 41% 40% 50%
Mt. Pleasant, Glen Morris and Harrisburg
Mt. Pleasant Diamond 735 22 24 60 36.5 24 3% 3% 8% 5% 3%
Glen Morris Ball Diamond*
525 0 4 0 0 0 0% 1% 0% 0% 0%
Harrisburg Ball Diamond
525 68.5 52 82 86.5 78 13% 10% 16% 16% 15%
Summary – Brant County
Brant County Total 9,765 2,921 3,355 3,287 3,010 3,398 30% 34% 34% 31% 35%
Senior Lit Diamonds Total
5,145 1,663 1,945 1,856 1,716 1,828 32% 38% 36% 33% 36%
Senior Unlit Diamonds Total
3,675 1,186 1,244 1,303 1,189 1,306 32% 34% 35% 32% 36%
Junior Diamonds Total
945 72 166 129 105 265 8% 18% 14% 11% 28%
*Glen Morris Ball Diamond out of service since 2014 (re-purposed/converted to basketball/multi-purpose playing court).
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 29
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The following observations are made from the sports field inventory and usage data:
Soccer Pitches / Multi-use Sports Fields
There are 21 soccer pitches / multi-use sports fields in the County’s parks, and an
additional 24 soccer pitches located at local schools;
There are no lit soccer pitches available in the County;
Based on the County’s booking data for the 17 soccer pitches that are scheduled for
soccer and other field sports programs, usage of soccer pitches has been relatively
stable over the past 4 years, but has approximately doubled when comparing 2012
to 2016 total hours booked;
For the period of 2013 to 2016, total scheduled field bookings per season ranged
from 1,860 hours in 2016 to 2,067 hours in 2014 reflecting an average of
approximately 40% of available capacity of soccer pitches booked for active
programming;
Usage of senior and mini fields is highest, ranging from 37% to 44% over the past
four years, compared with junior fields which ranged from 12% usage in 2013 to
31% usage in 2016;
The soccer pitches in St. George had the highest level of usage, followed by Brant-
Onondaga Field in Cainsville, then Burford and Paris, and the field in Mt. Pleasant
was booked consistently for only 10% of available hours from 2013 to 2016;
In 2015, bookings of the Elliot mini fields exceeded field capacity based on the
County’s booking data and maintenance requirements;
Forest Drive Park does not have parking or washroom facilities available to support
more regularly scheduled use of the junior soccer pitch;
Charlton Field in Paris was booked for only 6 hours of programming over the past
five years, and the field is currently used (but not booked) for practices. Parking is
available at the school but washroom access would only be available if the school is
open;
The existing mini soccer pitches at Paris Optimist Park are located just beyond the
outfield fence for the adjacent ball diamond, which may limit a more frequent or
regular program schedule for soccer when the ball diamond is in use;
Limited parking is available within the park at Sunny Hill Park in St. George and the
pattern of field users parking along the roadside (County Road 13 / St. George
Road) has been raised as a safety concern;
The Elliot Fields are located on lands owned by the St. George Lions Club and
leased by the County for use of the soccer fields; this creates some uncertainty
about the future availability of these highly used soccer pitches particularly for
children’s soccer programs in the St. George area where participation and growth
pressures will continue to produce demands for increased field capacity;
Based on a review of the current inventory there appears to be opportunities to
create additional field capacity for soccer programs through improvements and
supporting facilities such as lighting at some existing field locations, and/or through
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 30
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
the future retrofitting of one or more natural turf fields to artificial turf, and/or building
a new artificial turf facility in an expanded and consolidated multi-field location such
as Green Lane Sports Complex.
Ball Diamonds
There are 25 existing ball diamonds located in County Parks, including 9 lit and 8
unlit senior ball diamonds, 4 junior ball diamonds and 4 other/practice or informal
ball diamonds and an additional 5 informal ball diamonds located at local schools;
The Green Lane Sports Complex is the primary multi-facility ball diamond complex,
with 4 ball diamonds available for league play and tournaments, and in addition
there are 2 ball diamonds located at the Arena Park at the South Dumfries
Community Centre, and 2 ball diamonds at the Burford Optimist & Lions Park;
Two expanded ball diamonds are planned at Paris Lion’s Park / Pete Lavoie Ball
Park, replacing two existing diamonds in that location;
The balance of the ball diamonds are in single-facility locations in other parks
across the County, except for 2 junior ball diamonds located together at the
Oakland Community Centre Park;
15 ball diamonds are scheduled/booked and actively programmed for softball,
hardball, slo-pitch and T-ball;
From 2012 to 2016 these 15 ball diamonds supported an average of 3,200 hours
per season of programs and other scheduled usage reflecting 35% of available
capacity;
The highest usage occurred at senior lit and senior unlit diamonds at 30% to 38% of
available capacity, and junior diamonds have been used less over the past 5 years
at 8% to 28% of available capacity;
The Green Lane, SDCC and Burford A and B diamonds are used the most, in the
range of 30% to 75% of available capacity from 2012 to 2016;
Two Rivers, Victoria Park, King William Park, Mt. Pleasant and Harrisburg ball
diamonds are used the least, in the range of 3% to 21% of available capacity over
the same period;
Glen Morris Ball Diamond is no longer available and has been converted to a
basketball / multi-use playing court;
There was no scheduled/program-based usage reported for Onondaga Ball Park
and New Durham Ball Park for the years 2012 to 2016, or for the ball diamond at
Scotland Optimist Park, as the use of these facilities is limited and not scheduled;
The Oakland Community Centre ball diamond was scheduled for 18 hours of use in
2015, but no other scheduled usage data is reported for this ball diamond;
The ball field at Janice Hunt Memorial Park in Burford is an informal grass field with
backstop and is not scheduled for ball programming.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 31
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
In Paris, Twin Rivers Soccer utilizes the WIFO soccer fields located on a private property
on Woodslee Avenue in the industrial park. The WIFO soccer park includes 2 senior
pitches and 2 mini pitches, with additional field space available on the side of the property.
The County’s 2000 Parks and Recreation Master Plan recommended the addition of 5 new
full-size soccer pitches with consideration to lighting of the pitches at Green Lane Sports
Complex, in addition to maintaining the 5 full size pitches in the inventory at that time. The
potential conversion of certain ball diamonds to soccer pitches and re-configuring Forest
Drive Park junior pitch to one or more mini pitches were also recommended as options to
address the deficiency. As noted earlier, currently there are 9 senior pitches available in
County parks and an additional 4 senior pitches at local schools.
The 2000 Master Plan also recommended adding 7 additional mini pitches for a total of 15
in the County. Currently there are 8 mini pitches in County parks and an additional 15 mini
pitches at local schools.
The soccer pitch recommendations of the 2000 Master Plan were based on current and
projected participation growth in soccer at that time, and the 2000 Background Report
estimated that there would be 1,358 registered soccer participants in programs that require
senior soccer pitches by the year 2016, and 755 participants in soccer programs that
require mini pitches.
Soccer participant data for 2016 is based on consultation with soccer program providers
and available information from these groups, and is summarized in Table 3-10.
Table 3-10: Participation in Soccer Programs
League / Organization Number of
Participants
2016
Twin Rivers Soccer (approx. 750 players using senior fields)
Paris Soccer Club (age 2 to 21) 600 to 800
Burford Soccer Club 400 to 600
Paris FC (U4 to U18 and senior men’s and women’s) 500
St. George Soccer Club, ages 4 to 10, U12 and U14 boys and U12 girls
400
Brant/Brantford Over 35 Soccer (Outdoor) 160
Soccer Tots and Soccer Basics Programs* 140
TOTAL 2,200 to 2,600
*County operated programs – 140 participants is the average annual participation over the past 4 years (2013-2016)
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 32
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
With the current inventory of 8 senior pitches (excluding Charlton Park field), 2 junior
pitches (excluding 2 junior pitches that are not actively programmed/scheduled for formal
use) and 8 mini (half) pitches, the current provision level of County soccer pitches is 1 full-
size equivalent soccer pitch for each 163 to 193 registered participants. Including the
existing school soccer pitches that are available for community use (3 senior pitches, 2
junior pitches, 8 mini pitches), the current provision level is 1 full-size equivalent soccer
pitch per 100 to 118 registered participants. This is below average participant-based
provision level standards in Ontario municipalities, which are typically between 60 and 100
participants per full-size equivalent soccer pitch; however, field booking data indicates
some capacity exists for additional scheduled usage of available outdoor soccer pitches.
Facility booking data provided by the Grand Erie District School Board indicates that
outdoor sports fields at Brant County schools were booked for a total of 6,574 hours of
community use involving 75,120 participant visits from September 27, 2015 to September
27, 2016 (2 soccer seasons). This would indicate that, in addition to the 3,892 hours of
scheduled soccer programming at County parks in the 2016 season, an annual average of
3,300 hours of scheduled outdoor sports field use occurred at school fields in the County,
or approximately 470 hours per outdoor sports field available for community use. This data
indicates that school sports fields are fully booked for community use based on the
maximum expected hours that sports fields can sustain in one playing season.
For ball programs, the 2000 Master Plan indicated that there were 2,157 registered softball
participants in the County at that time. Current participant data, available from the 2016
season, is summarized in Table 3-11.
From this data there are 2,377 registered ball participants in the County, a 10% increase in
the overall participation rate since 2000. While the Paris Youth Softball Association has
reported a 30% increase in participation over the past two years, the overall participation
rate has decreased from 325 participants as indicated in the 2000 Master Plan to 290
participants in 2016.
Continued interest and participation in ball programs is stable in Paris, St. George and
Buford. During consultation with user groups who participated in the Master Plan process it
was noted that some groups have consolidated primarily as a result of insufficient
participant numbers in some of the smaller communities that were able to sustain
independent associations in the past.
On the basis of 2,377 registered ball participants, the current supply of 24.5 senior ball
diamond equivalents (counting lit facilities as 1.5 ball diamond equivalents) is 1 ball
diamond per 97 participants, which is in the lower end of the provision levels for Ontario
municipalities which generally range from 75 to 100 participants per ball diamond. Further,
the distribution of the ball diamonds encompasses a broad geographic area and as such
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 33
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
some of the existing inventory is not located where demand is growing. This is evident from
the usage data as summarized in Table 3-9, which shows that the usage of ball diamonds
located in the larger population centres has increased while the ball diamonds in smaller
communities has remained low or in some cases there is no scheduled program use of
certain ball diamonds reported. In addition, there is some ball diamond usage generated
from outside of the County such as t hrough programs based in the City of Brantford, while
some County residents also participate in ball programs and use facilities located in the
City.
Table 3-11: Participation in Ball Programs
League / Organization Number of
Participants
2016
Paris Youth Softball Association 290
Paris T-Ball 103
Paris Ladies 3 Pitch League 56
Paris Co-ed Recreational Softball 200
Brant Christian Slo-Pitch League 270
St. George Co-ed Slo-Pitch League 160
St. George Ladies Rec Slo-Pitch League 102
St. George Men’s Slo-Pitch League 90
St. George Minor Ball 180
St. George Old Masters Slo-Pitch 75
St. George Old Times Fastball 17
Burford Youth Baseball 120
Burford Co-ed Slo-Pitch League 200
Burford Men’s League Baseball 150
Brant County Co-ed Slo-Pitch League 188
Mount Pleasant T-Ball 125
Oakland Baseball 51
TOTAL 2,377
In summary, from the sports field needs assessment there is a clear, immediate need for
additional soccer/multi-use sports field capacity particularly mini pitches (and/or senior
pitches with cross-field mini field configurations) in the St. George area. Planned
replacement and upgrading of the existing ball diamonds at Paris Lions Park will assist in
meeting growing participation in youth softball in Paris.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 34
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Strategies to address the needs for additional sports field capacity should continue to focus
on opportunities to improve existing facilities, lighting existing sports fields and a review of
scheduling should be undertaken prior to consideration of adding new sports fields in new
locations.
The Recreation Master Plan should also provide policies and strategies to guide periodic
reviews of scheduling and participation, and consultation with user groups to monitor facility
performance and capacity and to assist in identifying future needs.
3.4 Playgrounds
Currently there are 25 playground locations within the
County’s parks, including 9 playgrounds in Paris, 3 in
St. George, 3 in Burford, 3 in Oakhill, 2 in Harrisburg,
and 1 in each of Mount Pleasant, Glen Morris,
Oakland, Scotland, Harley and Onondaga. The local
elementary schools provide additional playground
locations with approximately 10 play structures
available primarily through the summer months and
with some community access during the school year
(typically limited to after-school hours). The existing playground locations in the County are
shown on Maps 1a to 1d.
Service levels for playgrounds are typically assessed on a geographic basis with the
objective of providing convenient access within residential neighbourhoods and individual
communities. These facilities should be within a “walkable” distance of the majority of
households in the community so children can access basic outdoor recreational amenities
without travelling long distances or encountering major barriers such as high-traffic
roadways.
Typical provision level targets/standards range from 400m to 800m walking distance (5-10
minutes walking) to playgrounds from all or the majority of residences within settlement
areas. A GIS-based walking route analysis of the existing playground locations has been
completed for Paris, St. George and Burford to determine gaps and overlaps in the
distribution of existing playground locations. The results of the analysis are illustrated on
Map 3.
Based on a review of the current playground locations including those located at schools
and the existing park playgrounds, the majority of households in Paris, St. George and
Burford are within 400m to 800m of one or more existing playgrounds, with some
overlapping service areas.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 35
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The following gap areas are identified:
The existing residential area between Washington Street and Chapel Street south
of Dundas Street West in Paris – as noted in section 3.2, there may be an
opportunity to establish a new neighbourhood park or parkette with a playground, if
it is determined that there is a demand within the neighbourhood based on
demographic characteristics and through community consultation;
Race Street / Gilston Parkway / Hillside Avenue / Mile Hill Road area in Paris where
the local neighbourhood park (Gilston Park) does not include a playground;
Cedar Street west of Rest Acres Road and Laurie Ann Lane area is beyond an
800m walking distance to Cobblestone Elementary School and Grandville Park –
this gap could potentially be resolved through a walkway connection or a small
neighbourhood park or parkette in the area closer to Rest Acres Road;
Minshall Drive / Meadow Lane / Broadview Drive / Cedar Lane / Weir Street
residential area in Burford does not have access to a playground at the local
neighbourhood park (Broadview Park); however, a playground may not be
warranted in this area due to the low density of development, large lot sizes and
limited number of homes.
Recommendations for additional playground development on dedicated parklands acquired
in new development areas should be identified in the Recreation Master Plan. As
summarized in section 2.7 of this report, there will be opportunities for new play equipment
on new parklands dedicated to the County through current, planned and potential future
development.
Addressing current standards for safety and accessibility of play structures are dominant
considerations in the design and development of new playgrounds and should also guide
ongoing renewal/replacement of existing structures. Section 7 of this report provides
additional trends and strategies for consideration in relation to playground design and
development. The need for playground equipment repair and replacements should be
monitored on an ongoing basis in consideration of the results of regular inspections,
condition, repair requirements, safety standards, level of usage, accessibility and other
factors. The County’s Asset Management Plan should be updated to include playgrounds
and other park facilities with identified age and replacement values to facilitate planning for
capital maintenance and lifecycle replacement.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 36
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
3.5 Aquatic Facilities
The Paris Community Pool is an outdoor pool
located at Lions Park in Paris. The pool was
opened in 2012 following the closure of the old
Paris community pool in 2008. The new pool
includes four 25-metre swimming lanes, walk-
in entry, tots’ play area, diving board and slide,
has capacity for up to 240 swimmers, and also
has a new changeroom/washroom and
lifeguard/staff building.
Table 3-12 summarizes booking data
reflecting the hours of programmed usage of
the pool for each of the 2012 to 2016 summer
seasons. Based on this data, bookings of the
pool for programming ranged from 894 hours in the 2012 summer season to 1,430 hours in
the summer of 2014. As an outdoor facility, availability of the pool for scheduled programs
and activities varies each season and is dependent on weather conditions. The pool office
is open from 8am to 7pm Monday to Friday and 9am to 5pm on Saturday and Sunday. In
2016, the pre-season pool schedule ran from May 30th to July 3rd, and the regular season
pool schedule ran from July 4th to September 2nd.
Table 3-12: Five-Year Annual Usage Summary for Paris Community Pool
Location Hours Booked / No. of Participants
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Total hours booked for aquatic programs* 894 1367.5 1430 1179.5 1151
Total participants for aquatic programs - 15,297 16,215 17,591 19,282
*Hourly booking data includes swimming lessons, LLS, Red Cross, and pool rentals, but excludes other scheduled activities including public swim (17 hrs/week in pre-season and 24 hrs/ week in regular season), aquafit (4 hrs/week), aqua zumba (2 hrs/week), lane swims (10 hrs/week in pre-season and 12 hrs/week in regular season) and senior swims (1 hr/week in pre-season and 2 hrs/week in regular season)
The pool supports a range of aquatic programs provide directly by the County, including
swimming lessons (semi-private and private, individual and group lessons), Lifesaving
Society (LLS) programs, Red Cross Learn to Swim Programs, aquafit, lane swims as well
as family and public swim times and private rentals. For the 2013 to 2016 seasons, the total
number of registered participants in aquatic programs, excluding aquafit, lane swims, family
and public swims and private rentals, was 68,385 people.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 37
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
In addition to the outdoor pool in Paris, there
are three splash pads in the County’s parks
including the Paris Splashpad (built in 2005)
adjacent to the pool, the Sunny Hill Park
Splashpad (new in 2016) in St. George, and
the Burford Optimist & Lions Park Splashpad
(added in 2007). The distribution of these
three splash pad locations among the three
largest settlement areas provides good
geographic access to residents.
Outdoor swimming during the summer is also available at local GRCA Parks, including
Brant Park (outdoor pool) and Pinehurst Park (beach / lake), as well as Woodman Park
(outdoor pool) in Brantford.
There are no public indoor pools in Brant County. In larger urban centres, provision levels
for indoor pools range from 1 facility per 25,000 residents to over 50,000 residents. Most
areas of the County including the largest population centres are within a 20-minute driving
time to the Wayne Gretzky Sports Centre indoor pools and/or the new YMCA pool (under
construction) in the City of Brantford, and some areas are within a similar driving time to
indoor pools in Cambridge, Hamilton and Woodstock. The City of Cambridge is planning for
a $63.5 million city-wide recreation multi-plex including an indoor pool with a 25m
competition pool, warm water therapy pool and leisure/learning pool for construction in
2020 (projected opening in 2021), and a separate recreational complex in south-east Galt
planned for 2017/2018 which may also include an indoor aquatics component.4
The County’s 2000 Parks and Recreation Master Plan recommended that a financial
feasibility study should be undertaken prior to initiating an indoor pool venture, and to
consider an indoor aquatics component as part of the planning for the Brant Sports
Complex. Through the planning for the Brant Sports Complex the County determined not to
include an indoor aquatics component to the arena facility.
In 2009, the County completed an Aquatic Needs Assessment and Feasibility Study, and
the findings of the study are summarized in section 5.18 of this report. While the study
recommended that the County should pursue an indoor aquatic facility within the next 5
years (to the year 2014), it acknowledged that the feasibility of building an indoor pool
facility in the short-term would depend on access to potential grant funding for up to two-
thirds of the capital cost. Ultimately, the construction of an indoor pool did not materialize
from the 2009 Aquatic Needs Assessment, and the replacement of the Paris Community
Pool with a new outdoor facility has since been completed.
4 Source: City of Cambridge website, www.cambridge.ca, 2016.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 38
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
As the County population is dispersed across a broad geographic area, the closest indoor
aquatic facilities for many County residents is and will continue to be at facilities located in
the City of Brantford and potentially in other adjoining municipalities, no matter where a
new indoor pool might be located in the County in the future. With new indoor aquatic
facilities under construction in Brantford and planned for construction in the next 5 years in
Cambridge, access to these facilities and programs by County residents will continue to
evolve and usage of facilities outside of the County will need to be well understood and
monitored in conjunction with future planning for aquatic facilities in the County. The
potential access to grants and opportunities for partnerships and joint ventures will be
important factors in determining future aquatic facility development.
With local interest in indoor aquatics particularly among seniors who may have more limited
mobility and during winter months, one strategy to consider could involve a regularly
scheduled transportation service to the Wayne Gretzky Centre to access aquatic
programming designed for this target market.
The Recreation Master Plan should provide a framework to guide decision-making
processes in the future related to aquatic and other significant recreation facility
investments and programming. This will assist the County with determining the need and
feasibility for such a facility in the future, within the context of an overall service delivery
strategy, potential alternative/interim solutions to access related programming, other park
and facility projects identified for implementation, a capital and operating plan, and the
financial capacity of the County and potential partners.
3.6 Arenas, Community Centres, Community Halls, and Indoor Turf
The County owns and operates four (4) community
centres including three (3) arenas with four (4) ice
pads: the Brant Sports Complex (2 ice pads) and Syl
Apps Community Centre (former ice pad converted to
indoor turf) in Paris, the South Dumfries Community
Centre (1 ice pad) in St. George and the Burford
Community Centre (1 ice pad).
In addition there are seven (7) community halls owned by the County including Airport
Community Centre (Brant West), Cainsville Community Centre, Mt. Pleasant Community
Centre, Pinegrove & Howell Community Hall, Oakland Community Centre and Onondaga
Community Hall (Brant/Oakland/Onondaga) and Glen Morris Centennial Hall (South
Dumfries).
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 39
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Arenas
Tables 3-13 to 3-15 summarize the usage data for the inventory of existing arenas.
Table 3-13: Five-Year Annual Ice Usage Summary for Arenas
Location Avail.
Hours*
Hours Booked % Usage
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
BSC Davis Pad 4640 3024 2528 3168 2954 3407 62% 64% 64% 67% 69%
BSC Gurney Pad 4524 2712 3297 2962 3310 3062 66% 68% 68% 67% 70%
BCC Arena 3244 1698 1668 1796 1888 1994 33% 75% 78% 59% 60%
SDCC Arena 2760 2318 2202 2116 2203 2214 56% 94% 85% 91% 92%
Totals 15168 9752 9695 10042 10354 10677 53% 72% 71% 69% 71%
*Average available hours for 2012 to 2016; annual % usage is calculated based on actual available hours in each year.
Table 3-14: Fall/Winter Prime Time Ice Usage Summary for Arenas
Location Avail.
Hours*
Hours Booked % Usage
2012/2013 2013/2014 2014/2015 2012/2013 2013/2014 2014/2015
BSC – Davis Pad 1772 1406 1709 1499 86% 87% 88%
BSC – Gurney Pad 1642 1435 1752 1507 95% 94% 97%
BCC Arena 1651 1332 1475 1368 85% 83% 85%
SDCC Arena 1709 1481 1661 1480 92% 87% 92%
Totals 6773 5653 6597 5853 89% 88% 91%
*Average available hours for 2012/2013 to 2014/2015 Fall/Winter seasons; annual % usage is calculated based on actual available prime hours in each Fall/Winter season.
Table 3-15: Spring/Summer Prime Time Ice and Floor Usage Summary for Arenas
Location Avail.
Hours*
Hours Booked % Usage
2013 2014 2015 2013 2014 2015
BSC – Davis Pad 695 434.5 583 480 72% 69% 76%
BSC – Gurney Pad 854 741.5 488 693 75% 69% 81%
BCC Arena – Floor 530 167.5 235.5 193 19% 72% 49%
SDCC Arena – Floor 821 91.5 16 78 10% 7% 6%
Totals – Ice 1549 1176 1071 1173 74% 69% 79%
Totals – Floor 1351 259 252 271 14% 44% 16%
*Average available hours for 2013 to 2015 Spring/Summer seasons; annual % usage is calculated based on actual available prime hours in each Spring/Summer season.
The following observations are made from the five-year arena usage data:
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 40
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Total ice usage at the 4 ice pads has increased by 9% from 2012 to 2016 with some
annual fluctuations at specific ice pads;
The highest percent usage of available ice hours occurred at the South Dumfries
Community Centre arena in St. George, recognizing that the Brant Sports Complex
usage is based on greater total hours of availability with the provision of summer ice
at that facility;
The total annual hours of ice usage at Burford Community Centre Arena has
increased by nearly 300 hours from 2012 to 2016, but available ice hours have also
increased as reported in the booking data, resulting in a lower percent utilization of
total ice hours for the years 2015 and 2016 as compared with previous years;
Overall, ice usage has remained stable as a percent of available hours at all four ice
pads;
During the peak ice season (Fall/Winter), prime time ice usage reflects over 80% of
available prime time hours consistently at all ice pads over the 2012/2013,
2013/2014 and 2014/2015 seasons, and virtually all of the available prime time ice
hours (94% to 97%) were fully booked at the Brant Sports Complex – Gurney Ice
Pad;
During the off-season (Spring/Summer), prime time ice usage remained relatively
high, ranging from 69% to 79% of available prime time hours for the total ice
availability at both of the BSC ice pads (note: these are the only two ice surfaces
available through spring and summer);
Off-season bookings of the arena floor for indoor lacrosse, ball hockey, roller
skating and special events were in the 250 to 275 hours range total for the off-
season, with the most floor usage occurring at the Burford Community Centre and
less use of the arena floor at South Dumfries Community Centre.
A review of the weekly scheduled ice time for the 2016-2017 Fall/Winter season indicates
the following:
Prime time hours at both ice pads at the Brant Sports Complex and the South
Dumfries Community Centre Arena are fully booked with no hours available, and
only 6 hours per week (or 4%) or prime time ice hours remain available;
Some non-prime ice hours are available during the daytime hours on weekdays,
including up to 43 hours at the Brant Sports Complex, 24.5 hours at the South
Dumfries Arena and 34 hours at the Burford Arena;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 41
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
On average, 10% to 15% of ice time is reserved for required maintenance, generally
in off-peak / non-prime hours;
Total weekly bookings for scheduled ice sports, programs and activities including
public skating is 73% of available ice time at the Brant Sports Complex (Davis Pad)
and 63% for the Gurney Pad, 69% at SDCC and 57% at Burford Arena.
Typical provision levels for arenas in Ontario municipalities range from 1 ice pad per 10,000
residents to 1 per 20,000 residents. The current supply of 4 ice pads is equivalent to 1 ice
pad per 9,177 people in the County for the year 2016. The County remains above the
higher end of the range for indoor ice provision levels among Ontario municipalities, and ice
usage has remained strong. Assuming all of the existing ice pads are maintained and no
new ice pads are added over the next 25 years, the future provision level would be 1 ice
pad per 14,250 people, which is still a strong provision level for arenas.
Current and future needs for ice time cannot be measured just by total population and is
driven by actual participation in related arena programs, and based on the above analysis
the current available ice time is well used during prime hours. Based on the current ice
usage, arena scheduling information and consultation with user groups, there is very little
capacity remaining currently to accommodate additional prime time ice usage during the
peak ice season, and there are some demands for more prime time hours.
The County’s 2000 Parks and Recreation Master Plan identified a total of 3,218 registered
participants in indoor ice sports and programs at that time, or 1 ice pad per 1,070
participants based on the 3 ice pads available in the County at that time, and projected that
participation would grow to over 3,500 ice users in 2016. The 2000 Master Plan
recommended a target provision level standard of 1 ice pad per 700 participants and
projected that total ice needs would reach 5 ice pads total in 2016.
From available information and consultation with user groups, the current number of
registered participants in indoor ice sports and programs is summarized in Table 3-16.
Table 3-16: Participation in Indoor Ice Sports and Programs
League / Organization Number of
Participants
2016
Paris Minor Hockey 332
Paris Ringette Association 175
Paris Figure Skating Club 110
Paris Mounties 21
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 42
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
League / Organization Number of
Participants
2016
Paris Industrial Hockey League 65
Paris Rec Ice Hockey 68
Burford Minor Hockey 240
Burford Bulldogs 25
Burford Figure Skating Club 40
Burford Old Rockers Hockey 25
St. George Minor Hockey Association 164
South Dumfries Figure Skating Club 137
St. George Ravens 24-30
Brant County Recreational Hockey 31
Brant County Learn To Skate 32
Other Arena Programs and Scheduled Ice Users 1,600*
TOTAL 3,095
*Estimated based on ice scheduling/booking data
Based on the above, the total estimated number of registered participants in ice sports and
programs is 3,095 participants, reflecting a current provision level of one ice pad per 774
participants. Ontario municipal participant-based provision level standards for arenas range
from 600 to 900 participants per ice pad, so the current supply is well within the expected
range, although it is slightly below the 2000 Master Plan recommended target of 1 per 700
participants.
Unless evidence emerges of a strong and sustained increase in participation in indoor ice
sports and programs over the next 5 to 10 years, it is not anticipated that additional ice
pads will be needed over this timeframe, provided that the existing arenas can continue to
sustain relatively high levels of usage particularly during prime time in consideration of the
age, condition and capital maintenance requirements at these facilities. Burford Minor
Hockey has indicated some recent growth with 240 participants registered in 2016, up from
210 to 220 in recent years, but down from the Association’s earlier peak of 350 participants.
The County should collect and monitor participant data from registered ice users and
should continue to monitor ice usage and seek opportunities to further optimize scheduling
in consultation with user groups. The consultation with ice users also identified some
functional issues with the Brant Sports Complex arena, specifically for Paris Mounties
hockey, as summarized section 6.2.2 of this report.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 43
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Community Centres
Table 3-17 on the following page summarizes the usage of available rooms and other
spaces at community centres and community halls for the years 2012 to 2016. The
following observations are made from a review of this data:
Overall, scheduled bookings of available rooms and other indoor spaces for
recreational use was relatively low in relation to available capacity, with the highest
usage recorded at Airport Community Hall at 36% of available hours in 2016;
Hourly bookings of the Airport Community Hall have more than doubled from 2013
to 2015, likely a function of this facility’s close proximity to the City of Brantford
population;
Usage of the conference room, meeting rooms, lower lobby and banquet hall at the
Brant Sports Complex has steadily increased over the past 5 years, from a total of
2,700 hours in 2012 to over 4,000 hours in 2016;
Usage of the Burford Community Centre and South Dumfries Community Centre
rooms and halls has also increased from 2012 to 2016, by over 50% at the BCC
and over 25% at the SDCC, although usage was still relatively low at the BCC;
Usage of the Syl Apps Commemorative Hall, lobby and lobby meeting room has
increased by nearly 500 additional hours over the past four years, reaching a total
of over 3,000 hours of use in each of 2015 and 2016;
There is very little usage data recorded or available for the Mt. Pleasant Community
Centre and Oakland Community Centre, and no usage data is reported for the
Cainsville Community Centre, Pinegrove & Howell Community Hall and Glen Morris
Centennial Hall;
The Onondaga on the Grand community hall was booked for 24 hours of use in
2015 and 149 hours in 2016 (this data is not reported in Table 3-12);
St. George Memorial hall is no longer owned by the County.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 44
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 3-17: Five-Year Annual Usage Summary for Community Rooms and Halls
Location Avail.
Hours*
Hours Booked % Usage
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Airport Community Hall
3805 - 499.5 624 1101.5 1414.5 - 13% 16% 29% 36%
BSC Banquet Hall 5734 1071 964.2 1270.5 1513 1877.5 19% 17% 22% 26% 33%
BSC Conference Room
5654 302 478 558 770.5 706.5 5% 8% 10% 14% 13%
BSC Dumfries Meeting Room
5664 615.5 348.5 675.5 792.5 811 11% 6% 12% 14% 15%
BSC Lower Lobby 6110 106 56 135.5 292.5 100.5 2% 1% 2% 5% 2%
BSC Punter Meeting Room
5416 607 394.5 512 726.5 511.5 11% 7% 10% 13% 10%
BCC Banquet Hall 5318 661.5 736 657 797.5 854 12% 13% 14% 17% 15%
BCC Community Room
5095 358.25 239 396 629.5 683.5 6% 4% 9% 14% 12%
BCC Lobby 5692 - - - 8 27.5 - - - 0% 0%
BCC Upper Meeting Room
3137 0 0 - 0 0 0% 0% - 0% 0%
Mt. Pleasant CC Community Room
4374 - 36 - - 1.5 - 1% - - 0%
Oakland CC Community Room
4380 30 35 21 4 14 1% 1% 0% 0% 0%
SDCC Community Room
3986 814.25 692.5 776.3 1054.5 1024.5 21% 17% 19% 30% 24%
SDCC Banquet Hall
5729 958.5 1064 1118.5 1178 1217.5 19% 18% 19% 21% 19%
St. George Memorial Hall
5709 275 263 - - - 5% 5% - - -
St. George Memorial Hall - Lower
5832 875.5 181.5 - - - 15% 3% - - -
St. George Memorial Hall - Upper
5852 1094 175.5 - - - 19% 3% - - -
Syl Apps Commemorative Hall
6017 1485 1401 1484.5 1751.5 1842.5 25% 25% 24% 29% 30%
Syl Apps Lobby Meeting Room
4724 2333 2268 450 469.5 370 41% 40% 14% 14% 6%
Syl Apps Lobby 5546 238 312.5 625 781 822 4% 6% 11% 14% 14%
*Average available hours for 2012 to 2016; annual % usage is calculated based on actual available hours in each year.
The Pinegrove & Howell Community Centre is operated by a volunteer group and, in
addition to providing space for community events, is available to be rented for a range of
functions. According to the group’s Facebook page, the hall has capacity for up to 98
persons and includes a recently renovated kitchen as well as parking and washroom
facilities, tables and chairs are available, and there is a fenced yard with space for soccer,
softball and other outdoor activities. The building dates back to the mid to late 1800’s.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 45
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The Onondaga on the Grand community hall, built in 1847, is
located along the Grand River and is operated by a local
volunteer committee. The hall is used for a range of community
events and is also available for rent for private functions, with
capacity for 65 to 80 persons and a new kitchen as well as tables
and chairs available.
Harley Hall in Burford is used for a museum and is now known as
the Burford Township Museum and Archives, which is operated
by the Burford Township Historical Society. The hall/museum
also provides space for special events in the community.
In total, the community halls in the County comprise over 25,000 square feet of indoor floor
area for community use, and have an estimated total asset value of approximately $4.3
million.5 An overview of financial information regarding the community hall operations is
provided in section 4.3 of this report.
Indoor Turf
Located in downtown Paris, the Syl Apps Community Centre is a major community hub with
a range of multi-use indoor and outdoor facilities and programs available, and is a highly
successful example of an arena to indoor turf
conversion that is a centre of recreational,
community and tourism activity. With these
multiple functions, the centre supports high
levels of concurrent activities and programs
and high volumes of registered participants
and general public/visitors using both the
indoor and outdoor facilities.
In addition to indoor turf sports programming, the facility also supports a number of
children’s camps, family “gym” time on the turf, skateboard workshops, High Five children’s
program, dodgeball, yoga, seniors programs, fitness and wellness programs, recreational
walking, fly fishing lessons, golf/indoor driving range, RC flyers and private rentals. The
Brant Youth Centre is located in the upstairs hall and capacity and programming is
constrained by the available space. A need for additional space has been identified for the
Youth Centre.
Table 3-18 summarizes the usage of the indoor turf at Syl Apps Community Centre for the
years 2012 to 2016.
5 Watson & Associates Economists Ltd., County of Brant Development Charge Background Study, 2014.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 46
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 3-18: Five-Year Annual Usage Summary for Indoor Turf
Location Avail.
Hours*
Hours Booked % Usage
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Syl Apps Indoor Turf
5846 1553 2239 2322 2114 2061 25% 40% 38% 36% 38%
*Average available hours for 2012 to 2016; annual % usage is calculated based on actual available hours in each year.
The usage of the indoor turf has increased from 2012 to 2016 and has remained relatively
stable over the past three years at between 36% and 38% of available capacity. Through
the consultation program, indoor field users indicated that the primary constraints to
additional scheduled usage of the indoor turf relate to competing interests for prime time
hours (weekday evenings and weekends) and that the size of the field is smaller than
Ontario Soccer Association standards for older age groups. Soccer groups expressed an
overall need for more/larger indoor turf capacity in the Brant/Brantford area, as there are
currently no existing public/municipal facilities in the region that offer full size multi-use
indoor turf. There is one private indoor turf facility in Brantford - the Brantford Sports
Xcelarator Centre – which includes an indoor soccer/multi-use artificial turf field, indoor
beach volleyball and multi-purpose/basketball courts.
With the growth in soccer participation there are growing interests and participation in
indoor soccer, both in Brant and Brantford, and in addition there is a general growth trend
in a range of indoor sports field / turf activities observed in many Ontario municipalities.
Provision levels for indoor turf facilities vary widely across the province, from one indoor turf
field per 35,000 residents (such as Brant County with the current indoor turf facility) to 1 per
150,000+ residents. This wide variability is due to a range of factors, such as the location of
the municipality relative to other larger or smaller population centres and availability of
facilities in adjoining or nearby communities, demographics and local participation rates,
cultural influences and forecast future growth. In many Ontario communities, the municipal
provision of indoor turf facilities is a relatively new consideration in comparison with
historically established recreational facilities such as arenas and outdoor sports fields.
From this high level review undertaken in support of the Master Plan development, and
given the existing supply of one indoor turf field at Syl Apps, there is not sufficient evidence
of demand and viability to recommend a full-size seasonally covered artificial turf or year-
round indoor turf facility at this time. If the development of such a facility is entertained in
the future, it is recommended that this should be explored firstly on the basis of a regional
facility on a partnership basis, and the Master Plan should provide some overall direction in
this regard. Usage of the existing indoor turf at Syl Apps should continue to be monitored
and participant data should be collected and monitored specific to indoor turf sports
programs and other activities to support potential future feasibility analysis.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 47
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Through the Master Plan development and implementation, the County should develop and
consider potential strategies to maximize the usage and programming of the arenas,
community centres, community halls and indoor turf to maintain capacity for a diversified
and balanced array of activities, including the available ice time, off-season use of the
arena floor pads, and increased use of the community halls, meeting/multi-purpose rooms
and indoor turf.
3.7 Gymnasiums
Public access to gymnasium space is through the community use of schools and Joint Use
Facilities Agreements with the Grand Erie District School Board and the Brant Haldimand
Norfolk Catholic District School Board, as there
are currently no County-owned facilities that
provide this type of space.
Table 3-19 summarizes the usage of school
gymnasiums as booked by the County for
recreational programs delivered directly by the
County in the past five years (to November 2016).
Table 3-19: Five-Year Annual Gymnasium Usage Summary
School Gymnasium Hours Booked for County Programs
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Burford District Elementary1 558 567.33 546 528 552
Cobblestone Elementary1 91 30 185.33 482.5 623.33
Glen Morris School1 603.75 585 595 581.75 606.75
Mt. Pleasant Elementary1 601.5 603.17 578 563.5 589.33
North Ward Public School1 56 98.4 31.67 8 0
Paris Central School1 330 316 - 190 702
Paris District High School1 337 323 277.5 310.17 573.5
Sacred Heart School2 560.6 425.5 477.25 434.5 367.5
Totals 3138 2948 2691 3098 4014
1Grand Erie District School Board schools. 2Brant Haldimand Norfolk Catholic District School Board school.
Note: other schools in Brant County are not used/available for community use.
The data reflects high levels of usage of available school gym times for community
programs at 5 school gyms in Paris, and a school gym in each of Burford, Glen Morris and
Mt. Pleasant. There was a significant increase in community use of school gymnasiums in
2016, nearly a 25% increase in the usage recorded in the previous year.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 48
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Consultation with a representative of the Grand Erie District School Board confirmed that
the available community use hours at school gyms are heavily used through County
programming and other community use activities. The School Board also provided their
booking data for community use of schools in Brant County for the period of September
2015 to September 2016, which is summarized as follows:
Of 137 permits requested, 133 permits were issued by the Board for single and
double gymnasium use accommodating 10,624 hours of community use and close
to 120,000 participant visits (10,000 visits per month or approximately 2,500 per
week);
Other indoor school facilities that were permitted for community use include 89
permits issued for the use of classrooms (45 permits), school libraries (26 permits),
cafeteria (11 permits), and a small number of permits issued for multi-purpose
rooms, changerooms and hallways. Through these 89 permits, the schools
accommodated an additional 2,768 hours of community use generating nearly
70,000 participant visits;
By age group, the majority of the hours booked for community use of schools was
for children ages 0 to 6 years (34%) and ages 7 to 12 years (42%) and teens ages
13 to 18 years (11%), with the remaining hours booked for young adults ages 19 to
24 years (3%), adults ages 25-64 (5%) and seniors age 65+ years (1%).
The County utilizes the schools to deliver recreation-oriented after school programs and a
range of children’s camps, gymnastics, badminton, family gym time, fitness and wellness
programs, creative arts, ball hockey, dodgeball, music, and other activities. Based on
consultation with the program delivery staff, some of the challenges with using the school
gyms to deliver these programs include:
Capacity and availability are constrained to after school / evening hours and
weekends;
Advance scheduling and staffing requirements for access and to arrange for school
custodial services;
Multiple facility locations and lack of storage for the wide range of equipment used
requires constant relocation/transit of the equipment and limits the size and type of
equipment that can be used, thereby limiting the programs;
Lack of available daytime space for seniors programs.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 49
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The County completed a recreation programs survey which provides some additional
insights into community needs and preferences for access to various types of recreational
programs both at community centres and local schools. The results of the survey are
summarized in Appendix B.
To continue to increase the capacity, variety and quality of recreational programs to better
serve the community, from a programming perspective there is interest in developing a
municipal gymnasium.
Municipal provision standards for public gymnasium space vary across the province. Many
communities with populations in the range of 50,000 to 100,000 already have one or more
municipal gymnasium facilities, and some smaller communities such as Strathroy-Caradoc
(2016 population 20,867) constructed a municipal gymnasium within the past 10 years.
With the County’s population projected to reach 57,000 in the year 2041, provision of a
municipal gymnasium or other community gymnasium space should be considered in
addition to the continued community use of school gyms. At over 4,000 hours in the first 10
months of 2016, the current volume of community use of school gymnasiums for County
recreation programs would support full utilization of the total hours of availability that could
be provided on an annual basis at a dedicated community gymnasium space. The more
than 10,000 hours of community use of single and double gymnasiums at local schools in
the County is further evidence of the strong demands that could fully occupy the annual
hours that could be made available at a double gymnasium space, in conjunction with the
continued community use of schools.
It is recognized that a significant component of the current school gymnasium use for
County programs reflects after-school programs that require a location within or near the
schools. Further, continued use of school gyms will be needed to provide geographic
access in each of the settlement areas and throughout the County. A community gym
would not replace the community use of school gyms, but rather would provide more
capacity with expanded availability, particularly during school hours, to add to the range of
programs that could be offered to the community, accommodating additional segments of
the population and in particular the growing population of older adults and seniors.
Consideration of community gymnasium space should also be considered on the basis of
potential future partnership opportunities with other service and program providers. The
Master Plan should provide direction for further review and future consideration of a
community-based gymnasium space as part of the future indoor recreation facility and
program offering.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 50
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
3.8 Other Recreation Facilities
Additional active and passive recreation facilities that are available in the County at local
parks and school sites include the following:
Tennis courts at Paris District High School, Burford Optimists and Lions Park, South
Dumfries Community Centre and Mount Pleasant Park;
Paris and St. George lawn bowling greens and clubhouses;
Skateboard parks at Two Rivers Park in Paris, Arena Park in St. George, Burford
Optimist and Lions Park, and Mount Pleasant Park;
Basketball / multi-use playing courts at Axton Park, Forest Drive Park, Optimist Park
and Rest Acres Ridge Park in Paris, Sunny Hill Park in St. George, Burford Optimist
and Lions Park and Poplar Hills Park in Burford, Rising Park in Glen Morris, and
Onondaga Ball Park;
Outdoor ice rinks at Paris Optimist Park, Sunny Hill Park in St. George and Mt.
Pleasant Park;
Beach volleyball courts, disc golf course and leash-free dog park at Green Lane
Sports Complex;
Picnic/park shelters including Art Cadman Shelter and 3 other picnic shelters as
well as a bandshell at Paris Lions Park, Green Lane Picnic Shelter, Burford Optimist
Shelter, Mt. Pleasant Picnic Shelter, and Sunny Hill Park Picnic Shelter.
The Paris Tennis Club, recently established in 2014, offers a variety of programs, lessons
and organized play at the four lit tennis courts available at the Paris District High School.
The group reports that it membership and interest have increased rapidly and that
continued growth and programming will be constrained by the available facilities. The group
has interest in pursuing a larger facility in the future and in both indoor and outdoor tennis
facilities. Recent growth in interest and participation in pickleball is another indicator of
increasing demands for racquet sport facilities. Currently, pickleball programming is
provided by the County using available school gymnasiums, and 2 new outdoor courts are
available at Poplar Hills Park in Oakhill.
There are two lawn bowling clubs in Brant County: the Paris Lawn Bowling Club and the
St. George Lawn Bowling Club. Both the Paris and St. George facilities include lit lawn
bowling greens and a clubhouse. The Paris club has reported strong growth in interest and
participation in the past year. The St. George club has capacity for up to 65 members. The
lawn bowling clubs and facilities have a long history in their communities; the Paris club
was founded in 1884 and St. George club also has a 100+ year history.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 51
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The current provision of skateboard parks in the County provides good geographic access
for youth within each of the three largest settlement areas, in centralized locations within
multi-use park and facility settings, and with a location in Mount Pleasant. Consideration
should be given to opportunities to further develop unorganized and extreme sport
recreation opportunities (e.g. BMX, mountain biking) at Destination or Community Park
locations, and/or as part of the trail system. Some neighbourhood park locations may be
appropriate for smaller scale skate features such as rails and ramps that can be
incorporated into park designs to provide some basic amenities and casual opportunities in
more locations without the cost of developing a full-scale skatepark as a fourth venue.
Multi-use pads support a range of outdoor sports and activities including outdoor rinks in
the winter months. Currently, there is a fairly good distribution of outdoor basketball / multi-
use courts in Paris and among several other settlement areas in the County, as noted
previously. Additional basketball nets and hard surface play areas are available at local
schools.
There are currently no outdoor basketball courts
/ multi-use pads at the parks that are in or near
the downtown area of Paris, and a potential
future location should be considered. To
maintain geographic distribution and access in
new development areas, additional multi-use
pads are recommended for consideration in
future neighbourhood parks where sufficient land is available and if there are no existing
facilities to service the area. Future locations to consider for multi-use pads include south-
west Paris (west of Rest Acres Road and south of King Edward Street) and south-east
Paris (area east of Rest Acres Road and north of Powerline Road) North Paris Area (west
of Grand River Street North). Additional multi-use pads should also be considered in future
parks in St. George with the anticipated growth and development in that community. Foxhill
Park / Airport area is another location to consider for a multi-use pad.
Outdoor ice rinks are provided three locations as noted above, and are flooded and
maintained by community volunteers, when winter weather conditions are suitable. The
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 52
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
future of outdoor ice rinks in municipal parks in this part of Ontario is becoming increasingly
uncertain with more unpredictable temperature and weather patterns through the winter
months and from year to year. Many larger urban centres have established outdoor ice
rinks in downtown parks and public squares which also serve as outdoor gathering and
event venues throughout the area and a core area attraction to support the downtown. If an
appropriate site can be identified and becomes available, the County should consider this
type of facility in downtown Paris. If a multi-use pad is developed in the future at Two
Rivers Park, this is a location that could also be considered for an outdoor community ice
rink.
In the summer of 2015, 3 beach volleyball courts were added at Green Lane Sports
Complex as a result of a partnership initiative with the Brant Youth Volleyball Club, the
Ontario Trillium Foundation and the County. Green Lane Sports Complex also features an
18-hole disc golf course which was initiated in 2013-2014 by a local community member
who prepared the design and coordinated the installation and funding of the course. The
Simply Grand Leash-Free Dog Park was added in 2012 as a result of a community
fundraising and partnership initiative and is a membership-based facility. The Master Plan
should provide direction to guide future decision-making with respect to additional
specialized facilities such as these or other interests identified in the future as a result of
both County-led and community-led initiatives.
Outdoor picnic facilities are available in five park locations and are available for community
use and can also be booked hourly for private functions. Bookings of the picnic shelters
and the Paris Lions Park Amphitheatre have increased significantly in the past 3 to 4 years
but still represent a relatively small fraction of available capacity. Use of the picnic shelters
and amphitheater should continue to be monitored to assist in determining future needs.
These and other specialized park facilities and structures should be included in the
County’s asset management planning to identify and address future capital maintenance
and lifecycle costs.
Special events in Brant County play an important role in generating tourism, economic
development and community social activity. A wide range of events are held in various
locations in the County throughout the year, from traditional annual events such as Canada
Day celebrations, annual community Fairs and Santa Claus Parades, to outdoor movies in
the park, farmers markets, bike rallies, trade shows, concerts, special swim days and a
host of other events. The fairgrounds in Paris and Burford are fully booked for several
community events and the County is receiving increasing requests to close parks, roads
and facilities for event functions. A need for flexible indoor and outdoor spaces and
supporting facilities with capacity for a range of special events has been identified.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 53
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
3.9 River Access and Trails
The Grand River is a significant destination
and tourism attraction in the County for a range
of on-water and riverside trail activities.
County-owned and operated river access
points include Bean Park Landing River
Access, Lions Park River Access, and
Penmans Dam River Access in Paris, and Eric Tomlinson Landing River Access in Glen
Morris. Under the County’s Park Use By-law No. 225-04, the Penman’s Dam and Eric
Tomlinson River Access points are designated commercial river access points, Bean Park
is a designated non-commercial river access point, and Lions Park is a designated special
event river access point. The By-law directs commercial outfitters to the commercial river
access points.
Outfitters provide canoes, kayaks, rafting and related safety gear and offer instruction,
courses, trip planning and guided tours on the Grand River and the Nith River, as well as
summer camps for children. Local community groups such as the Brant Pedalers and
Paddlers also organize and provide opportunities for safe river access and training for
canoeing and kayaking, as well as organized cycling, running, hiking, snow-shoeing and
other activities on trails and on-road routes. Fishing is another popular activity on the rivers.
River access permit data provided by the County for the 4 County-owned river access
points for 2015 and 2016 indicates the following:
In 2015, 479 groups were involved in on-river activities in these locations, including
canoeing, kayaking, rafting, tubing and/or combinations thereof;
In 2016, the number of groups permitted increased to 529;
The groups are categorized as: friends and family groups; business/corporate;
schools; international; camps; tours; special requests; outdoor; sports and other;
Through these groups, 14,245 individuals participated in on-water activities in 2015,
which increased by 37% to 19,489 participants in 2016;
The majority of the groups and participants (over 60% of the total) used Penmans
Dam access point, followed by Eric Tomlinson access point (30-40%) with the
balance using Lions Park access point and to a lesser degree Bean Park access
point;
Use of Bean Park access points was limited given the location and characteristics of
this park and to minimize impacts to the surrounding residential neighbourhood.
With the increasing numbers of participants and visitors in river-based activities there are
greater needs for related facilities with available capacity to support the volumes of people
and vehicle traffic, such as parking, signage, washrooms, change facilities, storage, and
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 54
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
launch points. The recent higher levels of usage of the river access points also increase
operational requirements such as maintenance and by-law enforcement to support the safe
use of the available facilities and ensure compliance with applicable by-laws and
regulations.
The rivers are also a significant recreational resource in the County as corridors that
support the trails system. The County of Brant completed a Trails Master Plan in 2010,
which is summarized in section 5.10 of this report.
The mapping inventory of existing trails has been reviewed as part of the Recreation
Master Plan development. The inventory of existing trails and cycling routes in the County
is illustrated on Map 2 and summarized in Tables 3-20 and Table 3-21.
The Recreation Master Plan should establish a framework for organization of the trails
system to guide the planning, design and development of additional trails and management
of existing and new trails to achieve a more integrated trails and cycling network, both for
recreational and active transportation purposes. The Master Plan should also provide
direction to guide future, more detailed trails planning and implementation and to facilitate
the identification of future trail routes and potential dedication of land for pedestrian and
cycling pathways in new development areas.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 55
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 3-20: Inventory of Existing Trails
Trail Name/Location Segment # (see Map 2)
Surface Length (km) within Brant
Apps Mill Trail 1 Dirt / cleared path
4.1
Cambridge to Paris Rail Trail (Grand Valley Trail/ Trans Canada Trail)
2 Fine crushed gravel
13.1
Paris to Brantford 3 Watercourse 13.0
Foxhill Heights Park Trail 4 Paved 0.2
Grand Valley Trail 5 Mainly compacted soil
26.3
Green Lane Sports Trail 6 Fine crushed gravel
1.4
Brantford to Hamilton Rail Trail (Trans Canada Trail)
7 Stone dust 7.2
Lake Erie & Northern (LE&N) Rail Trail 8 Stone dust 3.5
Undeveloped L.E. and N. Trail (Mt. Pleasant to Oakland)
9 Dirt / cleared path
6
Lions Park Trail 10 Stone dust 1.8
Lions Way N/A Paved 1.0
Mount Pleasant Nature Park Trail & Fitness Loop
12 Dirt / cleared path
4.1
Nith Trail 13 Paved 0.7
Glen Morris to Paris 14 Watercourse 12.0
Penmans Pass Link 15 Fine crushed gravel
0.4
S.C. Johnson Rail Trail 16
Stone dust, some sections on municipal roadway
4.3
Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo Rail (TH&B) Trail (Trans Canada Trail)
17 Fine granular 11.6
Total 110.7
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 56
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 3-21: Inventory of Existing Cycling Routes
Bike Loop Segment # (see Map 2)
Length (km) within Brant
Apps Mill 1 20
Alexander's Retreat 2 22.8
Brantford to Dundurn 3 22.1
Brantford/Six Nations Tour 4 24.5
Four Winds 5 39.3
Paris - Ayr Loop 6 27.3
Paris - St. George Loop 7 22.3
Paris Environs Tour 8 20.8
Paris/Scotland Loop 9 40.5
Pleasant Ridge Tour 10 15.4
River Country 11 132.2
St. George 12 20.1
Stage Road Crossing 13 28.8
The Upper Grand 14 37.7
Top Of The World 15 24.3
Tour Of Brant 16 107.3
Urban Trails 17 33.5
Western Reaches 18 60
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 57
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
4. FINANCIAL & SERVICE DELIVERY REVIEW
4.1 Parks and Recreation Facilities Operating Financial Profile
Table 4-1 and 4-2 provide a profile of the operating financials involving selected service
activities within the Parks and Recreation division of the Operations Department based on
2013 to 2016 actuals. The information has been aggregated around the three functional
areas of Community Relations, Parks and Trails, and Recreation Facilities, along with a
total summary.
Total Parks and Recreation revenues as per Table 4-1 have grown from $2.045 million in
2013 to $2.266 million in 2016. Revenues have grown progressively each year by between
$70,000 from 2013 to 2015. Some of the key revenue perspectives are as follows:
Recreation facilities are the dominant revenue source, generating between 72.5 %
and 75.6 % of total revenues. The largest single source of revenues is from the Brant
Sports Complex that has now reached $815,000 in 2016.
Recreation Facilities is driven primarily in terms of revenue by ice rentals in Burford,
St. George, and for the Brant Sports Complex. Arena and Community Centre
revenues represent over 70% of total revenues for Recreation Facilities.
In the Community Relations area, the dominant revenue source is the After School
program. Over 80% of the revenues come from government grants that support that
program.
Outside of the After School program, the Aquatic and Camp programs reflect revenue
components in the $60,000 range in 2013, moving towards $92,000 for Aquatics in
2016, and almost $115,000 for Camps. The other Community Relations areas have
relatively smaller amounts of revenue, often less than $10,000.
For Parks and Trails, revenues are limited. Paris, South Dumfries and Brant West
Parks are the dominating revenue sources in the $17,000 to $25,000 range.
From a revenue perspective, arena revenues typically in communities under 50,000
population, represent the largest source of revenues which is operating in Brant County.
There is evidence of some increasing revenue from the Parks and the various other park
operations where fees are being assigned. Another important revenue source is from
provincial government ministries for the After School Program. Aquatics and Camps also
reflect a significant amount of the revenues for Community Relations.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 58
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 4-1: County of Brant Parks and Recreation Financial Operating Profile: Revenues
2013 to 2016 Financial Operating Profile
2013 2014 2015 2016
$ % $ % $ % $ %
Revenues
Co
mm
un
ity
Re
lati
on
s
Administration 1,854 0.4 145 0.0 76 0.0 8,093 1.4
Aquatics 62,859 14.7 61,147 14.3 84,447 18.0 90,956 16.1
Special Events 3,034 0.7 2,013 0.5 6,977 1.5 3,796 0.7
Camps 67,755 15.9 83,142 19.4 58,316 12.4 115,916 20.6
Dance 2,134 0.5 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Children's 6,635 1.6 4,149 1.0 4,730 1.0 7,324 1.3
Ice 44,960 10.5 33,916 7.9 46,685 9.9 30,811 5.5
Gymnastics 26,825 6.3 18,786 4.4 38,995 8.3 30,480 5.4
School 0 0.0 1,130 0.3 150 0.0 0 0.0
Pre-School 4,745 1.1 8,272 1.9 7,651 1.6 6,803 1.2
Youth Centre 5,636 1.3 5,678 1.3 4,241 0.9 11,913 2.1
After School 176,584 41.4 188,015 43.9 180,611 38.5 188,848 33.5
Drop-In 6,607 1.5 7,533 1.8 3,844 0.8 2,452 0.4
Seniors 1,518 0.4 1,064 0.2 581 0.1 2,820 0.5
Fitness 15,571 3.6 9,573 2.2 8,883 1.9 21,492 3.8
Financial Assistance Funding 0 0.0 4,096 1.0 17,415 3.7 36,684 6.5
Training 0 0.0 51 0.0 5,741 1.2 5,346 0.9
Total Community Relations 426,717 428,710 469,343 563,734
Pa
rks
& T
rail
s Paris Parks 39,543 51.9 66,112 63.0 48,938 52.3 22,943 34.5
South Dumfries Parks 17,441 22.9 17,444 16.6 20,215 21.6 16,889 25.4
Brant West Parks 15,529 20.4 16,241 15.5 19,917 21.3 25,257 38.0
Brant, Oakland, Onondaga 1,308 1.7 1,651 1.6 0 0.0 455 0.7
Trails 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Landscaping 2,415 3.2 3,420 3.3 4,539 4.8 975 1.5
Total Parks and Trails 75,236 104,868 93,609 66,519
Re
cre
ati
on
Fa
cil
itie
s
Administration 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Burford 273,117 17.7 315,668 19.2 331,095 19.0 325,281 19.9
St. George 297,286 19.3 287,464 17.5 297,274 17.0 294,112 18.0
Syl Apps 185,391 12.0 195,774 11.9 296,048 17.0 180,161 11.0
Brant Sports 773,737 50.2 826,588 50.2 795,397 45.6 815,250 49.8
Lawn Bowling 2,492 0.2 181 0.0 1,330 0.1 1,330 0.1
Community Halls 10,650 0.7 19,888 1.2 23,698 1.4 20,341 1.2
Total Recreation Facilities 1,542,673 1,645,563 1,744,842 1,636,475
2013 2014 2015 2016
Revenues Summary $ % $ % $ % $ %
Community Relations 426,717 20.9 428,710 19.7 469,343 20.3 563,734 24.9
Parks and Trails 76,236 3.7 104,868 4.8 93,609 4.1 66,519 2.9
Recreation Facilities 1,542,673 75.4 1,645,563 75.5 1,744,842 75.6 1,636,475 72.2
Total Revenues 2,045,626 2,179,141 2,307,794 2,367,883
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 59
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
In terms of expenses, Table 4-2 depicts expenses for the selected Parks and Recreation
Services. In 2013, total expenses were approximately $4 million, and have grown in 2016
to $5.131 million. Expenses vary across multiple object lines from year to year based on
weather, the movement of some camps to other program units within different accounting
frameworks, unanticipated capital repair costs, a ministry order of $109,000 for the Burford
Arena Community Centre in 2015,
and other variables. Therefore, it is
important to recognize that there
can be significant fluctuations from
year to year, as well as some
budget growth as standards
improve and requirements grow
Recreation facilities are the
dominant source of expenditures representing annually 60+% of total expenditures. They
have grown from $2.6 million to $3.1 million over the four years. Some other expense
perspectives are as follows:
Community Relations expenses have grown from $823,000 to $1.269 million. The
dominant cost in this category is for administration which now represents 44.4% of
that category’s costs.
Camp costs have increased due to the increased scale associated with that program,
as have aquatic costs which are now in excess of $218,000.
The After School Programs have significant costs based on the scale of the ministry
grant and operating framework that now reaches $164,000.
For Parks and Trails, there are significant costs associated with Paris Parks at
$304,000 in 2016, South Dumfries Parks, being at $218,000 in 2016, and Brant West
Parks at $125,000.
For Recreation Facilities, the Brant Sports Complex is the largest cost centre, growing from
$1.16 million in 2013 to $1.26 million in 2016. It represents the largest single cost centre of
all the cost centres for Parks and Recreations Services.
Community Relations typically represents around 20% to 25% of total costs, Parks and
Trails have remain at 14.8% of the cost structure over the year. Recreation Facilities
typically represent between 60% to 65% of total costs, with their proportionality decreasing
in recent years. Costs have increased proportionately for both the Community Relations
and Parks and Trails areas.
The most significant costs are associated with the largest fixed assets, such as community
centres and arenas, as well as the breadth of costs associated with maintaining a large
array of neighbourhood, district, county-wide and specialty parks.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 60
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 4-2: County of Brant Parks and Recreation Financial Operating Profile: Expenses
2013 to 2016 Financial Operating Profile
2013 2014 2015 2016
$ % $ % $ % $ %
Expenses
Co
mm
un
ity
Re
lati
on
s
Administration 401,382 48.8 410,595 45.2 541,504 51.6 563,342 44.4
Aquatics 144,630 17.6 157,059 17.3 185,672 17.7 218,478 17.2
Special Events 2,636 0.3 3,010 0.3 7,339 0.7 10,947 0.9
High Five 1,130 0.1 0 0 0
Camps 64,188 7.8 77,485 8.5 47,224 4.5 164,529 13.0
Dance 1,399 0.2 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Children's 6,146 0.7 3,515 0.4 5,730 0.5 3,119 0.2
Ice 18,188 2.2 27,235 3.0 18,691 1.8 3,528 0.3
Gymnastics 14,220 1.7 15,718 1.7 19,209 1.8 18,673 1.5
School 0 0.0 358 0.0 0 0.0 883 0.1
Pre-School 3,190 0.4 2,921 0.3 1,642 0.2 3,303 0.3
Youth 5,636 0.7 2,844 0.3 1,482 0.1 14,981 1.2
After School 135,685 16.5 180,241 19.8 178,621 17.0 188,847 14.9
Drop-In 2,834 0.3 6,101 0.7 1,056 0.1 2,261 0.2
Seniors 1,088 0.1 1,459 0.2 729 0.1 18,986 1.5
Fitness 18,448 2.2 13,556 1.5 9,627 0.9 18,161 1.4
Assistance / Overhead 2,423 0.3 5,655 0.6 25,604 2.4 35,045 2.8
Training 0 0.0 566 0.1 5,046 0.5 4,593 0.4
Total Community Relations 823,223 908,318 1,049,176 1,269,676
Pa
rks
& T
rail
s Paris Parks 202,638 33.7 193,317 31.9 228,506 35.2 302,705 39.9
South Dumfries Parks 150,117 25.0 154,982 25.5 185,451 26.8 218,779 28.8
Brant West Parks 92,960 15.5 99,010 16.3 108,337 16.7 125,825 16.6
Brant, Oakland, Onondaga 60,317 10.0 52,934 8.7 59,836 9.2 48,126 6.3
Trails 31,923 5.3 32,247 5.3 37,774 5.8 27,589 3.6
Landscaping 63,139 10.5 74,463 12.3 28,380 4.4 35,672 4.7
Total Parks and Trails 601,094 606,953 648,284 758,696
Recre
ati
on
Fa
cil
itie
s
Administration 227,422 8.6 179,500 6.5 195,200 6.1 345,526 11.1
Burford 573,587 21.7 663,457 24.0 789,819 24.7 798,478 25.7
St. George 542,795 20.5 565,850 20.5 633,466 19.8 634,541 20.4
Syl Apps 261,123 9.9 284,219 10.3 377,490 11.8 291,457 9.4
Brant Sports 1,162,219 44.0 1,144,777 41.5 1,278,857 40.0 1,266,933 40.8
Lawn Bowling 12,821 0.5 13,908 0.5 17,586 0.5 22,614 0.7
Community Halls 88,905 3.4 88,099 3.2 103,553 3.2 89,009 2.9
Total Recreation Facilities 2,641,450 2,760,310 3,200,771 3,103,032
2013 2014 2015 2016
Expenses Summary $ % $ % $ % $ %
Community Relations 823,223 20.2 908,318 21.2 1,049,176 21.4 1,269,676 24.7
Parks and Trails 601,094 14.8 606,953 14.2 648,284 13.2 758,696 14.8
Recreation Facilities 2,641,450 65.0 2,760,310 64.6 3,200,771 65.3 3,103,032 60.5
Total Expenses 4,065,767 4,275,581 4,898,231 5,131,404
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 61
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
4.2 Financial Operating Perspectives
Table 4-3 summarizes the financial operating profile for Parks and Recreation Services.
The following points are identified:
Revenues from the three categories have increased 11.4% between 2013 and 2016.
Community Relations revenues are up 0.6% and Parks and Trails revenues are up by
0.6%. Recreation Facility revenue growth has been 6.1%. Revenue growth is being
driven by increased participation user fees, and other revenue sources in Community
Relations and Parks and Trails.
Total expenses are up 26.2%, almost 15.0% greater than revenue growth, resulting in
increased property tax support. Parks and Trails expenses are up 21.2% while
Community Relations expenses are up 54.2%. Both these categories have increased
significantly. Recreation Facilities expenses are up only 17.5%.
The net financial operating result/deficit over the four year period has property taxes
providing almost $2.03 million in 2013, increasing to a high of $2.864 million in 2016.
Overall, the operating deficit has seen growth of 4.1% over the four years. The
Community Relations deficit was up 78.0%, while the Parks and Trails deficit was up
29.4%. The Recreation Facilities deficit growth was 33.5%.
The summary data by service category indicates significant growing investment in
Community Relations, Parks and Trails and Recreation Facilities.
Table 4-3 also identifies the revenue coverage ratio, which is the percent that revenues
cover expenses by category and in total. The coverage ratio is fairly consistent year to year
except for in 2015. The ratio is just slightly over 50%, which means 50% of total expenses
are covered by revenue income. Therefore, the deficit percentage is typically in the 50%
range, growing in one year 2015, to about 53%.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 62
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Table 4-3: County of Brant Parks and Recreation Financial Operating Profile: Summary
2013 2014 2015 2016 (Budget) Growth
$ % $ % $ % $ % %
Revenues
Revenues Community Relations 426,717 20.9 428,710 19.7 469,343 20.3 563,734 24.9 32.1
Parks and Trails 76,236 3.7 104,868 4.8 93,609 4.1 66,519 2.9 -12.7
Recreation Facilities 1,542,673 75.4 1,645,563 75.5 1,744,842 75.6 1,636,475 72.2 6.1
Total Revenues 2,045,626 2,179,141 2,307,794 2,266,728 10.8
Expenses
Exp
en
ses Community Relations 823,223 20.2 908,318 21.2 1,049,176 21.4 1,269,676 24.7 54.2
Parks and Trails 601,094 14.8 606,953 14.2 648,284 13.2 758,696 14.8 26.2
Recreation Facilities 2,641,450 65.0 2,760,310 64.6 3,200,771 65.3 3,103,032 60.5 17.5
Total Expenses 4,065,767 4,275,581 4,898,231 5,131,404 26.2
Net
Ne
t
Community Relations -396,506 19.6 -479,608 22.9 -579,833 22.4 -705,942 24.6 78.0
Parks and Trails -525,358 26.0 -558,162 23.9 -598,623 21.4 -692,177 24.2 31.9
Recreation Facilities -1,098,777 54.4 -1,114,747 53.2 -1,455,929 56.2 -1,466,557 51.2 33.5
Total Net -2,020,141 39.2 -2,096,440 39.8 -2,950,437 43.8 -2,864,676 39.5 41.8
Revenue Coverage Ratio % 50.3 50.3 46.7 49.1
Net Per Capita Expenditures 53.88 57.40 66.69 62.09
(2013 to 2014 = 37,500 pop.)
(2015 to 2016 = 39,500 pop.)
It is typical in most communities to have coverage ratios in the 45-55% range. In some
cases, they can reach as high as 75% depending on the mix of facilities. Considering the
scale of facilities for a 40,000 population base, and the size of the geographical service
area, Brant County is performing reasonably well by sustaining a 50% revenue coverage
costs.
On a net per capita expenditure basis, assuming a 37,500 population in years 2013/2014,
and a 39,500 population in years 2015 and 2016, the per capita investment on a net basis
was $53.88 in 2013, rising to $57.40 in 2014, growing to $66.69 per person in 2015, and
following back to $62.09 per person in the 2016 budget. These per capita rates are average
compared to what is seen in many communities. In smaller communities that are operating
multiple arenas and other larger facilities, per capita net investments are often in the $60 to
$75 range.
The financial data indicates that the financial operations for the identified Parks and
Recreations Services are well within comparative ranges, and are well managed. Based on
the revenue coverage of expenses, and the net per capita expenditures, there is no
identification of any particular anomalies.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 63
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
4.3 Community Hall Operations
One specific area of the overall operations that was examined in
more detail were the community halls since there is a significant
array of them within Brant County. This is an area of particular
focus in many Master Plans where there has been a large
municipal amalgamation and many community halls have been
brought forward into the new community. Community halls have
traditionally had long histories of being developed by the smaller
communities over the years, often via service clubs and resident
engagement. For many communities, they represent the heart of
the community, especially as schools, post offices and some
commercial establishments move out of their communities. Table
4-4 profiles their financial operating results.
Table 4-4 County of Brant Community Halls 2013 to 2016 Financial Operating Profile
Community Halls 2013 2014 2015 2016
$ % $ % $ % $ %
Revenue
Re
ve
nu
es
Airport* 6,348 59.6 8,003 40.2 12,882 55.1 1,207 5.2
Harley 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Bethel 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Onondaga 186 1.7 156 0.8 329 1.4 0 0.0
Oakland 119 1.1 7,757 39.0 6,269 26.8 5,222 22.4
Glen Morris 2,870 26.9 3,972 20.0 3,879 16.6 3,012 12.9
Memorial 1,127 10.6 0 0.0 N/A N/A
Mount Pleasant 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Cainsville 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Langford 0 0.0 N/A N/A N/A
Pinegrove & Howell 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
Total Revenues 10,650 19,888 23,359 9,441
Expenses
Ex
pe
ns
es
Airport* 13,156 13.2 17,974 20.4 25,957 25.2 27,131 26.3
Harley 10,878 10.9 8,611 9.8 6,863 6.7 5,353 5.2
Bethel 2,842 2.8 3,157 3.6 1,062 1.0 16 0.0
Onondaga 9,721 9.7 10,898 12.4 14,701 14.3 11,669 11.3
Oakland 10,997 11.0 14,072 16.0 12,829 12.5 10,600 10.3
Glen Morris 17,570 17.6 12,813 14.5 20,109 19.5 11,428 11.1
Memorial 12,695 12.7 764 0.9 0 0.0 250 0.2
Mount Pleasant 11,434 11.5 11,790 13.4 8,084 7.8 8,751 8.5
Cainsville 3,558 3.6 3,354 3.8 4,180 4.1 5,555 5.4
Langford 177 0.2 N/A N/A N/A
Pinegrove & Howell 6,749 6.8 4,666 5.3 9,229 9.0 8,377 8.1
Total Expenses 99,777 88,099 103,014 89,130
*Airport Hall operated by County, all other halls are volunteer-operated.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 64
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Community hall expenditures tend to fluctuate widely based on repairs and maintenance
that occur on an unscheduled basis. Total County expenses range from a low of $89,000 in
2016 to a high of $103,000 in 2015.
In 2013 in Brant County, there were eleven (11) Community Halls not associated with major
recreation facilities. One Hall was operated by the County: Airport Community Hall. The
rest were operated by community groups, clubs or other arrangements. Since 2013, Bethel
Hall has been sold and demolished, Memorial and Langford have been sold to local groups
who operate their own facilities, and Harley is primarily a local museum open by visitor
requirement. This venue is also utilized for an annual Strawberry Festival event.
The revenues from all but Airport are retained by the local operators while the County has
expenses for each Hall annually.
Table 4-5 examines the rental levels for 2014 and 2015 for paid and no fee rental events.
Table 4-5 2014 to 2016 Community Hall Use Profile
2014 2015 2016
Paid Unpaid Total Paid Unpaid Total Paid Unpaid
Airport 5 1 6 7 0 7 13 0
Cainsville 78 75 153 90 45 135
Glen Morris 43 376 419 50 376 426
Onondaga 4 0 4 7 2 9
Oakland 185 13 198 126 109 235
Mount Pleasant 238 13 251 211 20 231
Pine Grove & Howell 109 11 120 108 9 117
Bethel
Harley
The rental data demonstrates a wide variety of use levels. Glen Morris has the highest
rental level, over 400 per year, followed by Mount Pleasant, Oakland, Cainsville and Pine
Grove / Howell. These facilities show significant rental activity, with multiple rentals on
some days.
Airport and Onondaga indicated more limited usage. Just under 42% to 48% of all rentals
are unpaid uses over 2014 and 2015 period.
The community halls represent important resources to local residents. Some of them have
a strong local tradition. The overall strategy moving forward will need to be based on
financial and utilization data and consultation perspectives.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 65
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
4.4 Capital Investments and Sources
4.4.1 Capital Investments
Table 4-6 identifies the intended capital expenditures for Parks and Recreation Services in
Brant County based on 2016 approved projects and forecasted for 2017 through to 2020.
The categories involve Community Relations; Parks, Recreation and Trails; and Recreation
Facilities.
Table 4-6 County of Brant Parks and Recreation Capital Plan
Approved Forecasted
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Total
Community Relations 20,000 20,000 282,000 262,000 262,000 846,000
Parks, Recreation & Trails 346,000 1,350,500 819,000 1,047,000 927,000 4,489,500
Facilities 566,000 909,500 417,500 385,000 330,000 2,608,000
Total Capital 932,000 2,280,000 1,518,500 1,694,000 1,519,000 7,943,500
For Community Relations, some capital is identified for computer and supporting software
for administration. The major capital works identified is the development of a gymnasium
facility, with allocations of $262,000 a year for each of 2018 through to 2020. This would
represent a significant facility investment that would provide opportunities from gymnasium-
oriented activities, both in terms of floorboard and high ceiling activities. A total of $846,000
is identified for investment over the five years.
For Parks, Recreation and Trails, a wide arrange of rehabilitation and new investment
initiatives are identified. In total, over the five years, they constitute almost $4.5 million
dollars.
These investments are distributed across the County and involve upgrades to existing park
facilities, new storage and washroom buildings, trail development, river accesses, and
enhanced playground facilities, both new and upgraded to existing structures.
Recreation facilities have an identified investment of $2.19 million. The largest expenditure
is $630,000 for an expansion to the Brant Sports Complex. Almost all the remaining
projects involve retrofitting of arena condensers and dehumidifiers, ice resurfacers,
bleachers, HVAC systems, parking lots, scoreboards, and other infrastructure elements.
The Sunny Hill Splash Pad and washroom (completed in 2016) represent the most
significant investment for 2016.
In total, nearly $8 million is identified for capital works over the five years. For the 2017 to
2020 period, not all the identified projects may proceed as Council will make deliberations
on available funds across a multitude of municipal investment points.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 66
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The data indicates the importance the County places on sustaining its facility at a high
level, as over 50% of the nearly $8 million is identified for the upgrading of existing park
and recreation facility infrastructure. New buildings are identified with expansion of the
Brant Sports Complex, plus a gymnasium, an additional splash pad, and park clubhouses.
The overall plan identifies an effective balance between rehabilitation and new initiatives.
What is important for Brant County is that with the extensive parks and recreation
infrastructure they have, that they continue to invest in its rehabilitation and ongoing
upgrading as participant needs and expectations change and new activities emerge into the
service area. Much of the rehabilitation investment is linked to the 2013 Brant County Asset
Management Plan and Strategy that identified the need for an annual investment of $19
million in all County infrastructure, an increase of $1.5 million per year. The Asset
Management Plan recommended a more robust tracking, evaluation criteria and planning
approach for short and long term asset management.
Table 4-7 examines the capital works in total by the three categories undertaken for 2014
and 2015. In 2014, $848,000 was expended with approximately 36% on Parks, Recreation
and Trails and 67% on Recreation Facilities. In 2015, some $372,000 was invested in
Parks and Recreation Services, again predominantly for Recreation Facilities.
Table 4-7 County of Brant Parks and Recreation 2014-2015 Capital Expenditures
2014 and 2015 Parks and Recreation Capital Plan ($)
2014 2015
Community Relations 0 9,400
Park, Recreation, and Trails 308,000 88,000
Recreation Facilities 540,000 275,000
TOTAL: 848,000 372,400
4.5 Capital Sources
In terms of capital funding sources, the County uses a mix of resources involving capital
grants from senior governments, Development Charges, reserves, community capital
donations, and property tax funding. As one travels through the various major recreation
facilities in the County, in terms of both buildings and parks, there is a wide array of donor
boards/walls that identify the significant investment made by community corporations,
service clubs, organized groups, individuals and others. This community support is a
significant resource in the development of the array of parks and recreation facilities and
services that are available to Brant residents and visitors.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 67
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The July 7th, 2014 Development Charges Bylaw and Background Study identified three
envelopes of possible funding within the timeframe of the current bylaw for parks and
recreation services:
The Municipal Gym, scheduled for 2020 at a cost of $3.5 million, of which $787,000
worth of Development Charges may be realized.
Additional Splash Pad, scheduled for 2018, for which $81,000 in Development
Charges could be available.
Parks and Trail development initiatives across 2015 to 2023, involving twenty-four
(24) projects, for which $2.288 million could be available.
The document also identifies opportunities for some contributory funding for the Recreation
Master Plan and the Trail Master Plan.
In terms of current reserves that could have application to future parks and recreation
services as of August 2016, the following resources are identified:
Community Services Capital Reserves $225,556
5% Parkland Dedication $703,379
Parks and Recreation Development Charges Reserves $674,488
Other funding possibilities are Canada 150 grants, Ontario Trillium Grants for community
organizations, infrastructure grants from senior level governments and specialized grants
for culture, health and wellness, environmental and related initiatives. All of these larger
and/or specialized grants would need to be project specific in terms of eligibility,
sponsorship, scale and application.
4.6 Service Delivery Model
Parks and Recreation Services in Brant County are delivered through a wide range of
strategies. These include:
Parks and Recreation Facilities owned, managed, and maintained by the County of
Brant;
County of Brant directly delivered recreation and aligned programs, some funded by
the County, some by provincial government sources, and via user fees;
Programs delivered by community associations, such as minor hockey, softball and
soccer, as well as adult activities;
Private sector initiatives, such as river boating, fitness and related classes, wellness
and other programs and services;
Programs accessed by Brant residents in the city of Brantford, such as the YM-
YWCA, City of Brantford and other programs and facilities;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 68
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Self-directed programs, whereby individuals and groups operate within their own
facilities and in public spaces, parks and open spaces, e.g.: trails, boot camps, etc.,
and at their own pace and intensity.
The mix of service delivery models is extensive and has evolved over time to reflect the
interests, needs and capacities of the community and the County. The County is the most
significant facility provider with its arenas, community centres, parks and sport fields,
natural areas, trails, community halls, and a host of other venues. It is also a major
recreation programs provider in terms of summer and seasonal camps, outdoor aquatics,
after school programs, fitness and gymnastics programs, and many others.
Many of the County programs utilize part-time paid staff or full-time seasonal staff. For
many of the community-based programs, they are delivered by volunteers such as minor
sports and aligned programs. Volunteers are a significant part of the service delivery model
for parks and recreations services. Volunteers have been instrumental in the long term
development of facilities through service clubs, community fundraising and other initiatives.
They have also provided significant leadership within various sports and community
associations, as well as take on direct programs delivery ranging from instructors, to
coaches, to officials, to league organizers and coordinators, and a host of other roles.
The overall delivery model is very balanced. The volunteer capacity is significant. Service
clubs continue to play a very important role, particularly in Burford and St. George.
The private sector is also an important player, especially in terms of river/rafting and
tourism products, as well as for some selected fitness and specialized program class type
services.
Sustaining the balance of the service delivery model, facilitating and supporting volunteer
development and growth, and ensuring that the County plays the appropriate role where
other organizations cannot sustain themselves and need is apparent, is a vital part of the
future Brant County Parks and Recreation Services delivery model. The County will always
have a very significant role in infrastructure in terms of parks, buildings and facilities. It will
also have to determine, over the longer term, what its preferred role is in recreation
programs delivery as programming grows, demographic changes and new activities
continue to emerge. It is challenging for a municipality to be a comprehensive programs
provider in an always changing and evolving service environment.
The model in Brant County is comparable to what occurs in most other urban and near-
urban communities in Ontario. Moving from a volunteer tradition, to professional services
delivery model, has been a long term evolution. However, sustaining the balance between
volunteer and staff-based delivery is always an important principle and strategic
endeavor/decision.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 69
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
4.7 Organizational Structure
Parks and Recreation Services lie within the Operations Department of the County, led by
General Manager of Operations/Deputy Chief Administrative Officer. Figure 4-1 details the
organizational structure for Parks and Recreation Services in Brant County.
Three interacting roles provide managerial and leadership for Parks and Recreation
Services of Brant:
The Director of Community Relations is responsible for recreation systems
administration; programs that include aquatics, camps, after school and others;
community services, volunteers and community development; and overall
accessibility. This person is supported by a Recreation Supervisor with a Recreation
Coordinator, program specific staff, as well as a Community Engagement
Coordinator, Systems Administrator and an Accessibility Coordinator.
The Director of Facilities and Parks is responsible for the significant range of parks
and recreation infrastructure owned and operated by the County. The scope of work
is divided geographically with a Supervisor for South Dumfries, one for Burford, one
for Syl Apps, and a Parks and Facilities Manager for the Brant Sports Complex and
Paris Parks. There is also a Cemetery Operations Supervisor, as well as Facility
Booking Administrator and Customer Service Representatives. Each of the facility-
based areas has a lead hand facility operator and facility operators, both full and
part time to operate and maintain the indoor and outdoor facilities and venues.
A Supervisor of Tourism and Community Development, who is responsible for
providing support and development direction to the municipality’s built and natural
assets in an effort to increase the economic impact of visitor activity within the
municipality. This division also includes a fulltime Special Event Coordinator
(reporting to the Supervisor of Tourism and Community Development) who provides
all necessary administrative support to event organizers while serving as the liaison
between the County and the event. Both positions work closely with community
organizations, service clubs and interdepartmentally across the municipal
corporation as well as with many third party private organizations and municipalities.
The organizational structure reflects the context of the operating environment with the
significant staffing emphasis on Parks and Facilities which require significant maintenance
on a year-round basis to support weekday, weekend and evening use. Also, with the
geographical scope involved in Brant, a geographic based operating model provides
efficiency, local knowledge and focused capacity.
The organizational structure also reflects the service needs and priorities that exist, and
has evolved over time. It is also similar to what is seen in many other similar communities,
such as Norfolk County (Simcoe) and other communities of a comparable size and
geographic base that have evolved from municipal amalgamations, and have both a
significant array of facilities and a large geographic service area to respond to.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 70
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Figure 4-1: County of Brant Parks and Recreation Services Organizational Structure
Tourism and Community
Development Supervisor
SPECIAL EVENTS COORDINATOR
Director
Community Relations
RECREATION SUPERVISOR
• Recreation Coordinator (2)
• Active Grand Coordinator
• Program Coordinator
RECREATION SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR
ACCESSIBILITY COORDINATOR
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT COORDINATOR
SOCIAL SERVICES LIBRARY SERVICES
Director
Parks and Facilities
PARKS AND FACILITIES MANAGER BSC
• LH Facility Operator BSC
• LH Facility Operator Parks
• Facility Operators (4)
PARKS AND FACILITIES SUPERVISOR SDCC
• LH Facility Operator
• Facility Opertors (3)
PARKS AND FACILITIES SUPERVISOR BCC
• LH Facility Operator
• Facility Operators (3)
FACILITY SUPERVISOR SACC
• Facility Attendants (2) / Maintenance
FACILITY BOOKING ADMINISTRATOR
• Customer Service Clerk
• Customer Service Reps. PT
CEMETERY OPERATIONS SUPERVISOR
• LH Cemetery Operator
• Cemetery Operators (3)
• Cemetery Clerk PT
• Data Cemetery Clerk PT
GM of Operations (Deputy CAO)
Administrative Assistant
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 71
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
5. AGREEMENT, POLICY & DOCUMENT REVIEW
5.1 Introduction
The County of Brant has a number of County Policies and agreements that both influence
and direct the quality and delivery of parks and recreation services within the community.
The following material provides an overview of the selected policies and one agreement
relevant to the master planning process.
5.2 Joint Use of Facilities Agreements
The County has entered into Joint Use Agreements with the Grand Erie District School
Board and the Brant Haldimand Norfolk Catholic District School Board.
These are comprehensive agreements that are precise as to expectations, applications and
responsibilities. The agreements effectively define the expectations and responsibilities of
each of the parties and community user groups relative to priority, uses, maintenance and
related considerations.
Based on experience, these agreement are among the more comprehensive documents
and are a sound strategy for maximizing the utilization levels and recreational opportunities
for County residents via using existing facilities and reducing the need for facility
duplication.
One of the key provisions is that each party is responsible for all bookings within their own
facilities. Up until approximately ten years ago, many municipalities undertook all the
bookings for both parties in order to have an integrated and coordinated approach.
However, liability, operational challenges, provincial government budgetary requirements
and related perspectives have generally resulted in a move to the model being experienced
between the School Boards and the County.
There are a series of fees associated with the Joint Use of Facilities Agreements with the
Grand Erie District School Board and Brant Haldimand Norfolk Catholic District School
Board. These reflect lower level charges compared to the regular user fees for these types
of uses and facilitates the Joint Use of Facilities Agreements that benefits both the County
and the School Boards.
5.3 Sport Facility Allocation Policy
This County’s Sport Facility Allocation Policy became effective February 1st, 2016,
replacing a previous Ice Allocation Policy, thus moving the Allocation Policy to a more
comprehensive platform.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 72
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The intent of this policy is to promote and encourage participation in sports for the overall
benefit of the communities within the County. It is designed to address the current sports
facilities portfolio, new facility users and the changing market supply of indoor, year-round
sports facilities. It is also intended to clarify the County’s responsibilities for indoor and
outdoor sports facilities allocation, facility administration and its commitment to the effective
management of these resources.
The policy also has an extensive array of conditions in terms of paying for damage to a
facility, the use of 50 minute hours for ice, the use of electronic devices with cameras,
curfews, participant behaviours, cancellations due to storms / other events and related
perspectives that clearly articulate expectations, outcomes and procedures.
The Allocation Policy is very comprehensive, complete and is written in a generic context. It
provides for an equality of male and female and diversity considerations. There is also
provisions for new / emerging sports. Based on experience and reviewing many Allocation
Policies, this is a well prepared policy that is comprehensive and has tried to address some
of the emerging cultural, behavioural, need and other considerations that evolve within
venue allocation considerations. On balance, the policy appears to be effectives,
contemporary and reasonable.
5.4 County of Brant Fees and Charges By-Law, April 26, 2016
The main Fees and Changes By-law and a recent amendment involving miscellaneous
advertising, toddler / preschool programs, camps, youth programs and swimming lessons
were reviewed. The review has been completed based on aligned By-Law sections.
5.4.1 Advertising
The user fee schedule has an extensive array of advertising opportunities for external /
third party advertising, ranging from the Services Guide with one and two ads, affiliates
ads, County discounts, miscellaneous advertising, sponsorships, partnerships, special
event applications with or without fundraising components, speaker series fees,
promotional items, the sport and recreation map, advertising programs for the Syl Apps
Community Centre and the Brant Sports Complex and other applications.
Based on experience, it is one of the more comprehensive advertising user fee schedules
reviewed relative to a community of this size. The policy also recognizes flexibility with such
techniques as the use of partner packages at the Brant Sports Complex and Syl Apps
Community Centre, plus a variety of packages and volume discount rates. There is also
advertising for rink boards, arena banners and hallways, dressing rooms, coaches’ boards,
on-ice and a host of other advertising locations. These are also developed for individual
facilities.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 73
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The advertising fee structure demonstrates clarity, a business orientation, has reasonable
fee values, provides for seasonality and has considerable flexibility in terms of locations,
packages, volumes and applications.
The framework provides a variety-based set of opportunities for potential advertisers. It
recognizes the uniqueness of each placement opportunity and is easy to utilize. The key
challenge for any municipality in the selling of advertising, is always its ability to generate
sales on a proactive basis, versus gravity basis, where people simply come in when
interested in advertising rather going out and selling inventory.
5.4.2 Ice User Fees
The Fees and Charges By-Law has arena fees that cover ice, recreational skating, roller
skating and summer floor rentals. The regular ice rentals are contemporary, and there are
multiple price points. Many municipalities have struggled to achieve the reality that ice can
be sold at different price points based on time of day and for differentiated markets. The ice
rates also have a last minute ice rental which is a more recent phenomena and is an
excellent demonstration of a comprehensive user fee policy for the size of community of
Brant County.
The ice rates are differentiated by youth, junior / regional and adult, as well as prime time
and non-prime times for adults. There is also early morning, day time casual for up to three
people, day time casual for over three people and last minute. Discounts for last minute ice
rates are at 35% which creates an incentive for selling ice that is turned back by other
groups or simply has not been rented in both prime and non-prime hours. Since arena
operating costs are generally fixed, any revenue generated above marginal discretionary
costs results in a net contribution to the facility’s bottom line.
The ice time rates are within market range. Most prime time ice in urban communities is
operating between $145 to $200 per hour for adults. In Brant, it is at $189.38 for adults and
$137.16 for youth which is approximately a 25% discount. Regional hockey rates rank
between local adult and youth fees.
Recreational skating is at $2.66 per person or a punch card of $22.12. Adult shinny is just
over $5 an hour which is a typical fee and family skates are less than $10 for up to five
people. The skating and shinny hockey rates are very reasonably priced within general
market ranges.
Roller skating is basically $6.20 for an adult, and $2.66 per person for a family. Again, this
is a reasonable rate. Roller skating is not a widely undertaken activity in municipal arenas.
The summer floor rental rates for athletic uses range from $55.75 to $68.14 per hour for
County youth and adults uses respectively. There is also daily rates for banquets, dances
for full and half floors and set-up and teardown rates. These rates again are market-based
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 74
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
and are comparable to other urban areas. The tear down and set up rate is not always
seen in such policies, but is as an important consideration in that large events often use
multiple days.
Overall, the arena rentals are within typical market ranges, have a good price point driven
framework beyond other communities, and reflect how the market segmentation occurs for
ice rentals in Brant County.
5.4.3 Athletic Fields (Softball and Soccer)
Sport field user fees have been developed within a typical model, with premium and
recreational fields, light charges being additional, youth and tournament play, weekday
tournaments, practice use and special events. Also in this fee category, are tennis courts
and beach volleyball at Green Lane.
The fees are more market-based than many comparable sized communities. Many
communities under 50,000 residents are still working with free field use or field use at $5 to
$10 per use. In the County of Brant, field use on a premium level is $34.50 and $24 for
recreational use by adults. Light charges are $34.50 per use for up two hours which
effectively doubles the rate. Tournaments use is for $43.15 per use for adults and youth
tournaments are at $24.
There is a substantial discount provided for youth and adult practices, $7.96 and $11.50
respectively. Overall the sport field use fee is oriented to what is occurring in larger urban
environments, and where the trends are aligning for a more market-based rate for field use.
Many municipalities have not been able to establish market-based rates for fields, some
who remain in a position of not charging for such fields though this is changing in almost
every municipality.
5.4.4 Community Centres
For the County’s community centres, there is individualized pricing for each venue, and the
various room configurations within them. There are hourly and day rates, as well as half
day event rates, special occasion permit rates and other configurations.
The rate structure is market-based involving different use perspectives, and moves far
beyond a single rate-price point structure for venues in the same category that is often
found for community centres in other communities.
The overall assessment is that the rate structure is sophisticated, reflects market use of the
facilities and is competitive. What is also unique, are the rates are individualized for each
facility to reflect various use types, needs, and individual venue features and
considerations. This is a generally beyond the average of what is found in similar sized or
smaller communities, and reflects the strong overall market-based approach to the
County’s user fee structure.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 75
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
5.4.5 Other Rates
The policy also has user fee rates for public picnic reservations, miscellaneous fees, Syl
Apps turf rentals, and the smaller community halls, along with river access.
The picnic shelter rates are for all five venues identified, ranging from $60.18 for
reservation of a picnic area and $101.79 for a picnic shelter. There is also daily and hourly
rate fees for the bandshell.
In terms of miscellaneous fees, rates are identified for skate sharpening; an annual dog
park membership, including a second dog; guest passes / lost keys; picnic table rentals;
and community group fundraising events, which involves a 25% discount.
The Syl Apps turf rental is similar to ice rentals in that there is prime time for youth and
adults, non-prime time youth and adult, summertime, last minute, birthday parties, schools,
casual and small and larger group rentals. For Syl Apps, this is a sophisticated rental fee
program that reflects different market type uses, as well as key policy considerations
around prime time and non-prime time, youth and adult, summertime versus seasonal and
other considerations. There is also per visit rates that supports toddler / children, students /
seniors, adults, the walking program with and without membership, and related uses.
There are seven Community Halls identified. They have differentiated rates with the Airport
Hall, which receives the highest use, at $225 per rental for Friday and Saturday compared
to $100 at Glen Morris / Pine Grove and Howell. Some Community Halls have lower rates
while others have higher fees.
The rates reflect differentiated use levels and quality the Community Halls offer. Again, this
is a more sophisticated approach that individualizes each of the venues as to their cost and
revenue considerations.
In terms of river access, there is a differentiated fee structure involving a Brant and non-
resident operators, with non-residents paying about 100% more. There is also a
commercial river access fee. The fees cover both a per boat charge, as well as a group
based charge for commercial river access, with zero to four people having no charge but a
$10 charge per permit for five to twenty-five people and a $20 permit charge for twenty-six
to 100 people. The river access fees are built on both boats and size of group basis and
reflect demand levels.
5.4.6 Administrative Fees
There are a series of administrative fees, such as a $10 charge for every booking for a river
access, a $20 per vendor fee for lobby rental fees for tournaments, and a $15 for
cancellation fee for ice rentals. The latter fee is an excellent strategy to clarify and ensure
people understand the administrative costs for cancellations. Cancellation fees are a newer
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 76
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
perspective and have to be applied in order to reduce late cancellations and loss of
revenues, thus making renters more accountable for how they rent and use space.
5.4.7 Toddler and Children’s Programs
There is a detailed set of fees associated with toddler / preschool programs, children’s
programs, after school programs, camps and youth programs.
For toddlers / preschool, there are soccer programs across two timeframe, i.e. four and six
weeks; parent and tot gymnastics, as well as Tiny Tumbler Gymnastics; Kinder Sports and
Kinder Play, and soccer and softball programs. The fees are generally in the $70 plus
range for six and eight week sessions and $25 to $40 range for four week sessions. There
is also a Kinder Play program at $27.
Based on other experiences for similar programs for these durations, these are competitive
prices that work out to just over $10 per week for extended sessions.
For the children’s programs, the fees are slightly higher for eight week sessions for indoor
soccer and softball, gymnastics, dodgeball, fencing, tennis and Home Alone. Other than
Home Alone, the programs are generally eight weeks except for tennis. There are
increased fees if the programs are more specialized, such as tennis and gymnastics where
specialized instructors would be part of the cost structure. These fees are generally seen
as comparable to what is paid in other communities and is consistent with the tot /
preschool framework.
The afterschool program and camps have a significant childcare components to them. The
after school program is $30 per week, camps for 4 to 12 year olds are $160 per week or
$36 per day, the Summer Fun Camp is $159 per week and there are other miscellaneous
fees related to food service. The Ultimate Camp Adventure is a high fee profile and is
targeted at 9 to 13 year olds. Based on a review of literature for YMCA and other camps,
these fees are market-based and are also well differentiated.
For the youth programs, their fees are specific to program content, such as babysitting, day
trips, the leadership program, sports programs, etc. Again the fees are consistent with what
is offered in other program units by the County and with general market rates for similar
programs, with increased costs if they are led by specialized staff.
5.4.8 Fitness, Adult and Seniors Programs
Fitness fees are developed around adult, student, senior and specialized programs. They
are offered on a per-visit and a punch card basis. The fees are generally around $6 to $7
per visit with discounted values for purchasing punch cards. There is also a seniors’
discount. The fees are reasonable compared to what per visit costs would be at
comparable fitness program and provide day only and packaged access providing flexibility
and volume-based discounts.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 77
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The active programs developed for badminton, volleyball, dodgeball and basketball have
both drop-in for youth and adults as well as other specialized programs with associated
small fees per visit. The four and eight week session programs for general or specialized
programs are in the $75 range. Again, the fees are very consistent with the overall user fee
framework, and reasonable in light of market considerations.
5.4.9 Seniors Programs
There is a wide range of seniors programs that have individual fee structures. The arts,
culture and education programs are offered over eight weeks as are the sports and
physical activity, specialized workout and cognitive programs. The programs are in the
$30 to $70 range, with higher cost programs being more specialized. The fees reflect some
discounting for seniors from other similar programs for adults. Overall, the fees for seniors
programs are reasonable in terms of being less than $10 per week.
5.4.10 Family Programs
These programs involve movie nights and geocaching. The programs are offered on a per-
class or per-visit cost. The fees are reasonable for the scale of the events.
5.4.11 Community Pool Admissions – Paris
For the outdoor pool in Paris, there is an admission fee for swimming, as well as fees for
aqua-fit / lane swimming and lessons, along with in-school, training and certifications.
Pool admission fees are differentiated by under 2 years of age, youth, seniors, adult and
family and for the three to eighteen year olds. They are per visit and punch card packages,
along with seasonal passes.
The per visit fee is approximately $3.50 or less with discounts for youth, seniors and under
2 years of age. The punch cards are in the $31 range for adults, down to $22 for youth, 3 to
18 years of age with approximately $70 package for families. All these rates are
reasonable, and may be a little less than in some other communities of a similar size where
$3 to $5 per visits often reflects the cost of admission.
Pool rentals for 1 to 30 patrons are available at $66.30 per hour plus a $10 surcharge for
the pool project. A group of 31 to 75 patrons is $80.50, and for more than 76 patrons,
$110.62. These rates are generally set at just over $2 per person for a one hour visit which
is a very reasonable charge.
School rental fees are $13.27 per hour for 30 patrons, up to almost $40 for 76 patrons or
less than $0.50 per student, again demonstrating support for the Joint Use of Facilities
Agreement.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 78
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
For fitness swimming and special drop-in programs, the charge is $1.77 per visit for moms
and tots. This elevates to $5.31 for youth / seniors per visit with punch card rates higher.
There are two product offerings in terms of per visit and punch card fees that are
reasonably priced at $1.77 per visit for drop-in for mom and tots, as well as seniors, and up
to $6.20 per adult drop-in.
Swimming lessons are offered by age group with preschool swims at $50 for ten lessons or
$5 per lesson, plus a $5 surcharge and up to $115.04 for eight weeks session for Bronze
Cross plus a $5 surcharge. These are reasonably priced swim lesson packages.
5.4.12 In-school Programs, Training and Certifications, First Aid, CPR and Hunting
Course for Youth and Adult
These are specialized programs. For the in-school program, there is Lego Club, crafts,
Home Alone, Getting Active After School and Boys / Girls Only. These are all eight week
session programs ranging from $10 for Lego Club to $30 for Home Alone. These clubs are
operating at $0.80 per week, with Home Alone operating at just under $4.00 per week.
These programs are economical for the participants.
The training certification / High Five programs operate differently. The Principles of Healthy
Child Development course is $50 per class, Quest One is $95.58 per class and High Five
Sport is $50.44 per class. All are specialized offerings.
First Aid / CPR courses are priced at $110.62 per two day course for the full course, and
$66.37 for the one day recertification which are market aligned pricing.
For the hunting courses, the youth component is $106.20 per day with a specialized
training at $194.69 for two days. The adult component is $141.59 with $230.09 for a two
day course. This is a highly specialized program which has paid instructors and significant
course content due to the safety and related considerations. Prices are reasonable.
The Coaching Certification course is based on Hockey Canada’s multi-level program.
Level 1 for hockey is $78.32 per day, and the Level 2 is $212.24 per two days. These are
reasonably priced for the extent of the program, the materials that are received and the
requirements for such coaching certifications across hockey and other sports.
The Safe Food Handling course costs $44.25 per two day session and $13.05 for one day
recertification. Again, this is reasonably priced for the scale of content and costs to deliver.
In the ice programming area, Learn to Skate costs $78 per eight week session or less than
$10 a week. Recreational hockey is $3,318.58 for twenty-eight, week session per team
which is $8.50 a week per player based on fifteen players per team which is very
comparable, with some other communities that are at $10 or more per week. The spring /
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 79
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
summer program hockey program has a lower cost at $2,433 per week, but for only sixteen
weeks.
5.4.13 Summary
In reviewing the extensive user fee structure that Brant County utilizes, the following
observations are offered:
The fees are very market-oriented and reasonable in comparison to the cost for
delivery in the broader market.
The fees are consistently balanced amongst the various delivery methods in terms
of tots, youth, adults, seniors and family. They are structurally consistent across
venues and programs.
There are per visit and punch card packages to meet different needs, as well as
seasonal passes, with some volume-based discounting.
Indoor spaces, in terms community centres and halls, are charged for differently
based on the quality and accessibility of each facility.
The agreement with the Grand Erie District School Board is well integrated and the
fees reflect consistency with that agreement.
There is some limited use of a surcharges, primarily for the outdoor pool in Paris.
The rate charts are easy to read and understand and clearly articulate exemptions
from HST for under fourteen year old children.
Brant’s sport field fees are at a market rate which is ahead of many other similar
sized communities that have not introduced or have introduced as a starting
initiative very limited field rates.
Overall, the user fee structure is sophisticated, market-based, fair, consistent and
balanced, and effective as to application. Some rates are a little above market, some are
possibly less but there is relatively consistency across them.
In some instances, the County has incorporated surcharges in the user fees to support new
facility development (i.e. for the outdoor pool). The broader use of surcharges for ice,
artificial turf playing fields and other venues could be a longer term consideration for the
County. In the Trends Section of the Situational Analysis Report for the Recreation Master
Plan, there are some examples provided in other communities that use surcharges to
support new facility development, as well as ongoing capital upgrading of existing facilities.
5.5 Affiliation Package, September 2, 2008
This policy, though currently not utilized, recognizes the many community recreational and
cultural non-profit groups that offer a variety of services across the County. The intent of
the policy is to assist these groups with their organizational growth and development
through the provision of resources, services and supports. Its only application is that such
affiliation is required for community groups to access School Board facilities.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 80
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
A number of the key dimensions of this policy are as follows:
Groups must be recreational in nature with goals and objectives compatible with
those of the Department.
The affiliation groups must be non-profit organizations and operate with a volunteer
Board of Directors or Executive Committee, and show they are capable of meeting
all of their financial objectives and commitments.
The affiliation groups must support shared responsibility between the group and the
County, and support effective decision-making, and be constituted of County
residents.
Affiliation groups must provide financial assistance to participants who would not be
able to participate because of financial limitations.
The Department provides the following supports to approved affiliate groups:
o Three publication opportunities per year within the Recreation Guide at the
internal advertising rate.
o The opportunity to include their contact information on the County of Brant
website.
o Through the Joint Use of the Facilities Agreement with the Grand Erie District
School Board, they can make use of designated schools for programs.
o Availability at no charge for meeting rooms for monthly meetings of these
groups based on spaces operated by Community Services staff.
There is a series of nine obligations to be an affiliate, ranging from having regular meetings
open to the public and related considerations in order to sustain the affiliate status. The
groups who wish to have an affiliated status must complete the application forms and
provide the associated materials that are required.
As of July 14, 2014, there were fifteen affiliated groups, involving youth softball, minor
hockey, minor baseball, ringette, a retirees curling club, the Old Rockets Hockey Team, a
nursery school, a lawn bowling club, volleyball clubs, the Women’s Institute and the
Brantford City Soccer Club.
This policy is well developed as many municipalities struggle with how to work with
community groups in terms of supporting them, and bringing value to them to ensure they
are effective, well governed and operated, and open to the public. The policy clearly
articulates the requirements and the benefits, while identifying their importance. But equally
important, the policy identifies the vital nature of these groups in supporting the delivery
and availability of recreational opportunities within the County, and the partnership
perspectives that are so important in delivering a significantly wide range of recreation
services that the County could never deliver on its own.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 81
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
5.6 Concussion Policy, June 24, 2014
This is a policy that recognizes that concussions and aligned head injuries can result from
contact sports, recreation programs, camps and aquatic programs. Concussions can have
serious consequences on individuals and there is a need to educate on and respond to
concussions in a meaningful and methodical way. This policy is designed to support County
of Brant employees and program volunteers relative to individuals under the age of 18
years who suffer or are suspected of suffering a concussion within a County program or
venue.
This is a new era policy that is becoming increasingly important as society’s understanding
of concussions and the harm and impact that it can have is growing. Not all communities
have a Concussion Policy or have one at this level of detail of Brant County.
5.7 Respect and Responsibilities Policy, February 17, 2015
This policy focuses on respect and responsibility considerations while involved in any
recreation program or facility operated by the County. The strategic priorities identified are
as follows:
To ensure that everyone involved acts respectfully and in a sportsman like manner.
To eliminate violence and negative social behaviour from recreation properties and
facilities.
To ensure a safe and encouraging recreation environment and experiences.
To give facility staff and volunteers / organizations the authority to deal with unruly
and violent behaviour with appropriate actions.
This is a policy that is derived from some of the increasing challenges being experienced
within recreational programs and venues, especially within minor and adult sports, where
competitiveness reaches unacceptable levels amongst parents, possibly some volunteers
and spectators.
The policy identifies inappropriate behaviours and / or violence, with examples; such as
refusal to follow the rules within the recreational properties or facilities; verbal assaults
involving racial, ethnic, or cultural perspectives; threats; attempts to intimidate; and similar
unaccepted behaviours.
The policy also has another section involving the inappropriate use of technology, involving
technology devises to photograph images of participants, spectators, staff or volunteers
without written consent; invading or attempting to invade personal privacy; hacking of
unauthorized materials or illegal downloading; and other considerations.
Another dimension of the policy involves vandalism around graffiti, glass breakage, theft,
arson and property damage.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 82
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The policy goes on to identify a series of enforcement steps, focusing on people onsite to
ask Brant County facility staff to provide assistance and / or to contact the Ontario
Provincial Police. There are a set of nine procedures on how to respond and undertake
support when such behaviours become demonstrated in a Brant County facility or program.
In support of this perspective, there is a section on consequences by behaviour / action
designed around four categories; non-violent behaviour, potential insight to violence, in
appropriate behaviour with physical violence and vandalism. Each of these categories have
a description and then consequences for first, second, third or fourth occurrences.
This is a very detailed policy, one of the most detailed policies ever reviewed by the
consultants. It clearly articulates behavioural expectations and consequences within four
categories. It is well written, definitive and clear as to what is expected and what will
happen if an individuals does not comply. The elimination of grey around behaviour issues
in recreation facilities is an excellent strategy that has been experienced by many
municipalities over the years.
5.8 County of Brant Official Plan (2012 Consolidation)
The Official Plan establishes the policy framework and land use plan by which growth in the
County will be managed and directed to the year 2031 and guides the physical, social and
economic development of the community and the protection of the natural environment.
Section 1.11.2 of the Official Plan sets out the planning objectives for the County including
the following recreation-related directions:
To encourage tourism and recreation opportunities by promoting and investing in
the Grand and Nith Rivers and their shorelines, walking trails, cycling trails, natural
heritage, built heritage, resources, cultural heritage landscapes, restaurants,
accommodations, businesses and special events (s. 1.11.2.3.2 (j));
To promote walkability and pedestrian-orientation in development and
transportation systems and through urban design, increase the availability of a
range of transportation modes, including walking and cycling, improve and promote
a connected trails and pathways system through land acquisition strategies and
improve connectivity within the County and with the City of Brantford and
surrounding municipalities (s. 1.11.2.5.2 (a), (c), (f), (j), s. 1.11.2.7.2(i));
To provide a full range and equitable distribution of accessible opportunities for
recreation (including parks, playgrounds, open space areas, trails, water-based
activities, golf courses, campgrounds, sports facilities, amusement parks, and
facilities such as restaurants, snack bars, parking areas, and auxiliary buildings) (s.
1.11.2.7.2 (a));
To ensure that there are adequate opportunities for recreation land uses and
facilities in order to meet the anticipated demand based on the population and
housing projections (s. 1.11.2.7.2 (b));
Exis
ting
Buil
ding
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 83
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
To ensure adequate opportunities for public access to the Grand and Nith River
shorelines (s. 1.11.2.7.2 (c));
To enhance the financial sustainability of the County by promoting recreational and
related tourism opportunities (s. 1.11.2.7.2 (d));
To ensure that the location and design of recreational land uses and facilities
minimizes negative impacts to the environment, protects adjacent land uses from
adverse impacts, and supports public health and safety (s. 1.11.2.7.2 (e));
To support passive recreational opportunities where appropriate (s. 1.11.2.7.2 (f));
To ensure that the impacts of planning decisions are considered with respect to
open space, parks, and conservation areas (s. 1.11.2.7.2 (g)); and,
To incorporate natural heritage features into the County’s recreational and social
programs (s. 1.11.2.7.2 (h)).
The following policies of the Official Plan provide direction related to parks and recreation:
Woodlands, Significant Woodlands and Vegetation
When evaluating woodlands and vegetation, the opportunity for linkages with
adjacent natural heritage functions, features and areas (including hedgerows, parks,
and open spaces) shall be considered (s. 2.3.2.3.2 (g));
Significant woodlands shall not be accepted as part of the required 5% parkland
dedication, but may be accepted in addition to it (s. 2.3.2.3.2 (l));
Watercourses
The County shall promote the use of watercourses and adjacent land for pedestrian
movement and passive recreation areas, where feasible, but this shall not be
construed to mean that such lands are publicly owned, or proposed to be publicly
owned, nor that public access is permitted to privately-owned land (s. 2.3.3.3 (j));
Economic Development and Tourism
The County shall encourage the creation of cultural facilities and other opportunities
that will promote and support activities that benefit the economic base (s. 2.5.2 (h));
The County may promote the maintenance and improvement of existing tourism
and tourist destination-oriented uses in the County and encourage the
establishment of additional tourism opportunities in the form of accommodation
facilities, and appropriate entertainment and recreational attractions (s. 2.5.3 (b));
The County recognizes and supports the development of tourism uses within the
Urban Settlement Areas and the Grand River that will encourage visitor stops,
provided such uses do not detract from the principal functions and uses of these
areas, including, but not limited to, support for:
- tourist-recreational activities associated with the Grand River and initiatives
to enhance the Primary and Secondary Urban Settlement Areas;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 84
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
- multi-purpose trail systems connecting the County’s Urban Settlement Areas
and other population centres, natural amenities, the Grand River, and other
significant natural features;
- new and existing tourism related attractions particularly if such uses are
located to encourage interaction within the Urban Settlement Areas or the
Grand River and other significant natural features (s. 2.5.3 (c));
The County shall support the development and promotion of functional, scenic,
recreational and educational pathways, trails, and parkways with well signed and
interesting attractions along the Grand River and other significant natural features,
and throughout the County (s. 2.5.3 (d));
The County encourages undertaking joint tourism projects with neighbouring
municipalities and local Conservation Authorities (s. 2.5.3 (g));
Public Parks and Open Space
It is the County’s intent to achieve a parkland provision rate of approximately 3
hectares per 1,000 people (s. 2.7.4.1 (a)) – this policy direction and the current
parkland provision levels are reviewed further in section 3.2 of this report;
The primary locations for public parkland shall occur within the Primary and
Secondary Urban Settlement Areas, and Hamlets and Villages (s. 2.7.4.1 (b));
The County shall secure the maximum benefit provided by the Planning Act with
respect to land dedication for public parkland development from residential
development;
Where development, redevelopment, or intensification of land is proposed for
residential purposes, the County shall, as a condition of approval, require the
conveyance of land for park purposes (or the equivalent cash- in-lieu) in accordance
with the maximum of the following criteria or combination thereof, five percent (5%)
dedication of the gross area of the land proposed for development and/or dedication
at a rate of one hectare per 300 dwelling units (s. 2.7.4.2 (a));
Where development, redevelopment, or intensification of land is proposed for
commercial and industrial purposes, the County may, as a condition of approval,
require that up to two percent (2%) of such land (or the equivalent cash-in-lieu) be
conveyed to the County for parkland (s. 2.7.4.2 (b));
Where land in a draft plan of subdivision is to be used for any use other than
residential, industrial or commercial purposes, the County may require conveyance
of land for parkland purposes or equivalent cash-in- lieu at a rate of five percent
(5%) of the gross area of the land proposed for development (s. 2.7.4.2 (c));
Parkland dedication shall be calculated based on the gross area of the land within
the plan of subdivision and/or site plan (s. 2.7.4.2 (d));
Where new development is proposed on a site, part of which has physical
limitations or hazards, or consists of small, fragmented, or isolated parcels, then
such land shall not necessarily be acceptable as part of the land dedication under
the Planning Act (s. 2.7.4.2 (e));
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 85
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The County may consider or require the developer to convey cash-in-lieu of
parkland, and the value of such land shall be determined by an appraisal authorized
by the County, and in accordance with the Planning Act, to be paid into a special
account and used as specified in the Planning Act. The County shall consider cash-
in-lieu of parkland dedication under the following circumstances:
- the required land dedication fails to provide an area of suitable shape, size
or location for development as public parkland to meet the intended parkland
requirements in accordance with Section 2.7.4.2;
- the required dedication of parkland would render the remainder of the site
unsuitable or impractical for development; and/or
- the area is well served with park and open space land and no additional
parkland is required. (s. 2.7.4.2 (f));
Funds collected under the policies for cash-in-lieu shall be used by the County for
parkland acquisition, parkland development, parkland amenities, and acquisition of
natural habitat areas and for the protection of natural habitat areas (s. 2.7.4.2 (g));
All land dedicated to the County shall be conveyed in a physical condition
satisfactory to the County, and shall meet minimum standards in terms of drainage,
access grading and general condition, and the land shall also be in full compliance
in regards to any natural or human-made hazards, potential or real contamination,
or related requirements (s. 2.7.4.2 (h));
As a condition of development approval, a proponent may be required to provide a
park facilities design satisfactory to the County for any park within the development
including the provision of appropriate fencing, landscaping and playground
equipment (s. 2.7.4.2 (i));
Land deemed by the County to be significant to or contribute to the Linkage
Strategy shall be retained in public ownership for the purpose of implementing a
linked system (s. 2.7.4.3 (a));
In addition to those options for the acquisition of land outlined in Section 6.11, the
County may create linked open spaces through the integration of:
- natural heritage features, areas, and systems;
- abandoned rail lines in public ownership;
- existing rights-of-way;
- established and proposed service and utility corridors;
- existing parkland and open space;
- sidewalks and pathways;
- linkages provided through the draft plan of subdivision approval process;
- agreements with private land owners;
- retention or acquisition of access easements; and
- land acquisition (s. 2.7.4.3 (b));
The County shall support the provision of recreational trail opportunities and access
along the Grand River and other watercourses in order to contribute to the Linkage
Strategy (s. 2.7.4.3 (c));
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 86
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The County shall promote the integration and accessibility of community uses
including schools, County facilities, institutional uses, parks and open spaces and
recreational uses through the Linkage Strategy (s. 2.7.4.3 (d));
The County shall require the provision of certain pedestrian, cycling and trail
linkages through the development approvals process, in accordance with the
policies of this Plan and associated Area Studies as approved by the County (s.
2.7.4.3 (e));
Design principles should be established to accommodate parking at strategic
locations along the linkage system (s. 2.7.4.3 (f));
When dealing with Planning Act applications, the County shall actively encourage
residential, commercial and industrial developers to connect with and provide
opportunities to extend the community trail system (s. 2.7.4.3 (g));
Community Design
To achieve excellence in community design through the review of development
applications, including plans of subdivision, infill development proposals, site plans
and other development proposals, the County shall:
- promote the improvement of the physical character, appearance and safety
of streetscapes, civic spaces, and parks;
- encourage community and development design patterns that promote
pedestrian movement through pedestrian friendly design, such as
pedestrian-scaled streets, sidewalks, trails and a well- connected street
network;
- encourage cycling through the provision of bicycle lanes and cycling trails,
where appropriate;
- encourage the provision of facilities that promote cycling and walkability,
specifically within the County’s Urban Settlement Areas;
- encourage tree retention or tree replacement (s. 2.7.5.2 (b)(iii) to (vii);
A high quality of park and open space design shall be strongly encouraged. The
land for parkland dedication shall be carefully selected to facilitate its use as a
central focal point for new or existing neighbourhoods (s. 2.7.5.2 (b)(i));
Barrier-free design shall be applied to:
- sidewalks, walkways, and trails;
- public buildings/facilities;
- outdoor parks and public spaces;
- new recreational structures (s. 2.7.5.2 (a)(vi)(vii)(xi));
The County shall remove barriers from existing public facilities and outdoor public
spaces in order to eliminate barriers for people and visitors with disabilities (s.
2.7.5.2 (c));
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 87
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Energy Conservation, Efficiency and Generation
The County shall encourage public/private partnerships to finance, acquire and
construct a linked open space system consisting of bikeways, trails, and walkways
which promote walking, cycling and non-motorized modes of transportation within
and between communities (s. 2.7.7 (e));
Core Area
The County shall encourage the provision of facilities that promote cycling and
walkability (s. 3.8.3 (j));
The County shall consider the assembling of land within the Core Area designation
in order to promote, encourage, and assist proposed redevelopment or
rehabilitation projects or for public open spaces to provide for a community focus (s.
3.8.3 (n));
Mixed Use
Neighbourhood community and cultural centres and institutional uses of similar
scale shall be permitted in the Mixed Use designation (subject to criteria) (s. 3.11.2
(h));
The County shall encourage the provision of facilities that promote cycling and
walkability (s. 3.11.2 (c));
Parks and Recreation
Permitted uses in this designation include major public parks, community parks,
public recreational facilities, community centres, conservation areas, fairs or
exhibition grounds, open spaces, commercial recreational facilities (such as golf
courses, fee fishing, campgrounds, and amusement parks) (s. 3.15.2);
New recreational uses shall be allowed to proceed subject to an amendment to the
County Zoning By-law and a Site Plan Control agreement stipulating the height and
siting of buildings, landscaping, parking, location of services, access, grading and
methods of protecting and enhancing the shoreline, and other matters as set out in
the Planning Act (s. 3.15.3 (d));
All existing recreational uses shall be allowed to expand provided they are able to
conform to the policies of the Parks and Recreation land use designation and to the
zoning requirements. Within areas designated as Agriculture, any such expansion
will require an Official Plan Amendment (s. 3.15.3 (e));
Within the Parks and Recreation designation, the County shall discourage the
application of pesticides, herbicides and fertilizers, and encourage the planting of
native species (s. 3.15.3. (f));
Stormwater Management
Prior to development approval, the proponent shall provide, where appropriate,
public access to and along the stormwater management system and the receiving
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 88
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
watercourse where such areas can be used to form part of a natural trail or open
space system. Roads and sidewalks within the development shall have access to
these natural areas. The use of dry ponds which can be located adjacent to
parkland for the purpose of maximizing the space available for public use is
encouraged. Wet ponds are encouraged to be incorporated into subdivision designs
as aesthetic features of the community. (s. 5.2.4 (i));
In order to ensure that the size, configuration and grade of the land surrounding the
facility can be efficiently programmed as a component of a trail or open space
system, it may be necessary to prepare a landscape design as a condition of
development approval (s. 5.2.4 (j));
Areas required for stormwater management shall not be considered part of the
parkland dedication required under the provisions of the Planning Act, and this Plan.
However, the development of these areas into parkland facilities, such as the
provision of paths, may be considered as an alternative to a portion of cash-in-lieu
of parkland contribution. The provision of additional land to facilitate the use of
these areas as parkland may also be considered. (s. 5.2.4 (k));
Transportation Systems
The County shall maintain and encourage the protection of rail corridors for other
linear uses should they become abandoned (s. 5.3.1 (d)) and the County supports
the reuse of abandoned rail corridors for potential trail systems or pedestrian and
cycling links (s. 5.3.5 (g));
Dedicated bikeways or separate cycling facilities may be provided where required
on Urban Arterial Roads (s. 5.3.2.1.2 (d));
Sidewalks are typically not required and shoulder bike lanes may be considered on
Rural Arterial Roads, particularly where the Rural Arterial Road is a connecting link
to a Primary or Secondary Settlement Area or is identified as a bicycle route (s.
5.3.2.1.3 (b));
Dedicated bikeways, separate cycling facilities or wider curb lanes are permitted are
permitted on Urban Residential Collector Roads (s. 5.3.2.1.4 (e));
Dedicated bikeways or separate cycling facilities are generally not required on
Urban Employment Collector Roads (s. 5.3.2.1.5 (e));
Sidewalks are typically not required and shoulder bike lanes may be considered on
Rural Collector Roads, particularly where the Rural Collector Road is a connecting
link to a Primary or Secondary Settlement Area or is identified as a bicycle route (s.
5.3.2.1.6 (b));
Dedicated bikeways or separate cycling facilities are typically not required on Urban
Residential Local Roads (s. 5.3.2.1.7 (e));
Dedicated bikeways or separate cycling facilities are typically not required on Urban
Employment Local Roads but may be required where the roads serve as linkages to
other parks or recreational facilities (s. 5.3.2.1.8 (e));
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 89
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Sidewalks are typically not required and shoulder bike lanes may be considered on
Rural Local Roads, particularly where the Rural Local Road is a connecting link to a
Primary or Secondary Urban Settlement Area, park or recreational use or is
identified as a bicycle route (s. 5.3.2.1.9 (b));
Sidewalks, bicycle lanes and transit facilities are not intended on Public Lanes (s.
5.3.2.1.10);
Walking, Cycling and Trail Systems
The County provides numerous major off-road trails which include: the Hamilton to
Brantford Rail Trail; SC Johnson Trail; Mount Pleasant Trail; and the Cambridge to
Paris Rail Trail. The Grand Valley Trails Association also provides off-road trails
throughout the County. The County encourages the development and enhancement
of pedestrian and shared use of non-motorized trails and bicycle routes. (s. 5.3.4);
The County shall support the preparation of a Trails Master Plan for the County’s
trail system to identify a preferred on-road and off-road trail and cycling network to
accommodate a variety of non-motorized activities including cycling, walking, and
running, provide for the delineation of existing and proposed trail systems, linkages
to natural heritage features, destinations, the County sidewalk system, specific trail
standards and design criteria, among other matters (s. 5.3.4 (a));
The County shall encourage community partnerships for acquisition,
improvement(s) and maintenance of the trail system (s. 5.3.4 (b));
The County may work towards providing safe bicycle and pedestrian paths, both
separated from the roadway, on existing and proposed roads, on abandoned rail
corridors, on utility corridors, and within parks and open spaces, as appropriate (s.
5.3.4. (c));
The County may consider adapting roads to provide safer travel for bicycles and
pedestrians on road pathways, where feasible and appropriate (s. 5.3.4 (d));
The County shall undertake to interconnect existing walking trails and bicycle paths,
where feasible and appropriate to provide continuous trail system linkages. Routes
should provide continuous access between neighbourhoods, parks, schools,
recreation facilities, along the Grand River, commercial and employment areas and
other public buildings and services (s. 5.3.4 (e));
The County shall promote accessible and convenient trail systems within a
reasonable distance from neighbourhoods and major destinations (s. 5.3.4 (f));
The County shall promote aesthetically pleasing trail systems, particularly for
recreational purposes, with attention to trail systems associated with natural assets
such as waterfronts, parks, and natural heritage features. Where possible, the
planting of locally native species along these trail systems shall be promoted. (s.
5.3.4 (g));
The implementation of trail systems should be feasible given the consideration of
the costs and benefits associated with the route selection, taking into consideration
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 90
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
the costs of healthy living, environmental sustainability, and the quality of
neighbourhood character (s. 5.3.4 (h));
The County shall encourage the integration of bicycle path and walkway systems
into the design of transportation facilities by including facilities such as sufficient and
protected bicycle storage areas at places of employment and major community,
institutional, educational, cultural and shopping locations, where appropriate (s.
5.3.4 (i));
The County shall implement and operate an effective trail system maintenance
program (s. 5.3.4 (j));
In partnership with surrounding municipalities, the County shall promote
opportunities for public access to the Grand River waterfront areas and the
development of a river trail system and open space linkages throughout the County
(s. 5.3.4 (k));
The County may explore opportunities for the reuse of abandoned rail corridors for
potential trail systems (s. 5.3.4 (l));
The County shall evaluate and promote walking systems in new development
proposals and consider the overall connectivity of the system (s. 5.3.4 (m));
Any public or private trail crossing a Provincial Highway is subject to approval and
the restrictions imposed by the Province. Trails running along a Provincial Highway
will not be permitted. (s. 5.3.4 (n));
In developing the trail system, consideration shall be given to impacts on hazardous
lands, watercourses and natural heritage features such that any such impacts are
eliminated or reduced to the greatest extent possible (s. 5.3.4 (o));
The County shall support the use of utility corridors for trail uses (s. 5.5 (i));
Community Services and Facilities
The County of Brant shall endeavour to provide adequate community services and
facilities to meet the needs of the County’s existing and future residents, businesses
and visitors through the provision of adequate opportunities for education, health
care, parks, open space and recreation, libraries, cultural and heritage facilities,
health and safety (s. 5.4);
Where closure and sale of a school is proposed, the open space component of the
school site may be retained or incorporated in a redevelopment proposal (s. 5.4
(a));
Museums, theatres, cultural facilities, places of worship, health care facilities and
recreation facilities in the County shall be supported (s. 5.4 (f));
The County shall encourage the provision of libraries as an important cultural and
community resource for learning, research and community activities and may
include joint use agreements with local school boards (s. 5.4 (g));
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 91
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Public Land Acquisition
The County shall consider all options for land acquisition, including dedication;
donations; assistance from other levels of government, agencies and charitable
foundations; the bonusing provisions of the Planning Act; density transfers; land
exchange; long-term lease; easement agreements; purchase agreements;
partnerships; land trusts, conditions of development approval, and expropriation;
Where park and open space dedicated land is insufficient in size or shape for the
intended uses and needs, the County shall consider acquisition of additional land
for park and open space purposes (s. 6.11).
The County Official Plan direction and policies regarding parks, recreation and trails are
comprehensive and generally well-connected to the various related land use,
transportation, infrastructure and other policy matters. Based on an initial review of the
policies, the following should be considered through future review and amendment of the
Plan:
Update parkland provision level targets based on the direction of the new
Recreation Master Plan including the parkland classification system and walkability
criteria for neighourhood-level parks and facilities;
The parkland dedication policies should be updated based on recent changes to the
Planning Act which require specific policies dealing with the use of the alternative
dedication requirement of 1 hectare per 300 units, and which limit cash-in-lieu of
parkland to the value of the land otherwise required at the rate of 1 hectare per 500
housing units, where the alternative dedication rate is applied;
Policies should be considered that provide direction for reduction of the cash-in-lieu
of parkland required for redevelopment projects that meet sustainability criteria,
pursuant to the Planning Act (s. 42(6.2));
Policies should be considered to address the conveyance of rights-of-way for
pedestrian and bicycle pathways through plans of subdivision, pursuant to the
Planning Act (s. 51(25(b)), and to support application of these policies consideration
should be given to including mapping of existing and planned on- and off-road trail
routes;
The barrier-free design policies in section 2.7.5.2 state that this shall be applied to
trails – this policy should clarify that barrier-free design will be applied to trails where
applicable in accordance with the Integrated Accessibility Standards for trails under
the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act (AODA), which provide
exemptions for certain types of trails including trails solely intended for cross-
country skiing, mountain biking or the use of motorized snow vehicles or off-road
vehicles, wilderness trails, backcountry trails, portage routes, and to recognize that
certain exceptions are permitted under the legislation;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 92
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The transportation and walking, cycling and trail system policies of the plan should
be updated with current terms and concepts including “active transportation” and
“complete streets”;
The Official Plan, when reviewed and amended, should be updated with reference
to the new Recreation Master Plan and should incorporate additional policy
amendments based on the recommendations of the final Master Plan.
5.9 County of Brant Asset Management Plan 2013
Asset Management Plan provides an inventory of physical assets owned by the County and
their current condition, levels of service, and identifies replacement values on those assets
with the objective of defining future capital needs and financial strategies to manage the
County’s assets including projected short- and long-term capital investment needs.
The Asset Management Plan identifies existing levels of services and suggested
performance metrics for parks and recreation facilities as summarized in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1: Asset Management Plan Levels of Service and Performance Metrics,
Parks and Recreation Facilities
Levels of Service Suggested Performance Metric
All Facilities, including Recreation
1. All areas of the County are within 25 km
of museums, theatres, cultural/health
care/recreation facilities and libraries;
1. Number of locations that do not have
some types of facilities within the
25km goal radius;
2. All infrastructure should comply with the
Accessibility for Ontarians with
Disabilities Act (AODA);
2. Number of facilities in the County that
do not comply with the AODA
3. Minimize the number of accidents and
legal actions that occur that are directly
attributed to improper maintenance of a
facility.
3. Number of accidents and legal
actions directly related to improper
maintenance of a facility.
Parks
1. Provide a variety of different sized parks
to residents (tot-lots, neighbourhood
parks, community parks, regional parks);
1. Number of parks of each size/type
2. Provide 3 hectares of parks per 1,000
people as a parkland provision rate goal
as per the Recreation Master Plan (OP
Section 2.7.4);
2. Percentage of County with a parkland
provision rate that meets the goal
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 93
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Levels of Service Suggested Performance Metric
3. Provide a trail network that includes both
local and regional linkages to land and
water;
3. Length of trails and number of access
points to land/water trails per 1,000
residents
4. Provide sufficient parks, trails and open
spaces to new subdivisions/service
areas (5% of land dedicated to
development or equivalent cash-in-lieu).
4. Number of new developments where
land dedication rate goal is achieved
The Asset Management Plan should be reviewed and updated as needed to ensure that it
includes a comprehensive inventory of parks and recreation assets, including built assets
such as buildings, structures, parking areas, services, lighting/utilities, artificial and hard
surface outdoor recreation facilities, as well as natural and soft landscape components
such as natural turf, playground safety surfaces, trails, horticulture and trees.
5.10 Trails Master Plan (2010) and Transportation Master Plan (2008, 2016)
The County completed a Trails Master Plan in August 2010. The Trails Master Plan
provides direction to Council, staff and the community on the priorities and guidelines for
the development of trails in the County. The Trails Master Plan builds upon the previous
Trails Use Report (2007) and adopted Transportation Master Plan (December 2008). The
Transportation Master Plan was updated in 2016 and is also summarized in this section as
it provides related recommendations pertaining to trails and active transportation.
The Trails Master Plan highlights the following key findings identified through the public
consultation:
Trails should take advantage of natural and wildlife destinations;
Trails should link employment areas with residential and neighbourhood destinations
providing an active mode of transportation for everyday use;
The addition of trail signage, washrooms and parking should be implemented and
located along trails, where appropriate, and/or at existing and future trailheads;
Marketing to new residents and young families should be pursued in order to diversify
the user base of the trail system;
A maintenance plan should be implemented in order to keep trails from falling into
disrepair and to ensure user satisfaction and safety;
Additional funding should be sought from other levels of government for the future
development of trails;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 94
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
All new development in the County should be required, or at least encouraged, to
include trail development as part of their open space system, linking with existing or
planned trails in the community;
Attention should be paid to linking the County of Brant trail system to those in the
County of Norfolk and other surrounding communities / municipalities; and
It is recommended that a trail survey be conducted at regular intervals (i.e. every five
years) to ensure that the trail needs of the community are taken into account.
The Trails Master Plan recommended the following trails hierarchy in order to organize the
trails into categories based on use, types of users and frequency of use:
Primary trails most often are those with regional significant or connecting the County
with adjacent jurisdictions. In general, Primary trails are anticipated to have the highest
volume of and most diverse users.
Secondary trails feed into the larger trail network and provide connections between the
Primary trails and the Tertiary trails. These trails will generally have a lower level of use
than Primary trails and therefore are often built and maintained to a different standard.
Many of the trails are located adjacent to roadways and connect to urban areas and/or
points of interest.
Tertiary trails are the next step down in the trail hierarchy. They are meant to connect
with the Secondary trails, which lead to the Primary trails, provide a more local system
for County residents and integrate with settlement areas. They provide opportunities
for nature viewing and hiking, where there is less potential conflict with motorized
vehicles.
The Trails Master Plan includes trail guidelines for the three categories of trails (width,
gradient, surface material and horizontal clearance), along with guidelines for trail
alignment along sensitive features, water edge treatments, drainage, edge protection,
accessibility, sight distances, signage requirements and maintenance. The Trails Master
Plan also addressed the use of motorized vehicles and Off Highway Vehicles on trails.
The Trails Master Plan recommends an incremental approach to the development of the
trail system in the County, as illustrated on the Potential Trail Network Map and the
Individual Community Maps for Paris, Burford, St. George and Mount Pleasant. These
maps are included in Appendix C to this report. The Potential Trail Network Map identifies
both existing and proposed Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Trails.
Based on the Potential Trail Network Map, the Trails Master Plan includes an
implementation strategy that organizes trail development based on high (short term),
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 95
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
medium (mid-term) and low priority (long term). Priorities for the development of trails as
identified in the Trails Master Plan are summarized in Table 5-2.
Table 5-2: Trails Master Plan Implementation Priorities
Trail Route Length
(km)
Cost
Implication
Short-Term Priorities
Extension of Trailhead to Portage Area (at Cambridge to
Paris Trail)
1.2 $132,000
Linkage between T.H. & B and L.E. & N Trails 0.04 $29,700
Mid-Term Priorities
St. George to Brantford Bicycle Lane (St. George Road to
Park Road / Powerline Road)
7.8 $864,850
L.E. & N. Rail Trail to Scotland (Wetmore’s Road
Connection)
8.7 $916,000
Rest Acres Road Trail 3 $450,450
Paris to Brantford Bicycle Lane (Paris Road to Powerline
Road)
6 $660,000
Long-Term Priorities
St. George to Lockie Road 6.4 $704,000
Mount Pleasant to Newport/Dike Trail 7.2 $792,000
Brant Conservation Area to Maple Ave. N Trail 11.6 $1,296,550
Robinson Road to Paris Trail 4.6 $506,000
St. George to Cambridge to Paris Rail Trail 8.6 $946,000
TOTAL 65.14 $7,297,550
The following is a summary of the Trails Master Plan recommendations:
1. Provide a network of trails for alternative modes of transportation, for residents,
visitors and tourists to the County.
2. Support the establishment of a Trails Advisory Committee comprised of County staff,
representation from all trail user organizations and agency partners.
3. Continue to foster relations with neighbouring communities and service delivery
agencies regarding development of new trails, maintenance of trails and special trail
projects.
4. Collaborate with Economic and Tourism Development to promote trails through the
County of Brant public relations. E.g. Trails Maps, Things to Do, etc.
5. Continue to plan for trails development in growth areas. Ensure that new
development areas are provided with sidewalks and / or trails for walking / cycling
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 96
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
only. Develop cycling lanes on selected collector / rural roads as road improvements
are undertaken.
6. Work with trail providers to develop / support a network of trails in the County that
offer a range of trail uses appropriate to the location (hiking / walking, cycling,
mountain-biking, ATV, snowmobiling, equestrian) in Conservation Areas, crown
lands, private lands, etc.
7. Ensure risk management measures are implemented such as building and
maintaining trails to defined standards, undertaking regular inspections, undertaking
trail repairs promptly when identified, providing training for trail workers.
8. Investigate all opportunities for cost-sharing and funding sources for trails
development, as opportunities arise including; partnerships / collaborative ventures,
planning applications / parkland dedication, sponsorship programs such as Adopt-a-
trail, eligible grant programs.
9. Include Trails as a standing item at Parks and Recreation Advisory Committee
Meetings.
10. Require developers of new residential subdivisions to provide lands appropriate for
the integration of a system of neighbourhood trails into subdivision development and
to provide connections between neighbourhood trails and the regional trail systems.
11. Develop marketing and promotion materials to encourage and support trail use.
12. It shall be the policy of the County to maintain a system of multi-use trails for non-
motorized traffic throughout the County. Council shall regard the trail system as a
component of the County’s transportation infrastructure and shall encourage and
promote the use of the trails by residents as a healthy transportation choice.
13. Connections to the trail system with other recreation facilities, the downtown and
other commercial areas, educational institutions and residential neighbourhoods
should be included whenever possible in new developments and areas of
revitalization.
14. Install bicycle racks for short-term use at major destinations and start installing
drainage grate covers that are bicycle friendly, placing priority on the recommended
cycling routes.
Transportation Master Plan (2008, 2016)
The Transportation Master Plan (2008) and Transportation Master Plan Update (2016)
provide direction for transportation system improvements and management to address
future needs based on forecast travel demands. Active transportation (walking and cycling)
contributes to reducing vehicle travel demands and traffic volumes and related
environmental impacts, providing transportation choice and options, and fostering healthy
and active lifestyles.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 97
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The documents describe existing active transportation opportunities and influences in the
County as follows:
Existing active transportation facilities include recreational trails and on-road routes
primarily in response to leisure and recreation activities, group activities such as
bicycle tours, routes to schools and general short distance transportation for all
residents and visitors;
There are no formal bikeways in the County except along multi-use off-road trails,
and no marked bike lanes on County Roads;
Most on-road cycling is by sharing lower volume roads in and around the
settlement areas, and along the gravel shoulders of County roads;
Existing multi-use trails built on abandoned railway corridors include:
- Hamilton to Brantford Rail Trail linking Hamilton and Brantford;
- SC Johnson Trail linking Branford and Paris;
- Cambridge to Paris Rail Trail linking Paris and Cambridge;
- Total: 77km, form a major part of the Trans Canada Trail System and link
with the Gordon Graves Memorial Pathway along the Grand River in
Brantford;
Most walking trips take place over short distances of less than 2km, beyond 2km
the number of walking trips significantly decreases;
Most cycling trip are under 4km with the number of trips decreasing beyond 4km
depending on availability of cycling routes, trip lengths and seasonal conditions;
The Trails Master Plan includes eight (8) recommended cycling trails, mainly as
paved road shoulders, but it does not provide guidelines or plans for provision of
other cycling routes in urban communities such as marked exclusive bike lanes,
segregated lanes or “sharrow” lanes;
The 2010 Trails Master Plan includes nine (9) recognized existing off-road trails in
the County, but the study scope did not include the larger issue of pedestrianization
in urban areas with sidewalks and rail crossings;
To date the Trails Master Plan has not been reviewed or endorsed by County
Council, but the County plans to finalize the plan as part of the Community
Services Master Plan;
It is recommended that the Off-Road Cycling Strategy and Trail Planning
Guidelines prepared for the 2008 Transportation Master Plan be reviewed and
incorporated where appropriate into the Community Services Master Plan;
The Transportation Master Plan provides the following recommendations for future active
transportation planning and infrastructure development:
On-road bike lanes along Rest Acres Road with future widening to 2 lanes in both
directions;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 98
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Mixed land use as Transportation Demand Management (TDM) strategy to
encourage and support active transportation opportunities;
The following trail planning guidelines:
- County Council should determine overall budgetary priorities and allocations for
an annual County of Brant Trail Development and Lifecycle Maintenance
Program, including annual allocations for new trail development;
- the County should complete and review a minimum of every five years, and
possibly over a shorter time period in the case of new phased trail develop, a
Trails Master Plan that will provide:
specific trail standards, design criteria, material applications, etc.
a map of all trails in the County delineating priority use, locations, access
points, services, lengths, links to natural heritage and natural habitat areas,
and proposed/possible future on-road/off-road trails;
marketing and promotion plans and materials;
identified linkages with the County’s Transportation Master Plan, tourism
newsletters and brochures, Parks and Recreation plans and the Official
Plan;
- The County should strongly encourage community partnerships for acquisition,
improvement(s) and maintenance of the trail system. However, the absence of
a third-party agreement for acquisition, improvement or maintenance should not
be cause for the County to reject acceptance of a proposed trail which is in
compliance with these guidelines. The acceptance of a trail does not guarantee
County-funded construction or maintenance; and,
- Trails proposed for incorporation into the County’s Trail System will initially be
reviewed by a County Trails Ad Hoc Advisory Committee, and appropriate
action taken by County Council as part of the annual budget process.
- Standards for the development and maintenance of off-road trails for walking
and cycling should encourage accessible, logical, safe and comfortable usage,
serve a wide variety of recreation and transportation modes and impact the
environment as little as possible;
- A mix of trails suitable for use by hikers, bicyclists, equestrians and wheelchairs
should be encouraged;
- Trail widths should be based on intended use(s);
- Trail grades should generally not exceed two metres per thirty metres (15%
slope), but may be built steeper for short distances;
- Drainage dips/swales/ditches and erosion control components should be
engineered and scheduled to provide maximum endurance and to minimize
impact on soil and vegetative resources;
- Turning radii for curves other than switchbacks should generally be greater than
3 m;
- All trails should have signage at trail heads and distance markers at either one
or five kilometre distances where possible; and
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 99
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
- All trails should be reviewed for support opportunities relative to services for
rentals, food services, parking and related enhancement opportunities where
feasible;
- Walking/hiking trails provide passive recreational opportunities and connections
between points of interest, the trail designs vary depending on the volume of
activity, and will be located predominately in areas of natural heritage including
woodlots, along watercourses, around stormwater management areas and as
connection linkages between larger parks;
Clearing Width: 1.2 metres to 3.0 metres varying by volume of activity
Tread Width: 0.75 metres to 1.25 metres;
Clearing Height: 2.5 metres with sensitivity to maintain existing vegetation
where possible;
Surface: compacted limestone fines or woodchips; or other suitable
material;
Grades: The trail is intended to match the natural terrain wherever possible.
Normally the desirable grade is less than 5% with a maximum of 15% to
25% for short distances;
The construction practices and type of material used for surface treatment
should be sensitive to the surrounding natural vegetation and existing
materials; and
Water Crossing: Wherever possible the need to cross watercourses will be
accommodated through existing bridge systems. Where necessary small
bridges will be provided to accommodate walking traffic only. The bridges
will be designed to minimize disruption to the waterway and provide
sufficient clearance for continued canoe and kayak use.
- Multi-use trails provide opportunities for a wide range of passive non-motorized
activities such as walking, cycling, wheelchair access, rollerblades, strollers and
walkers for seniors, are intended to be located in proximity to residential areas
and newly developing subdivisions, provide access to open space areas and
link schools, and commercial and institutional activities within the community,
and will be located adjacent to stormwater management ponds, environmental
areas and natural areas;
Clearing Width: 5 metres to 8 metres with some impact on adjacent
vegetation;
Tread Width: 2 metres to 2.7 metres; 3 metres to 4.5 metres where the
tread width anticipates significant cycling activity;
Clearing Height: 2.5 metres to 3.0 metres with some impact on surrounding
vegetation;
Surface: compacted limestone fines, minimum; recommended asphalt
where significant user activity is anticipated; and
Grades: 0 to 5% with maximum sustained grades less than 10%;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 100
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The design shall minimize blind corners, sudden grade changes or steep
slopes terminating at a path or road intersections to provide high levels of
safety for cycling and in-line skating where higher speeds may occur;
- The following criteria are recommended to determine the suitability of a
proposed trail to be included in the County of Brant trail system:
Trails will be considered for inclusion upon submission of an official request
to the County of Brant;
Anyone or group may submit a request;
Documented concurrence of the involved landowner(s) and/or managing
agency(s) must be provided with each request;
All requests will be reviewed by the County for general public safety,
completeness and appropriateness;
Based upon the recommendation of County staff, final approval of the
requested trail for inclusion in the County’s trail system will be by the
County of Brant Council;
Submitted existing trails requests should show recent use as well as
verified history of the route having been used by the public as a trail;
Trails that connect with one of the following will be given strong
consideration: existing or proposed trails as already delineated on the
County’s trail maps, the preferred basic geometry of a trail should reflect
the guidelines provided, the terrain and/or topography for a trail should be
suitable for trail purposes, either multiuse or specific, and may be of various
degrees of difficulty, trails that provide an alternate means of transportation
should be given strong consideration, as should trails located in floodplains,
old railroad rights of way, and utility easements and on watercourses;
- Trail Maps:
should be adopted by County Council as the official documents outlining
the County’s Trail System;
should be maintained by the County and revised as directed by Council;
should also be reflected on the Transportation Schedule of the County’s
Official Plan, and maps and brochures produced by the Community
Services Department, Parks & Recreation, economic development and
tourism agencies and private organizations (i.e. GRCA, Brant Waterways
Foundation);
- The decision to amend the trail system and Trails maps should be based on
one or more of the following criteria:
Whether the subject trail or trail access serves as a link to a major nature
preserve or waterway;
Whether the subject trail or trail access is selected so as to minimize the
impact on the environment; and/or whether the subject trail access is
positioned in a way to minimize impacts upon adjacent structures and
property owners;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 101
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Whether the subject trail or trail access crosses roadways at grade
separations or away from blind curves or stretches of road where visibility
is obscured;
Whether the subject trail or trail access is a significant scenic or historical
route which serves as a link in the overall trail system;
Whether the subject trail or trail access will require significant alteration or
removal of existing vegetation; and/or,
Whether the subject trail or trail access will pose significant design or safety
problems or has experienced water level or related constraints;
- For trails funding,
County Council may set up a separate account to accept donations, grants
or any funds to be used exclusively for the acquisition, development,
preservation and maintenance of the County’s trail system,
Council may also consider the use of Ecological Land Donations, Job
Creation Programs and other funding sources;
Trails that serve new development may also be funded by development
charges;
As new subdivisions are developed, additional charges/revenues may
apply;
The On-Road Cycling Strategy is based on four functional classifications of on-road
cycling facilities:
- Shared Roadway or Wide Curb Lane:
cyclists share the roadway with other vehicles, usually on the right side of
the travel lane;
signed as a shared route;
suitable for utilitarian or recreational uses;
most appropriate only on local urban or suburban roads with low traffic
volumes and speeds;
as volumes and speeds increase, the travel lane should be widened to a
desired 4.5 m width to accommodate the safe passage of motor vehicles
and bicycles without changing lanes;
- Shoulder Bikeway:
a smooth paved shoulder on which cyclists are separated from the travel
lane for motor vehicles;
typically present on roadways with fast moving motor vehicles traffic,
making them more suitable for rural applications;
in rural areas they can also include a rumble strip between the travel lane
and paved shoulder as a warning to motorists to not encroach on the
shoulder space;
five (5) priority routes:
1. Governors Road from Paris towards Copetown;
2. Powerline Road from King George Road to Bethel Church Road;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 102
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
3. East River Road between Green Lane and Brant Road Highway 24;
4. Paris Road between Brantford and Paris up to Highway 5; and
5. Old Highway 24 south from Mount Pleasant Road towards Waterford;
should be designed to Transportation Association of Canada (TAC)
standards to provide satisfactory clearances between the bicycle envelope,
which is 1.0 metres (3.3 feet) to 1.5 metres (4.9 feet) wide and the
motorized vehicle;
a 1.0 m -1.5 m envelope is recommended because the posted speed on
most County Roads where paved shoulders may be considered is 80
km/hr;
this results in a pavement width of 2.0 - 2.5 metres (6.5 - 8.2 feet) on each
side of the road for a paved shoulder;
the cost to retrofit a two lane County Road with 2.5 metre wide paved
shoulder bike lanes is estimated at approximately $25,000/kilometer;
- Bike Lane:
situated within roadways serving other vehicular traffic;
separated from adjacent travel lanes for motor vehicles, and intended for
the exclusive use of bicycles;
designated by either a painted line or raised delineator (e.g. posts,
bollards), however the latter is not recommended due to safety concerns;
due to their exclusive use for cyclists, bike lanes are a safer alternative
than a shared roadway and are often used on collectors and arterials
the minimum bike lane width is 1.2 m from the face of curb, with 1.5 m
preferred;
- Bike Path:
physically separated from the roadway,
intended for exclusive use of cyclists, although they may be shared with
pedestrians;
may be located within a road right of way or may follow a route not served
by roads;
non-road corridors present an attractive opportunity for recreational cycling
and sometimes provide a more direct route for commuters;
typical locations for bike paths are along rivers and creeks, waterfronts,
utility rights of way, parks, within the right of way of major subdivision roads
or along abandoned railway rights of way;
crossing of roadways is kept to a minimum;
due to safety and operational problems, the use of boulevards as bike
paths should only be considered when no other routes are available;
there should be no more than three crossings (driveways/intersections) per
kilometer;
side paths should not be used as a substitute for viable on-road facilities.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 103
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
- Cycling itself, and therefore the cycling infrastructure and supporting services
must be a quality experience that attracts a wide variety of user types, skills and
comfort levels;
- Designate and maintain cycling routes where appropriate as on-road urban bike
lanes and paths, off-road multi-use trails and rural road paved shoulders;
Walking and cycling facilities should be an integral part of subdivision planning to
provide continuous and convenient walking and cycling network to encourage non-
motorized modes of transportation;
Site layout that encourages pedestrian and cyclist travel should consider the
following:
- a system of pedestrian walkways should provide direct connectivity to all
developed parts of a subdivision;
- in addition to sidewalks along streets, pedestrian networks may include facilities
between buildings, particularly those of complementary uses;
- on neighbourhood streets, bicyclists can be accommodated within the roadway;
- on higher volume streets, additional facilities such as widened curb lanes or
dedicated bike lanes should be considered;
- bicycle parking facilities should also be provided at all high activity destinations;
The main recommendation regarding active transportation planning in the County of
Brant is that it be addressed by the Community Services Master Plan, including
consideration of active transportation strategies developed for the 2008
Transportation Master Plan, as well as the 2010 Trails Master Plan.
5.11 Ontario Cycling Strategy, 2014
The Ministry of Transportation released the Ontario Cycling Strategy in 2014. The Strategy
is the first in a series of ongoing, multi-year action plans to help make Ontario a more
cycling-friendly province. The following is a scoped summary of the five strategic directions
that have been identified in the document, identifying only those directions which are
relevant to the Brant County Recreation Master Plan:
#1: Design healthy, active and prosperous communities by:
1.4. Working with municipalities to strengthen local implementation of provincial active
transportation policies that facilitate cycling by:
Supporting municipalities as they develop and implement municipal official plans
and transportation-related plans that support cycling
Developing an education program for provincial and municipal staff on cycling
planning
Undertaking research to identify planning, engineering and operational barriers to
cycling and active transportation, and related tools
Developing an implementation plan to help overcome these barriers
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 104
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
#2: Improve cycling infrastructure by:
2.1. Launching a three-year Ontario Cycling Infrastructure Program to build municipal and
provincial cycling infrastructure
2.4. Working with municipalities to identify and address any provincial practices or
infrastructure that are barriers for local cycling networks
2.5. Releasing Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 to provide guidance to municipalities on the
planning, design and operation of cycling facilities
#3. Make highways and streets safer by:
3.1. Introducing proposed legislative and regulatory amendments to promote cyclist safety,
including amendments that address dooring, one-metre passing, contraflow bike lanes,
bicycle-specific traffic signals and riding on paved shoulders
3.2. Consulting municipalities, road user groups and others on additional safety-related
issues such as cycling on sidewalks and default speed limits
3.3. Providing stakeholder partners with new funding to develop or enhance cycling skills
training programs (2015)
#4: Promote cycling awareness and behavioural shifts by:
4.1. Establishing and supporting a community of interest forum for municipal staff who work
on cycling, to encourage innovation by sharing best practices and knowledge
4.2. Promoting cycling to school and to work through the Active and Sustainable School
Transportation program and the Smart Commute workplace program
4.3. Supporting cycling-related programs and development of community cycling policies
through the Healthy Communities Fund
4.4. Encouraging more people to cycle more often by supporting a variety of cycling
programs and initiatives through the Ontario Trillium Foundation
4.5. Delivering cycling-related education programs and collaborating on local cycling
initiatives through local public health units
4.6. Supporting student learning about cycling through the existing elementary and
secondary curriculum
#5: Increase cycling tourism opportunities by:
5.1. Identifying a province-wide network of cycling routes to promote recreational cycling
and cycling tourism, connect municipal cycling routes and places of interest and help
prioritize future infrastructure investments on provincial highways
5.3. Supporting cycling through the Ontario Trails Strategy, a long-term plan that provides
direction for planning, managing, promoting and using trails in Ontario
5.4. Supporting cycling tourism projects through the Celebrate Ontario program, which
supports festivals and events, and the Tourism Development Fund
5.5. Providing product development and marketing support of cycling tourism through
regional tourism organizations.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 105
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
5.12 Pathways to Wellbeing: A Framework for Recreation in Canada 2015
This document summarizes a co-led initiative by the provincial and territorial governments
and parks and recreation associations, and the Canadian Parks and Recreation
Association to “re-vision” recreation’s capacity to foster wellbeing. The purpose of the paper
is to promote coordinated recreation policies and practices with aim of improving the
wellbeing of individuals, communities and the built and natural environments. The many
benefits and importance of recreation are highlighted, involving enhanced mental and
physical health, social engagement, community and family cohesion, re-connecting with
nature and economic benefits. Key challenges are described related to demographic
changes, health and risk behaviours, economic inequities, social issues, technologies,
infrastructure deficits and threats to the natural environment. A framework consisting of a
vision, values, principles of operation, goals and related priorities is put forward and a
summary provided in the document is captioned below:
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 106
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
5.13 Pathways to Recreation: Learning about Ontario’s Accessibility Standard for the Design of Public Spaces
The Government of Ontario has established the Design of Public Spaces (Built
Environment) Standard under the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act (AODA),
and this standard applies when developing new public spaces and redeveloping existing
public spaces involving (among others) recreational trails, outdoor public use eating areas,
outdoor play spaces, exterior paths of travel (e.g. sidewalks, walkways), accessible parking
and maintenance. For this standard, the compliance date for municipalities is January 1,
2016.
Parks and Recreation Ontario has released a Guidebook titled “Pathways to Recreation –
Learning about Ontario’s Accessibility Standard for the Design of Public Spaces” to provide
owners, managers and operators of municipal and not-for-profit parks, outdoor recreation
facilities and amenities with an understanding of the accessibility requirements, and is
available as a reference guide.
5.14 Youth Services Strategy
The County of Brant and the City of Brantford prepared the Youth Services Strategy in
2017 to provide a framework for the two municipalities to continue to collaborate across
municipal boundaries to support youth and youth agencies. The Strategy includes seven
(7) themes and 20 outcomes that are critical for positive youth development, including that
Ontario youth are physically healthy and Ontario youth make choices that support healthy
and safe development. In support of these outcomes, the Strategy summarizes the
following milestones:
Active Grand is developing an access to recreation policy that will increase youth
opportunities to participate in local recreation activities. Active Grand is a
partnership between the City of Brantford, the County of Brant, Six Nations of the
Grand River, and various health, recreation, and social service organizations to
promote increased physical activity among residents.
Both the County of Brant and City of Brantford offer youth programs promoting
physical health – such as swimming, skating, and fitness – and mental health –
such as social activities and drop-in programming.
80 youth members have joined the County of Brant’s Youth Centre, since the
beginning of November 2016.
Goals moving forward to support the above-noted outcomes include continuing and
enhancing the evaluation of youth health and wellness programming.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 107
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
5.15 A Master Aging Plan for Brantford and the County of Brant
The County of Brant and the City of Brantford prepared the Master Aging Plan in 2008 to
develop a “roadmap” for the delivery of a comprehensive and coordinated set of community
services to older adults. The Master Aging Plan notes that the third most frequently
mentioned issue from seniors, after transportation and housing, is access to social and
recreational opportunities. As stated in the Plan, the lack of recreation activities can lead
to declining physical health and a lack of social interaction which can lead to declining
mental health. Social and recreational needs identified in the Aging Master Plan include:
Greater variety in social activities;
Increased intergenerational programming, linked to existing programming where
possible;
Improve accessibility to facilities and event for people with physical disabilities;
Financial support to offset user fees and tuitions;
More information and referral re: the range of services available to seniors and how
to access;
Outreach to isolated seniors in order to engage them in social and recreational
activities;
Expand programming beyond 9 to 5 to accommodate seniors still working; and,
Develop an inventory of current programs, facilities and services and identify gaps.
5.16 All in, All Active, The Development of Access to Recreation Policy
Active Grand prepared a recreation policy document in order to increase access to
recreation opportunities in the County of Brant, the City of Brantford and the Six Nations of
the Grand River. The intent is to ensure that there is a way for all residents to have
“ongoing, equitable access to many physical and recreational options, in and around where
they live.”
The Policy summarizes recent statistics from the Brant Health Atlas, including:
42.1% of County of Brant residents and 45.3% of City of Brantford residents were
physically inactive during leisure time;
50.9% of County residents and 60.4% of City residents were overweight or obese
as measured by the Body Mass Index (BMI, appropriate for their age group);
27.4% of County residents and 33.8% of city residents suffered from a chronic
disease (such as asthma, high blood pressure, diabetes, heart disease or stroke);
24.4% of SK’s within the City of Brantford and 19.7% in the County of Brant were
vulnerable in the domain of physical health and wellbeing; and,
12.8% in the City of Brantford and in the County of Brant 10.3 percent of SK’s were
vulnerable in the domain of Social Competence.
Policy objectives include:
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 108
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Ensure a variety of core programs and/or facilities for children, youth, adults,
seniors and families at low or no cost.
Deliver, facilitate and evaluate a broad range of affordable programs, services and
facilities to address local needs and issues.
Ensure physical access and provide adaptive aides/equipment for recreational
opportunities where feasible, beyond legislated requirements (e.g. AODA).
Identify the training needs of staff to assist in their administration of the Access to
Recreation Policy and related procedures/standards
Ensure financial assistance information is available
Partner with community organizations to provide support in reducing additional
limitations, such as mental health, emotional health, etc.
Foster community mobilization (development, engagement) to encourage/empower
individuals and groups to be community champions and create their own
recreational activities in their neighbourhoods and communities (i.e. neighbourhood
associations and volunteer/affiliated groups).
5.17 Outdoor Winter Activity Policy
Effective January 6, 2014, the County of Brant Outdoor Winter Activities Policy establishes
municipal properties permitting tobogganing or outdoor rinks, the use of stormwater
management pongs and the associated required informational signage. The intent is to
facilitate the safe use of parks and municipal properties in the winter and minimize risk.
Criteria for the establishment of tobogganing locations is as follows:
Access for emergency vehicles;
Accessibility for community users;
Hills with a gentle slope of 40 degrees or less;
Ground surface is even and the hill is free of obstructions along the sled paths;
Hills should have run-off long enough for a natural stop;
Hills should not end near roads, parking lots, fences, treelines, or other
obstructions; and,
The primary use of the property shall be for recreational activities.
Criteria for community outdoor rink locations is as follows:
Within an existing park;
Reasonably flat surface, free from mounds, heaves or other irregularities;
Surface must be free of stones and other debris;
Suitable water source and storage;
Access for emergency vehicles;
Accessibility for community users; and,
Formation of a volunteer team.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 109
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
5.18 County of Brant Aquatic Needs Assessment and Feasibility Study
The County of Brant prepared the Aquatic Needs Assessment and Feasibility Study in 2009
to help determine what future aquatic services should be provided to residents and visitors
and more specifically the feasibility of replacing the Paris Community Pool with a new
indoor or outdoor swimming pool.
An indoor swimming pool was proposed for the Green Lane Park multi-use sports facility;
however, the lack of municipal services has resulted in the park being mainly developed as
a sports field park.
The Study considered two options: replacement of the outdoor Lions Park Pool or the
addition of an indoor pool at the Twin Pad Complex. The Study recommended that the
County pursue the development of a new indoor pool at the Twin Pad Complex site within
the next five years and extend the subsidy to County residents for use of Brantford pools
beyond 2009 as an interim measure. This location was determined to be the most suitable
location as it offers operating efficiencies and provides a range of activities at one location.
The report also reviews the financial impact the options considered, and concludes that:
The estimated construction cost of $10.3 million for an indoor pool and fitness
centre, as identified in the Aquatic Needs Assessment and Feasibility Study report,
is only likely to be feasible in the short term by securing an infrastructure grant that
would cover up to two thirds of the cost;
In the public survey completed for the study, a majority of residents opposed any
tax increase to help pay for a new pool, while 41% supported an increase of at least
$50 per year;
The annual operating cost increase of the indoor pool as compared with the 2008
cost of operating the outdoor pool would be approximately 7 times more than the
annual operating cost increase of replacing the outdoor pool ($85,000 annual
operating cost increase compared with $12,000 annual operating cost increase);
The average subsidy per pool visit was estimated at $2.56 per use for an indoor
pool based on an anticipated 70,000 uses per year, versus the outdoor pool
estimated subsidy of $4.65 per use based on an anticipated 20,000 uses per year.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 110
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
6. COMMUNITY CONSULTATION
6.1 Overview
The research undertaken in support of the development of the Recreation Master Plan
included a multi-dimensional community consultation program. This included focus groups
and interviews with various community organizations involving recreation program
providers, service clubs, public agencies and partners, County Council and staff. It also
included a community workshop and an online survey to facilitate input from the broader
community. This chapter summarizes input received through the various components of the
consultation program.
6.2 Stakeholder Focus Groups & Interviews
Fifteen stakeholder focus group sessions and interviews with over 50 participants were
conducted by GSP Group and F.J. Galloway Associates involving presentations to the
Community Services Committee and Senior Management Team, interviews with Council
members, focus group meetings with public agencies, facility user groups, program
providers, service clubs and County staff, and facility tours with staff.
An advertised public workshop was also held at the Brant Sports Complex on October 6,
2016. The purpose of the workshop was to present information about the project and
gather input from members of the community. Fourteen (14) residents as well as the Mayor
and several County staff attended the workshop.
Each session began with introductions and a brief overview provided by the facilitators
followed by a discussion guided by the following questions:
What are the key strengths, attributes and assets of the parks and recreation
services currently available in Brant County?
What concerns, gaps or areas for improvement would you identify with respect to
parks and recreation services currently available in Brant County?
What priorities would you identify for new or redeveloped parks and recreation
facilities and services in Brant County over the next 5 years and 6 to 10 years?
At the end of each session, a brief summary was provided by the facilitators including an
outline of next steps in the process and timing for the project.
The consultation program included representatives from:
Community Groups / Associations, Parks and Recreation Advisory Committees,
Service Clubs, Arts / Culture / Heritage / Tourism;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 111
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Indoor and Outdoor Facility Users / Sports and Activity Groups;
Public Agencies and Partners – Grand Erie District School Board;
River / Trails / Cycling Groups;
Parks and Recreation Facility Managers, Operations and Program Staff, and Master
Plan Project Team;
County of Brant Senior Management Team;
County of Brant Council; and,
Public participants who attended the community workshop and/or completed the
online survey.
Following is a summary of the input received from the various stakeholder groups and the
public during the consultation process. The input summary has been organized by
functional area. The results of the online community survey follow the consultation
summaries. A more detailed summary of the results of the community consultation are
attached to this document as Appendix B.
6.2.1 Parks and Playgrounds
Summary
There is consensus among the individuals and groups consulted that the County
parks and playgrounds are well-regarded and well-used. Community and service
club support for the parks is strong but there is concern for the continuing ability of
service groups to recruit new members and fundraise to support community parks.
Some parks will need to be restored, repurposed and developed as facilities age and
to address the needs of the growing population and demographic changes.
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
There is consensus among the groups interviewed that the parks and trails in
Brant are generally good and well-used
There continues to be good community support for parks from groups and
individuals
Paris and Burford Lions Parks and trails are well-used
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
There is concern for the continued ability of community groups to attract new
members and fundraising
Lack of play equipment for older children at Oakland Park
Losing Farringdon Park (Tutela Heights) in annexation to City of Brantford
Limited use of park in Onondaga
Jacob’s Woods Park (St. George) – could be naturalized
King William Park in St. George, picnic shelter
North driveway at South Dufferin Community Centre
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 112
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Community gardens / gardening club – connect people with program, marketing
Priorities for the Future
Additional play equipment in Oakland for older kids
Maintain creativity in parks – variety of amenities, themes, stewardship
Re-purposing older parks based on current and future local needs /
demographics
Equalize greenspace across new development areas, maintain parkland
provision levels with population growth
Tune into future community needs for programs and facilities and plan
proactively for meeting those needs, small communities need grassroots
approach
6.2.2 Sports Fields
Summary
Sports fields are well used in the community. Concern was expressed that children
and youth activities within the County should be prioritized and booking policy
should reflect this. Communication and support for community groups was viewed
as a priority. Reorganization/redevelopment of sports fields to allow smaller fields in
local areas to serve younger participants while concentrating larger fields for older
youth at major parks (e.g. Green Lane and BSC) is desired.
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Soccer and baseball fields are well-used
Growing participation in lawn bowling and tennis in Paris
Disc golf course draws players from both within the County and visitors
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
General:
Lack of communication / contact with facility users or opportunities for
groups to provide input to facility needs / improvements
Complex rules and requirements for volunteer groups and fundraising /
sponsorships
Some noise complaints from new development areas / residents moving into
areas near sports fields
Lack of available lands to provide additional sports fields
Some issues with consistency in quality and maintenance of sports fields –
consider building in-house capacity for all turf maintenance to improve
quality and capacity of sports fields
Capacity / Booking / Fees:
No policy on registrants, wait lists, who gets in
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 113
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Adult soccer team from Brantford renting field in Brant – need to prioritize
local kids/youth programs first
House league soccer has to find its own fields, no capacity on County fields
Need for more ball diamonds, losing some school diamonds – Princeton,
Old Sacred Heart
Need more capacity for baseball and soccer; sometimes have to go to
Brantford for fields, sometimes cutting teams
Potential school closures and need to take over and maintain open space
Facilities:
Cost of planned improvements to Paris Lions Park ball diamonds, drainage
problems at diamond, not enough parking
Potential County acquisition of South Brant Lions Park
Fields at Green Lane Sports Complex not big enough for all age groups
No soccer fields with lighting in County
Need for more soccer pitches in St. George (see above)
Need to keep smaller fields local
A larger field at Sunny Hill would allow cross-field configuration
Field not level at Oakland Park, works for t-ball and baseball but not soccer
Priorities for the Future
General:
Communication between County and user groups – e.g. organize annual
meetings.
Prioritize activities for children, availability, scheduling, fees and booking
policies and practices should reflect this priority
Resources and support for volunteer sports and recreation program
providers, fundraising initiatives
Capacity / Booking / Fees:
Reserve prime time hours for kids programs only, adult programs only if kids
programs fully accommodated;
Maintain local access to smaller sports fields in communities for younger
age groups
Address program / capacity constraints with additional sports fields / lighting,
new facilities – soccer, baseball and potentially lawn bowling
Facilities:
Consider new soccer complex / tournament hub – artificial turf, lighting,
indoor fieldhouse or seasonal dome
There is room at Green Lane to add lights, artificial turf
Long term potential for new soccer complex / facility – potentially at BSC
Consider separation / consolidation of baseball and soccer in two locations –
e.g. baseball at Green Lane, soccer at BSC
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 114
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Total need: 4 to 5 full size soccer fields, 1 indoor or dome, 1 artificial turf, 1
with lights, 2 or 3 other outdoor fields
Ball diamond in St. George could be converted to soccer / mini fields?
Potential school closures and need to take over and maintain open space
Renewal of Onondaga Park
Complete ball diamond upgrades at Paris Lions Park for younger age
groups, this may leave more room behind the diamonds for other uses /
facilities
Could acquire more land to expand Green Lane Sports Complex
6.2.3 Aquatic Facilities
Summary
Outdoor pool time is limited and there is a desire for access to aquatic programs.
Some concern was expressed about the facilities and location of the Paris Lions
Park splash pad.
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Outdoor pool is well-used during summer season and is considered to be a
high quality facility
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
Waiting lists for swimming lessons at Wayne Gretzky Sports Centre indoor pool
in Brantford; outdoor pool time limited for programming
Need bike racks at outdoor pool
Some day camps use City of Brantford pools since there is no indoor pool
facility in Brant
Splash pad in Paris Lions Park is older (2005)
Lack of indoor pool and potential future needs and costs for indoor aquatics
Priorities for the Future
Consider expansion / redevelopment of splash pad at Paris Lions Park
Consider potential trailhead and splash pad in Mount Pleasant
6.2.4 Arenas, Community Centres, Community Halls, Indoor Turf and Gymnasiums
Summary
The arenas and fitness facilities are well-used and well-regarded. There are joint
use agreements with the Grand Erie District School Board and the Brant Haldimand
Norfolk Catholic District School Board, and the school gymnasium space is heavily
used. Access to school facilities is restricted during school hours and secondary to
school needs. There is a desire for policy regarding booking criteria and
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 115
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
prioritization for youth and County residents. Concern was expressed for the
design/amenities at some facilities (e.g. BSC).
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Joint use agreements and community use of school facilities
Arenas are well-used: BSC, St. George, Burford
Syl Apps indoor turf well used and fitness class well-attended
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
General:
Lack of communication / contact with facility users or opportunities for
groups to provide input to facility needs / improvements
Complex rules and requirements for volunteer groups and fundraising /
sponsorships
Some noise complaints from new development areas / residents moving into
areas near sports fields. Some neighbour issues / complaints with multi-
purpose pad in Foxhill Park – could it be located elsewhere in the park?
People moving to County are looking for specific resources and amenities
that may be missing
Capacity / Booking / Fees:
No policy on registrants, wait lists, who gets in
Lack of ice time availability, issues booking ice at BSC (e.g. for hockey
tryouts), no priority to groups that use the most ice time / revenue
generators
Concern that ice time being rented to out-of-County users, County groups
should be accommodated first; concerns about Brantford teams / programs
booking ice at BSC
Need for additional ice time in St. George – arena could be twinned in future
Many ringette players going to Brantford – lack of program/capacity in
Brant?
Fees for ice time are higher than some adjoining counties
Need to revisit affiliate program – some discount but not for ice
Not enough capacity at Syl Apps, fully booked - would like to use indoor field
for community programs
No municipal gymnasium space – heavy reliance on school facilities
High use of school gymnasiums for indoor soccer and other sports –
indicator of need for municipal gym and new/additional indoor turf facilities
School use is after 6pm only during school year; custodial fee on weekends
for staffing
Funding and staffing limits programming / capacity (e.g. after school
programs)
Lack of storage space in schools to run community programs
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 116
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
School closures reduces access to gym facilities unless facility acquired by
municipality or other organization
Burford tennis courts dilapidated, no longer used or maintained by school
but could be restored by County if demand warrants
Lack of capacity to keep up with growth in lawn bowling club, also interest in
year-round lawn bowling (indoor) – could it be programmed from Syl Apps?
Additional staffing capacity needs at major facilities particularly during peak
usage times
Facilities:
Burford arena – aging facility, needs team room and storage space, not well
used, could potentially be used for fitness programming
BSC not functional for Paris Mounties: sight line issues for spectators /
camera coverage, too many entrances – can’t sell tickets / control
admission, small dressing room, insufficient seating, no first aid venue –
losing tournaments
Too much noise in BSC meeting rooms while ice is in use
Accessibility and structural issues at Paris lawn bowling clubhouse, need to
resolve by 2025
Lighting issues at Paris tennis courts, need storage facility, school
bathrooms closed / not available for club use
Tennis courts (3 courts) in Burford not well used, no tennis club – could be
repurposed / used for shuffleboard or other activities
Not enough tennis courts / availability (in Paris)
No transit, need to ensure recreation is accessible to those without cars
New residents from larger cities have high expectations of range and quality
of facilities in Brant
Lack of opportunities for seniors – e.g. indoor walking track
Some feelings of isolation / exclusion in parts of the County – e.g. south east
and south west corners of Brant, those in south east tend to travel to
Caledonia or Hamilton for certain facilities and services, going to Brantford
for minor hockey
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 117
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Priorities for the Future
General:
Communication between County and user groups – e.g. organize annual
meetings.
Prioritize activities for children, availability, scheduling, fees and booking
policies and practices should reflect this priority
Resources and support for volunteer sports and recreation program
providers, fundraising initiatives
Capacity / Booking / Fees:
Reserve prime time hours for kids programs only, adult programs only if kids
programs fully accommodated
Increase capacity of after-school programs
Review cost recovery at arenas and sports fields
Facilities:
Resolve changeroom issues at BSC, e.g. gender-neutral washroom, co-ed
programs, small size of rooms and need dedicated room and team meeting
space for Paris Mounties
No municipal gymnasium / health / wellness hub / indoor walking track;
Consider municipal gymnasium at BSC or other location – review usage of
school facilities
Make Brant Sports Complex more multi-use – demands for indoor walking
track, gymnasium space, social/programming spaces, there are no kitchen
facilities in the building – undertake a feasibility review for future expansion
Gymnasium for daytime programming – e.g. seniors, parent / tot
Storage space in schools – inventory and secure equipment
Barrier-free programming, gender equity and universal change/washrooms
Youth centre at Syl Apps
Co-location and multi-use facilities – e.g. indoor pool and/or fieldhouse
and/or gymnasium and/or indoor walking track to make BSC true “complex”
with something for everyone, all ages and broad interests
May be future potential for gym/complex on School Board property in St.
George
Energy efficiency and green facilities – e.g. tennis court and sports field
lighting
Consider potential dog park location in St. George; only one dog park, May
need dog park in Burford
Consider potential indoor playground / kindergym (e.g. space available at
SDCC)
Expansion of multi-use outdoor sports fields/capacity at Green Lane Sports
Complex and for the St. George area (property at west end)
Consider pickleball at Poplar Hills Park – storage available
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 118
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Consider acquisition of additional land (2 to 3 acres) for soccer fields in
Oakland, across from community centre
St. Anthony Daniels School – need to bring the building up to code and
establish programming and activities
Potential new school in south Paris and could expand Cobblestone school in
future – opportunity for additional community gymnasium space
Opportunities for County / School Board partnerships – e.g. shared library
space, artificial turf sports fields, gymnasiums, daycare spaces, multi-
purpose rooms, tennis courts, etc. and funding (e.g. municipalities can get
Trillium grants but school boards cannot)
Opportunities to make facilities more multi-use, incorporate other facilities /
services, create community hubs
Aging community halls – need upgrades or replacement, address
accessibility and capacity for range and size of programs and usage, e.g.
consider new community hall in Cainsville, add 100 more to capacity (also
replace fire hall)
Missing facilities that may be needed in the future – indoor walking track,
indoor pool, indoor playground, gymnasium, fieldhouse, indoor racquet
sports
6.2.5 Special Events and Other Recreation Facilities
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Paris Museum is thriving
Many features and local events draw significant visitor numbers
Brant County is a growing tourism destination
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
Most of the recreational facilities and opportunities are in Paris, other parts of
the County not as well served but do have large population numbers too – e.g.
no splash pad in Mount Pleasant
Paris Museum needs identification and wayfinding support
Concern about discussion of re-locating Paris library
Onondaga Community Hall, designated heritage building, County owned,
programmed by community group – seniors group using the hall, some issues
with the building
Lack of funding for arts and culture
Priorities for the Future
Identify and market unique places and activities that Brant has to offer, leverage
regional tourism opportunities, take regional perspective and approach to
tourism planning
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 119
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Tourism / sports tourism opportunities – define and market – e.g. tournaments,
cycling, arts and culture, outdoor adventure, rivers; related supports (e.g.
accommodations)
Create a local hub for arts and culture and resources / support to assist groups
with obtaining grant funding – could establish an arts / culture / tourism / event
start up fund to assist groups in leveraging other available funding
opportunities, assist groups to navigate fundraising opportunities
Work with revitalization committee – tourism planning for Burford
Restore old Paris town hall
Showcase local history and culture, develop arts and cultural programming,
tourism, heritage, potential opportunities with Paris old town hall and theatre –
review accessibility, fundraising and programming / recreational opportunities
6.2.6 River Access and Trails
Summary
Trails in the County are well-regarded and an important natural asset for both
residents and tourists. There is a desire for policy and enforcement of trail access
and use guidelines. Some river access points are of concern due to facilities and
location. A desire for trail signage/wayfinding and amenities (e.g. benches, garbage
cans, washrooms) was expressed. Trail linkages, both within the County and to
neighbouring areas was viewed as a priority.
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Trails in the County are well-regarded. Good for walking / hiking / running and
mountain biking as well as great natural assets, habitats
They represent a valuable tourist resource for attracting people from outside the
County
Paris Wiki page – has info on existing trails / routes
Paris Lions Park trail access
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
River access is a concern as some access points are on private property
Trails need:
Signage/wayfinding
Facilities (washrooms, parking, garbage cans, benches, etc.)
Policies for appropriate use and behavior
Currently lacking in policy for trails with regards to new development and
dedication requirements
Emergency access to trails – need to review standards and best practices
Accessibility standards and applicability to trails of different standards of
development (e.g. paved multi-use vs. nature trails)
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 120
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Reliant on GRCA / conservation areas for trails and outdoor passive recreation,
outdoor education, etc.
No capacity/resources to manage County-owned natural areas after acquisition
of the land
Extend / connect County trails to City of Brantford trails
River access points / canoe launches need supporting facilities (washrooms,
signage, storage, parking, etc. – some are privately owned;
Safety of river take-out area at the dam
Lack of signage / wayfinding and other facilities (washrooms, parking, maps,
emergency and problem reporting contact information, benches, garbage cans,
regulation of use – i.e. not motorized, dogs on leashes) for trails and cycling
routes
Some trails on private lands – concerns about future access / availability
Lack of winter activities – e.g. cross-county skiing
Wildlife concerns – unleashed dogs on trails
Steep stairs at dam take-out on river, consider hand winch for boat raising
Some County roads are not suitable for cycling but are identified as routes –
liability concern
Some concerns about potential trail user conflicts with increased usage and
lack of posted rules and by-laws, particularly with motorized and non-motorized
trail uses (e.g. ATV’s)
Lack of implementation of Trails Master Plan, needs to be updated
East Oakland pond – underdeveloped recreational resource for fishing, boating
Community trail and sidewalk connections – address gaps and connections to
destinations
Priorities for the Future
River access points and supporting amenities
Need signage, washrooms and other supports for trails and cycling routes
Trail supports, marketing, mapping, linkages, facilities, community engagement
in volunteer trail patrols / monitoring of trail conditions, regulatory signage and
enforcement
Public safety – e.g. trail standards, emergency access, signage of dams, safety
plans for trails
Trail linkages between existing trails and connections to neighbouring
municipalities, counties, regions and Six Nations
Update Transportation Master Plan to plan for walking and cycling routes
Consider County acquisition / easements for existing private trails
Review of trails and sites that are priorities for acquisition, such as opportunities
for passive recreation in natural areas and walking/hiking/mountain biking trails:
Watt’s Pond in North Paris
Barker’s Bush (Nith Peninsula) in Paris
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 121
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Jacob’s Woods in St. George
Mt. Pleasant
Oakland woodlot
Oakhill Drive natural area
Waterfront lands acquisition – need strategy and integration with downtown
Paris – the County may have surplus lands that could help to fund acquisition of
land along river for public access
Review of trails and sites that are priorities for acquisition, create a trails
hierarchy, diversity of trail experiences
Naturalization of passive areas, native prairie species, floriculture and
acquisition and management of natural areas
Educational opportunities in parks and natural areas
Development in downtown and County owned lands can lead to further
trail/park development
Cycling tourism – bike-friendly facilities, marketing of routes and destinations
Consider potential trailhead and splash pad in Mount Pleasant
Capacity of supporting facilities for high traffic volumes for river access and
tourism, need multi-lingual signage
Support for establishing walking / cycling and other trails program / club
On-road and off-road cycling routes
Need boat launch / take-out improvements, consider usage fee for outfitters to
help fund improvements
Consider County rental of equipment – bikes, cross-country ski equipment,
dragon boats
Seniors outreach e.g. Cycling Without Age program
Identify and prioritize trail projects and allocate available funding – some
funding available through Development Charges funds for recreational trails
and active transportation infrastructure (e.g. bike lanes, etc.)
Priorities for active transportation include Rest Acres Road and Burford
connection, other potential future opportunities include Watt’s Pond Road,
Brant-Oxford Road (2018 project by Oxford County), Governor’s Road (cyclists
from Hamilton area to Grand River and back), Paris to Ancaster on-road route,
East River Road (narrow), Brant-Waterloo Road, St. George Road, Powerline
Road (partially developed in Brantford)
Trail connections, passive recreation opportunities, passive / nature parks
Work with developers to create new trails and connect the network, traffic
calming and pedestrian friendly design, bike lanes and cycling opportunities
Syl Apps new boat launch / river access, could expand skatepark
Education and community engagement regarding active transportation
Mountain biking trails (e.g. Barker’s Bush, Jacobs Woods, Watts Pond Area) –
approximately 50 participants in Paris and many visitors from elsewhere –
opportunities on County owned lands
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 122
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Address staffing and other resource needs for trails system maintenance with
expansion of trail network, promote community stewardship
Natural resources management and recreational use opportunities, supports for
trails along Grand River – linkages, maps, washrooms, etc.
Trails, optimize use of available lands and corridors (e.g. former rail lines)
6.2.7 Programs and Service Delivery
Summary
Existing financial assistance programs are regarded as an important asset. While
community and service group support is strong there is concern for these groups’
continuing ability to recruit new members and fundraise for community service. A
desire was expressed for additional County support to encourage and support
community group formation and operation. Communication from County about
programs and support was viewed as a priority.
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Financial assistance programs – County program, Arnold Anderson Sport Fund,
Canadian Tire Jumpstart
Community and group support is strong
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
Concern that community and service groups may have trouble recruiting new
members and fundraising for community service
Services, activities and programs for seniors – what are retirement homes
already providing?
Is the County competing with or duplicating potential private or other service
providers in program delivery?
Some challenges with part time staff recruitment to staff programs, aquatics,
etc.
Challenges of operating and sustaining service clubs, attracting new members
and volunteers, onerous requirements / red tape (e.g. insurance requirements,
liability, limitations on how funds used if fundraising under lottery license, etc.),
aging volunteer base
Seniors are organizing in Burford but need assistance / support
Need resources / support to start club(s)
Resource requirements for 7 advisory committees
Capacity of staffing for year-round operations – only one parks lead hand,
increased staffing needs for outdoor recreation facilities
Concern about neighbourhoods that are deficient/experience gaps
Certain program areas might be lacking, parks may be lacking in general
Higher service and quality expectations with continued growth
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 123
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Strong non-profit support and community sponsorship of parks and facilities,
need to maintain support, provides significant benefits to community
No therapeutic recreation
Meeting growth needs, lack of outdoor fitness programming / activities
Transportation to facilities and services, size of County and people don’t want
to travel far for children’s programs, affordability, more information about
accessibility of programs in all areas
Priorities for the Future
Marketing and program registrations through social media and mobile
technology
Communications plan, marketing and awareness of available facilities and
programs, how to get there, how to encourage and recruit new volunteers, use
of social media / technology; digital electronic signs
Investigate alternatives for advisory committees, review what other
communities are doing
County support and resources to assist, sustain and grow community volunteer
groups and service clubs, streamline processes for project involvement,
partnership and fundraising initiatives, etc.
Define needs and engage community and service groups and partners in
projects and initiatives that will address current and future needs
Update old and formalize informal policies, guidelines and approaches
regarding partnerships, community/volunteer agreements, contributions, etc.
(e.g. outdated affiliate program)
Need well-defined projects to create opportunities for community volunteer
support and fundraising, groups are looking for projects to support
Explore / expand potential partnership opportunities to support program
availability to residents and greater participation – e.g. Six Nations lacrosse
program
Need to take regional view of services, how to maximize benefits to residents in
partnership with adjoining municipalities and other service providers
Free and low-cost recreation opportunities
Need visioning of what each community wants to be
Address the needs of growing and changing communities, resident, labour
force and business retention and attraction
Transportation to access recreation
Careful consideration of future park and facility locations, with resident input
Increase budget allocations to parks and recreation with continued growth
Opportunities for all ages, accessibility, seniors programs, year-round
opportunities
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 124
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
6.3 Community Survey
An online Community Survey was posted on the County of Brant website in October 2016.
The survey was facilitated by Survey Monkey and resulted in a total of 151 completed
surveys. The survey included 15 questions related to identify indoor and outdoor
recreational activities that respondent households participate in, use of County facilities,
satisfaction levels with facilities, and perspectives on key issues, gaps and priorities, as
well as to determine the location and age of survey respondents and provide opportunity for
general comments/feedback.
The following is a summary of the responses to the questions and key observations from
the survey input.
Question 1: Do you agree to complete the survey? (151 “Yes” responses).
Question 2: In the past year did you or anyone in your household use County of Brant park(s) or trail(s) for any of the following outdoor activities? Please check all that apply.
Table 6-1: Activities Participated in by Respondents
Activity % Participated # Responses
Walking, hiking, running or jogging 82% 124
Playing at a playground 70% 106
Having a picnic / eating 52% 79
Ice skating or ice hockey 50% 75
Playing at a spray/splash pad 49% 74
Swimming 48% 73
Attending a community/ social event / festival 46% 70
Dog walking 46% 69
Nature appreciation or wildlife viewing 41% 62
Cycling 40% 61
Canoeing / kayaking or other non-motorized water sport 32% 48
Soccer 31% 47
Baseball 30% 45
Fitness 27% 41
Fishing 25% 37
Outdoor theatre / movie / concert / show 25% 37
Attending a private/social event / gathering 21% 32
Golf 19% 28
Gardening 14% 21
Attending a day camp or similar program 13% 20
Mountain biking 13% 19
Skateboarding 9% 14
Tennis 9% 13
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 125
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Activity % Participated # Responses
Rollerblading / in-line skating 7% 11
Ball hockey 5% 8
Disc golf 4% 6
Football 3% 5
Other (please specify) 3% 5
BMX riding 3% 4
Basketball 2% 3
Lawn bowling or bocce 2% 3
Playing horseshoes/shuffleboard 2% 3
Beach volleyball 1% 2
Pickleball 1% 1
More than 4 out of 5 respondents listed walking, hiking, running or jogging as an
activity that they or others in their household participated in.
Playing at the playground, a picnic, skating and hockey were listed as popular
activities of at least half the respondents.
Splash pads, swimming, community events, dog walking, cycling and wildlife
viewing were also popular among survey respondents.
Question 3: For the County of Brant park(s) or trail(s) that you use for outdoor
activities, how satisfied are you with the following? (5 = very satisfied,
1 = not at all satisfied)
See Figures 6-1 and 6-2. Responses of “Not sure” were not included in the charts.
In most cases, average satisfaction rating increased with the number of responses.
Paths/trails, playgrounds and parks and trails maintenance were among the highest
rated in terms of satisfaction, with 80% or more respondents indicating “satisfied” or
“very satisfied” ratings.
Washrooms and splash pads had lower average satisfaction ratings with a high
(>60%) response rate.
All facilities were rated in between 3.2 to 4.43 out of a possible 5 indicating general
satisfaction with all facilities listed.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 126
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
3.20
3.50
3.62
4.00
3.75
3.72
3.63
3.80
3.58
4.06
4.31
4.41
3.94
3.82
3.85
3.87
4.26
4.07
3.69
4.15
4.30
3.53
4.26
4.11
4.24
4.43
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Horseshoe pits / shuffleboard courts
Beach volleyball courts
Lawn bowling green / bocce
Disc golf course
Tennis / pickleball courts
Skateboard / BMX parks
Multi-purpose courts (basketball, ball hockey, etc)
Outdoor ice rinks
Dog park
Community gardens
Facilities for private events
Amphitheatre
Soccer / football / lacrosse fields
Baseball diamonds
River access points / canoe launch
Seating areas
Cycling routes
Outdoor pool
Spray / splash pads
Picnic areas / shelters
Natural areas
Public washrooms
Overall trails maintenance
Playgrounds
Overall parks maintenance
Paths and trails
Number of Responses
One = not at all satisfied Two Three Four Five = very satisfied
Average satisfaction response rating
Figure 6-1: Satisfaction Levels with Facilities, by Number of Respondents
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 127
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
5
8
13
13
24
29
30
40
43
47
54
58
63
66
75
79
82
84
94
96
105
108
116
121
134
138
- 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00
Horseshoe pits / shuffleboard courts
Beach volleyball courts
Lawn bowling green / bocce
Disc golf course
Tennis / pickleball courts
Skateboard / BMX parks
Multi-purpose courts (basketball, ball hockey, etc)
Outdoor ice rinks
Dog park
Community gardens
Facilities for private events
Amphitheatre
Soccer / football / lacrosse fields
Baseball diamonds
River access points / canoe launch
Seating areas
Cycling routes
Outdoor pool
Spray / splash pads
Picnic areas / shelters
Natural areas
Public washrooms
Overall trails maintenance
Playgrounds
Overall parks maintenance
Paths and trails
Average satisfaction response rating
One = not at all satisfied Two Three Four Five = very satisfied
Figure 6-2: Satisfaction Levels with Outdoor Facilities, by Satisfaction Rating
Question 4: If you noted a 1 or 2 in the previous question, can you tell us what
specific improvements are needed?
The need for additional washrooms and improvements, additional splash pads and
an indoor pool were among the most commonly mentioned items in the comments.
Addressing litter, improvements to the existing baseball diamonds, barrier free
access to the Grand River were also mentioned.
Lions Park ball diamonds were identified as being in disrepair
Some concerns with state of repair and cleanliness of washrooms at the outdoor
swimming pool
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 128
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Question 5: For County of Brant parks and trails, in your opinion what should be
the top three priorities for new outdoor recreation facilities or
improvements to existing outdoor recreation facilities?
The most frequently mentioned priorities were maintaining washroom facilities,
barrier free access, trails and park maintenance, additional seating at all sports
facilities, site security, splash pads/water parks, and upgrading the existing
playground equipment.
Other priorities were an indoor pool, increasing hours of operation, soccer field
improvements, wayfinding/signage improvements, updates to the skate park and
additional parking, and provision of washroom facilities (even portable) at sports
fields and at strategic locations along the trail network.
Question 6: In the past year did you or anyone in your household use County of
Brant recreation facilities for any of the following indoor activities?
Please check all that apply?
Table 6-2: Participation in Indoor Recreation Activities at Brant County
Recreation Facilities, by % Participated
Activity % Participated # Responses
Walking/hiking running jogging 37% 46
Ice skating/figure skating 36% 45
Fitness 30% 37
Attending a community/social event/festival 30% 37
Ice hockey/ringette 28% 35
Soccer 21% 26
Attending a day camp or recreation program 21% 26
Attending a private/social event/gathering 19% 23
Other 9% 11
Dance 7% 9
Indoor theatre/movie/concert/show 6% 8
Visiting a museum/gallery 6% 8
Tennis 3% 4
Ball hockey 3% 4
Basketball 2% 3
Volleyball 2% 3
Rollerskating/in-line skating 2% 3
Skateboarding 2% 2
Pickleball 1% 1
The most popular activities generally match the distribution of Question 2, after
removing any exclusively outdoor activities (i.e. playgrounds, picnic, etc.)
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 129
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Question 7: In the past year did you or anyone in your household use any of the following indoor recreation facilities? Please check all that apply.
Table 6-3: Indoor Recreation Facilities Used by Participants, by % Participated
Facility % Participated # Responses
Wayne Gretzky Sports Centre (Brantford) 61% 88
Brant Sports Complex 56% 80
Syl Apps Community Centre (Paris) 55% 79
Fairgrounds (Paris, Burford) 55% 79
School Gymnasium (for non-school activity) 20% 29
Private gym / fitness facilities 19% 28
Burford Community Centre (Burford) 19% 27 Lions Park Arena Steve Brown Sports Complex (Brantford) 19% 27
South Dumfries Community Centre (St. George) 17% 24
Church 17% 24
Dance Studio 13% 18 City of Brantford Community Centre (TB Costain, Woodman, Doug Snooks, Branlyn) 11% 16
Brantford District Civic Centre (Brantford) 10% 15
Private Hall (Legion, Masons) 10% 15
Theatre (Performing Arts / Movie) 9% 13
Airport Community Centre 6% 9
Mt. Pleasant Community Centre 6% 9
Curling Club 6% 8
Pinegrove & Howell Community Hall 3% 5
Other (please specify) 3% 4
Paris Lawn Bowling Clubhouse 2% 3
None 2% 3
Onondaga Community Hall 1% 2
Glen Morris Centennial Hall 1% 2
Cainsville Community Centre 1% 1
Oakland Community Centre 1% 1
St. George Lawn Bowling Club 1% 1
The Wayne Gretzky Sports facility was included in this survey to gauge interest and
usage of facilities in Brantford and usage of indoor pool facilities.
The Wayne Gretzky Sports facility was the most frequently mentioned indoor facility
in the survey, and the Brant Sports Complex was the most frequently used facility in
Brant, followed closely by Syl Apps Community Centre and the Fairgrounds in Paris
and Burford, for those who responded to the survey.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 130
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
10
11
12
26
34
85
91
- 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.00
Onondaga Community Hall
Glen Morris Centennial Hall
Oakland Community Centre
Cainsville Community Centre
Paris Lawn Bowling Clubhouse
Pinegrove & Howell Community Hall
St. George Lawn Bowling Club
Other – please specify:
Airport Community Centre
Mt. Pleasant Community Centre
South Dumfries Community Centre
Burford Community Centre
Syl Apps Community Centre
Brant Sports Complex
Average satisfaction response rating
One = not at all satisfied
4.00
4.25
3.00
3.80
4.00
4.17
4.33
4.00
3.91
4.25
4.35
4.15
4.05
4.22
0 20 40 60 80 100
Onondaga Community Hall
Glen Morris Centennial Hall
Oakland Community Centre
Cainsville Community Centre
Paris Lawn Bowling Clubhouse
Pinegrove & Howell Community Hall
St. George Lawn Bowling Club
Other – please specify:
Airport Community Centre
Mt. Pleasant Community Centre
South Dumfries Community Centre
Burford Community Centre
Syl Apps Community Centre
Brant Sports Complex
One = not at all satisfied Two Three Four Five = very satisfied
Question 8: For the County of Brant recreation facilities that you use for indoor
activities, how satisfied are you with the following facilities?
Figure 6-3: Satisfaction Levels with Indoor Facilities, by Number of
Respondents
Figure 6-4: Satisfaction Levels with Indoor Facilities, by Satisfaction Rating
Average satisfaction
response rating
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 131
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The Brant Sports Complex and the Syl Apps Community Centre received the
overwhelming majority of ratings and were both well rated at 4.22 and 4.05
respectively.
The Burford, South Dumfries and Mt. Pleasant Community Centre only received
25%, 19% and 9% of the total possible responses, respectively.
The top five indoor facilities by number of responses received average satisfaction
rating of 4.00 or higher, indicating general satisfaction with the most used indoor
facilities.
The remaining facilities received ratings above four. The only exceptions were
Cainsville and Airport Community Halls receiving an average rating of 3.8 and 3.9
and the Oakland Community Centre which only received 5 responses and an
average rating of 3.00.
Question 9: If you noted a 1 or 2 in the previous question, can you tell us what
specific improvements are needed?
Only 12% of respondents answered, which is generally in line with the amount of
responses in Question 8 indicating a 1 or a 2.
The most common improvements requested were to add an indoor pool, the Brant
Sports Complex and the Langford Schoolhouse.
Question 10: For County of Brant indoor recreation facilities, in your opinion what
should be the top three priorities for new indoor recreation facilities
or improvements to existing indoor recreation facilities?
The most common request was for an indoor pool.
Additional running tracks, indoor sports facilities and a fitness centre were also
frequently requested.
Barrier free access, more programs for youth and the limited hours of operation of
the facilities were a less common request among the survey respondents.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 132
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Question 11: In your opinion, are recreation and sport programs insufficient or
lacking in Brant County for any of the following age groups? Please
check all that apply?
Table 6-4: Perspectives on Insufficient Programs by Age Group.
Answer Options % Responded # Response
Adults ages 30 to 59 years 25% 34
Not sure 24% 33 None – recreation and sport programs are sufficient for all age groups 20% 27
Pre-school children ages 5 years and under 19% 26
Youth ages 13 to 17 years 18% 24
Children ages 6 to 12 years 17% 23
Older adults ages 60 to 74 years 15% 20
Young adults ages 18 to 29 years 13% 17
Older adults ages 75+ years 5% 7
1 in 5 respondents felt that programs were sufficient for a variety of age groups.
1 in 4 were unsure of how sufficient the recreation and sports programs were.
The remaining responses were somewhat evenly distributed, but the ranking is
closely related to the age distribution of the respondents in question 14.
Question 12: If you noted in the previous question that recreation and sport
programs are insufficient or lacking in Brant County for one or more
age groups, can you tell us what specific programs are needed?
Fitness programs, swimming programs and programs for children were requested
frequently.
Other items brought up were the need for an increased variety of programs,
improving the schedule and hours and lowering the cost of programs or offering
assistance to those with financial need so they may participate in community
programs.
Question 13: What part of Brant County do you live in / nearest to?
Two thirds of the respondents live in Paris.
Mt. Pleasant and St. George and Burford each had more than 5% of the responses.
The remaining townships had less than 15% of the combined responses.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 133
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Paris
Mount Pleasant/Tutela
Heights
St. George
Other
Burford
Cainsville/Brant East
Scotland
Oakhill/Airport
Brant Mills
Glen MorrisOnondaga Rural area
Burtch
Falkland
Harley
30 to 59 years
20 to 29 years
60 to 74 years 75 years or …
Oakland, Brant Mills, Cathcart, Fairfield, Gobles, Harrisburg, Kelvin, Middleport,
Muir, New Durham and Princeton had no respondents in the survey.
Figure 6-5: Location of Survey Respondents
Question 14: Which age group do you belong to?
More than 80% of the survey respondents were in the 30-59 age group.
Figure 6-6: Age of Survey Respondents
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 134
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Question 15: Do you have any final comments or suggestions about parks and
recreation in Brant County?
The comments generally indicated that people were happy with the maintenance of
the existing trails and the County of Brant in general.
An indoor pool was the most commonly noted item, while many also noted that the
lack of facilities outside of Paris creates transportation barriers for people in the
more rural areas.
Upgrades to some of the existing facilities, high costs and more variety in the types
of programs offered were also a popular request.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 135
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
7. TRENDS & STRATEGIES
7.1 Overview
In developing the Brant County Recreation Master Plan, a number of key strategic trends
and considerations are relevant in setting directions and courses of action for the ongoing
development, delivery and evaluation of parks and recreation facilities and services in Brant
County. The following material is contributory to developing the specific services strategies
and recommendations to be incorporated within the Master Plan based on three categories:
Societal and Leisure Participation, Specific Activity Trends and Parks/Facilities Design and
Development Trends.
7.2 Societal and Leisure Participation
7.2.1 Aging and Youth Populations
One of the most significant and well documented trends within Canadian society is that of
the aging population. By 2016 to 2020, over 30% of most urban centres and a larger
proportion of rural residents in Ontario will be over the age of sixty. Known as the "baby
boom generation," this will have a profound impact in both the types of leisure services /
activities that will be undertaken and resident servicing expectations.
Today, many of the "boomers" are or are quickly moving towards an "empty nest" lifestyle.
That is, their children have either left home to go to university or college or into the work
world, or will be shortly. As a result, many of these adults are not raising families, have
different priorities and are starting to, as they age, undertake different forms of leisure
activities. Affordability, access, time available to participate, pursuing deferred interests and
other impacts are occurring.
Currently, the "baby boomers" are 55 to 70 years of age, of which one half are 60 to 70
years of age and one half are 55 to 59 years of age. They represent a significant proportion
of the population, and from a public policy perspective, have typically been the centre point
to most major government public policy initiatives over the last five decades.
As this generation ages, there has been clear identification, politically and service delivery
wise, towards health oriented issues. As a result, the following trends are being identified:
Increasing political importance being placed on health care and wellness services.
As boomers age, they become increasingly concerned about health care. This is
also augmented by the fact that over 60% of a person's health care costs on
average are incurred in the last five years of life;
This generation tends to pursue interests and activities based on convenience,
quality and price; compared to previous generations who tended to be significantly
more price sensitive with convenience as a lower priority;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 136
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
This population group can also be somewhat nostalgic, often having a "60s
phenomena" and have high expectations as to what their fees will provide, the
quality of service received, the instantaneousness of response to information and
other customer service perspectives.
Major assessments of this generation, as per the books Boom, Bust and Echo, or Sex in
the Snow, have identified profiles of this population as being more inwardly looking to their
own needs, having higher expectations and being uniquely different from the previous
generations, which are primarily those who are associated with the depression and the war
eras.
An aging population will have the following participation impacts in leisure and related
services:
A rising interest in bird watching, genealogy, walking and related health / fitness /
wellness oriented activities;
Declining interest in joining clubs, membership-based activities. This is evident in
some changing profiles for senior centres, as well as golf course memberships
where there is a trend to offering multiple courses in the same membership
package;
An increasing trend towards private fitness centres, personal trainers and related
activities;
A general willingness to pay for activities, but often asking what one gets for the
increased costs on a year to year basis. More like a private sector purchase
interaction;
Broader travel interests
Increasing interests in art, culture and heritage
Other related demographic shifts, also involve the following points:
The percentage of people retiring under the age of 60 has generally increased over
the last two decades, resulting in younger and healthier retirees, even though
legislation now bans forced retirement at an age threshold and economic impacts
could, at least, in the short term, impact pensions and cause people to work longer;
Improved pensions, as well as more females retiring from the workforce with
pensions, which is uniquely different than when senior’s discounts were established
thirty years ago for a different type of seniors’ demographic and financial situation;
Many early retirees and other seniors are undertaking consulting, part time
contracts and on-going work activities, or pursuing hobbies or deferred interests on
a vocational basis;
Seniors populations are showing interest in increased physical fitness and other
related activity-based programming which is different from the more traditional
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 137
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
socialization oriented leisure programming for older adults. Pickle Ball is an
emergent example of new, senior’s oriented physical activities.
In conjunction with the aging trends and impacts, is the fact that the birth rate as per the
2011 Census indicates 1.7 children per family, which has stabilized at a low level after a
period of decline from over three children per family in to 1950s and 1960s. Many couples
are not having children or only having one child. The projections for most urban
environments in Ontario is that, over the next twenty years, the 0-19 population will either
remain stable in terms of their current absolute numbers of individuals in these age
categories or may actually see some declines in the number of youth. The question in
regards to youth services is not that youth are going to disappear or that there is going to
be less of them, rather, it is more the fact that there will not be significantly more of them
which has been the traditional planning profile for leisure services for the last forty to fifty
years. Therefore, proportionately, they will represent a reduced segment of the total
population which is a uniquely different planning framework.
As a result of the demographic shifts over the next fifteen years, there will be absolutely
more mature adults in terms of numbers who are looking for different types of leisure
program relationships and activities while there will not be a growing but rather a likely
stable or declining youth population. This trend uniquely changes some of the perspectives
as to the planning and delivery of leisure services from what has historically been the
benchmark of the last decades. The Echo Boom generation, now 30 to 40 years of age,
has left secondary school and post-secondary institutions. They were the last identifiable
growth-oriented youth age cohort, however they are now having children and there has
been a slight rise in 0 to 4 year olds in the 2011 census compared to the 2006 census. The
future of youth services will likely focus on existing or declining youth population volumes.
These trends are occurring in Brant County related to aging.
7.2.2 Changing Cultural Face of Canada
Due to birth rate declines, Canada needs approximately 300,000 net new immigrants per
year to sustain its current population. This is felt to be a significant goal for the country in
order to ensure a stable and growing economy. As a result, Canada has encouraged
immigration from around the world in order to meet these particular policy objectives and
strategic outcomes, probably more so than any other country. What has significantly
changed related to immigration has been the source of new immigrants and refugees.
Traditionally they have come from northern Europe, the Mediterranean area and related
regions in large numbers through the later part of the 19th century and the first half of the
20th century. In the last twenty years, they have increasingly been arriving from non-
traditional sources, such as the Middle East, Asia, Africa and South America. Many of
these individuals have also been refugees from war torn, impoverished countries, with no
fundamental experiences or traditions in regards to leisure activities, education, health
care, etc. Others have come with a different array of leisure experiences, involving soccer,
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 138
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
cricket and other leisure activities specific to their culture but of limited exposure historically
in Canada.
From a leisure services perspective, an ethnically diverse population creates
communication requirements to inform and educate new Canadians about leisure services,
ranging from everything from how to source information to encouraging participation in new
experiences. This trend also can impact the types of services that people are interested in,
ranging from increased soccer participation, to reduced interest in activities that they may
have no history in, such as ice-based sports, baseball, fitness and related considerations.
An interesting example is South London, which twenty years ago had the largest minor
hockey registration in that city at 1,200 participants. The area became a significant
settlement area for new Canadians, particularly from the Middle East. Within a very short
period of time, registration fell from 1,200 children to 600 children, which was due to the
impacts of both stabilizing youth populations and the higher presence of immigrant children
with no ice related experiences.
However, today that Minor Hockey Association is seeing some increased participants from
cultural communities as second and third generation families begin to acclimatize to and
participate in more traditional Canadian activities. Hockey Canada and local Minor Hockey
Associations have active marketing programs to engage new Canadians.
For Brant County, there is less of an immediate impact related to cultural transitions. Paris
will likely experience such changes over the next ten years or so, while other areas of Brant
will likely experience less change.
7.2.3 Facility Quality
One of the fundamental transitions of the last twenty year has been the qualitative leaps
that recreation / leisure facilities have experienced in municipal, YMCA and other related
venues. The large multi-use complex, the twin pad and quad ice facility and the tournament
/ competitive level quality of many recreation facilities and community centres has been
widely evidenced. One community builds a state of the art facility and other communities
start to look at that facility as the new standard.
The Waterloo Memorial Recreation Complex and RIM Park in Waterloo, the Western Fair
Fourplex in London; the YMCAs in Toronto, Mississauga, St. Catharines, Niagara Falls and
Goderich; and many other venues are being visited and seen as the new standard. The
recreation complex currently under construction in North Perth reflects this trend.
One of the consistent considerations with the "boomer generation" is their high
expectations around quality. Therefore, arenas with large dressing rooms, showers, warm
viewing areas and many ancillary supports are commonplace. Larger arena, multi-use
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 139
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
complexes are incorporating food courts, rather than simple canteens such as the Brant
Sports Complex. Older recreation facilities are being repositioned to contemporary
standards at significant capital investment costs.
One of the long-term planning considerations is the need to determine what level of quality
new facilities should be developed at and how do existing facilities compete and not be
cannibalized in terms of current uses/users moving to newer facilities. Sometimes this trend
also needs to be assessed on a regional market basis where neighbouring municipalities
are building significant new leisure facilities that could be used by other municipalities'
residents.
With increased facility quality comes increased initial capital costs, as well as increased on-
going maintenance and operational costs. Therefore, these investments become more
significant in terms of their total cost implications.
As marketing and user preferences becomes a more critical part of the choices people
make in terms of investing their leisure dollars, facility quality becomes important and the
rates and fees structure around these facilities tends to increase. Sometimes, as rates and
fees for users increase, quality expectations also increase. It is not uncommon now when
arena fees go up in some municipalities that adult leagues, who typically played after 10
p.m., to midnight, now want more preferential times at 8 p.m. or 9 p.m. due to the level of
fees that they are paying and the aging of their participants. A wide array of impacts can
emanate from these trends and the associated costs that track with enhanced facilities.
Another consideration in terms of facility quality and increased fees is that the private
sector can become more involved in the service delivery model if a profit potential exists.
This was a powerful argument undertaken in the mid-1990s involving arenas. However, the
latest round of private sector investment in public arenas has had challenges with many
being either for sale, having gone bankrupt or operating under trusteeship, such as in
London, Cambridge, Oakville, Kitchener and other centres.
7.2.4 Tourism and Sport Tourism
One of the interesting trends within the leisure services sector has been the merging of
tourism strategies with parks, recreation, culture and related services development and
delivery. Increasingly, particularly as facility quality increases, the opportunity to attract day
visitors and overnight tourists increases via tournaments, shows, meets and special events.
One dimension of this has been the development of a market segment within tourism called
sport tourism. Sport tourism involves tournaments, meets and other similar events that
bring individuals and teams from out of town into the community for one or more days.
There has been a long history of local soccer, softball and hockey tournaments; swim and
track and field meets; and related activities. What is increasingly occurring beyond this
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 140
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
level is municipalities interested in pursuing larger provincial, national and international
events, such as the World Under 17 Hockey Tournament, the Ontario Games, the Ontario
Senior Games and many other such events. Cities like London, Kitchener, Ottawa, Halifax,
Brandon, Red Deer, Saskatoon and Kamloops represent cities that have become very
aggressive in the sport tourism sector and Brantford / Brant has been a major venue for
these markets.
The drive to sport tourism, as an increasingly marketed and municipally supported
enterprise, results from the potential economic and related employment impacts that this
type of activity can bring to the community in terms of room, food, retail, gas and other
sales. They also are, at the minor sports level, popular amongst non-profit organizations
due to their potential fundraising capacity for the host organizations. Increasingly, major
municipal park and recreation facility development is being rationalized based on their sport
tourism capacity in conjunction with the regular activity use supported by the facility or
service.
7.2.5 Environment
Over the last ten to twenty years, and in particular the last several years, the world’s
concern in regard to the environment, particularly global warming, has substantially
increased. Significant growth in political priority has been placed on environmental issues
and needs. For municipalities generally, and leisure services specifically, this trend has
considerable connectivity.
One of the considerations which has occurred over several decades is the Municipality’s
role in the preservation of identified environmental land areas. Recently, the City of London
passed a by-law that all woodlots would now become open space. The Town of Fort Erie
has identified numerous parcels of land outside of the Official Plan that have potential
environmental / open space priority. Other communities are increasingly reconsidering
ravine lines, water courses, forested areas, wetlands, shorelines and related areas for
public acquisition and conservation, either directly by the Municipality or through partners,
such as local Conservation Authorities or the Nature Conservancy of Canada.
Conservation Authorities typically now do not have the budgets to pursue the acquisition
and management of all the parcels of land that municipalities are becoming engaged with.
This engagement often is not derived from the Municipality itself, but from community
advocates who form various coalitions in order to create community awareness and
political support for the preservation of specific sites.
It is anticipated, that municipalities over the next twenty plus years, will have an increasing
stewardship role in the protection, conservation and day-to-day management of a variety of
environmental areas. Some of these areas will be able to sustain little if any human
activity, while others will become significant open space and park activity venues.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 141
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Another dimension of the environmental consideration, relates to facility design. There are
increased expectations that municipalities will use the latest environmental technology in
facilities in order to both set an example, as well as to save operating costs. Many
municipalities have been active in energy reduction programs that require significant up
front capital investments. Other municipalities have taken leadership roles, such as Activa
in Kitchener and Burlington, to undertake pilot and development programs in their buildings
to test environmentally friendly technology or to be demonstration sites. One initiative
involves establishing Leadership in Energy and Environment Design (LEED) standards for
all recreation and cultural facility development.
Increasing consideration is also being given to public transit and community trails as ways
to reduce carbon emissions and to enhance fitness. The development of trails is gaining
increasing attention as not only a recreation resource, but also as an alternate form of
active transportation. Therefore, the development of trail master plans and investment in
trails has been a growing priority for many municipalities which links to health,
transportation and environmental benefits. With walking being one of the most popular
recreational activities, and its direct linkage to health, fitness and other benefits, trails take
on a multi-benefit perspective that is closely linked to sustaining healthy, living
environments focusing both on ecological and personal well-being.
Beyond these specific considerations, is the notion of the healthy and sustainable
community living environment. These principles, concepts and strategic directions are
increasingly important in the making of community services decisions.
Considerations due to climate change include the use of irrigation for sport fields, shade
cover for dugouts and field use restrictions/limits to sustain natural turf.
Therefore, the conservation of more natural areas, the expansion and increased promotion
of trails and trail usage, increasing expectations on facilities being environmentally friendly
and the reducing of environmental impacts from day-to-day parks and recreation operations
is a significant growing trend and community expectation. This trend has definable capital
and operating cost implications that are generally seen as important investments in
enhancing the health, environment, liveability and sustainability of a community.
Another environmentally aligned trend is the “grow local” movement which focuses on
growing and/or purchasing significant portions of one’s food close to home. One dimension
of this trend has been the establishment of community garden plots on public or private
lands supported by water sources, plot allocation layouts, etc. Users reflect various
priorities, such as gardening as a hobby/interest, grow local beliefs/food security and food
affordability. A number of churches and other non-profits have also engaged by providing
surplus/unused lands. Key challenges are water sources, theft/vandalism and accessibility.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 142
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Also connected to this trend is the growing emergence of community kitchens that are often
part of settlement programs as well as for young mothers and parents. Loblaw stores have
developed many such facilities.
Brant, with its larger rural area and Grand River valley lands has a significant open space
and environmental lands perspective.
7.2.6 Community, Health, Educational, Social, and Policing Services Integration
Another trend that is occurring in the leisure services operating environment is the
integration of education, social, health and leisure services, sometimes in conjunction with
policing services. Increasingly, more holistic servicing strategies are emerging that look at
all the needs of a family or an individual in their totality, not just in individual slices. As a
result, many social services organizations, such as Children's Aid, Children's Mental
Health, etc., look to the Municipality and other leisure services providers to deliver leisure
services that their clients can participate in, often expecting reduced access costs due to
affordability concerns and the clinical treatment benefits of leisure participation.
Also, what emerges from this integration strategy on a broader front is the movement
towards wellness on physical, emotional and social levels. However, this is increasingly
evolving into the youth and teen services areas. Many of the teen initiatives in various
municipalities have leisure components but connect with broader services in terms of
employment, mental health, youth justice and other linked service areas.
Therefore, the ability to work within a broader context than pure leisure philosophy and
perspectives is increasingly important to deliver the right services at the right time to
various target audiences. Halton Social Services now operates two neighbourhood
programs in Burlington that have on-site recreation components and similar integration
occurs in Kitchener’s Victoria Community Centre and the Mill-Courtland Resource Centre
which also represent servicing examples of a more integrated, multi-service strategy.
7.2.7 User Fees and Charges and Affordability
A number of municipalities are increasingly looking to user fees and charges for leisure
services to fund a higher proportion of the costs of services delivery operations. On the cost
side, municipalities are also looking more at the total cost of services delivery, involving
department and corporate overheads, long-term repair and rehabilitation costs, etc. On the
revenue side, some rates and fees policies identify a specific coverage revenue target for
children's / youth services, with usually a higher one for adult services, as does Brant.
However, many municipalities still do not have a defined cost structure as a baseline to
develop their user fees. Brant has a well-defined rate and segmented structure.
Today, more sophisticated discussions are occurring on what is the role of the users in
funding higher proportion of facility access/use costs, especially specialized facilities with
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 143
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
high costs and more limited participation profiles, e.g.: municipal golf courses, fitness
centres, etc. This is a key strategic question that has profound political considerations,
influences the grants and subsidies provided by a Municipality to various user groups and
represents a significant challenge in terms of key principles around affordability,
accessibility, enhanced resident health, a balanced set of participation opportunities and
investing community tax dollars wisely and fairly.
Some communities have undertaken efforts to develop a sound cost understanding of
services delivery and are recognizing the challenges of implementing a new base for
services delivery. Some of the fees charged may have no real foundation, or have evolved
on an ad hoc basis and are not connected to each other by a set of principles or an unifying
strategy or policy framework. The preferred strategy is to establish a strong policy basis
and framework to ensure equity and fairness in fees.
As fees and charges increase in value and complexity, affordability concerns have risen as
a barrier to participation and equitable access. Many communities are developing policies
on facilitating affordable access by ensuring discounted fees for youth and targeted
populations, or providing a fund, alone or together with community groups, that subsidize
individuals and families who have affordability challenges and who would benefit from
recreation participation. The Low Income Cut Offs (LICO) are often used as a threshold for
providing financial support as the basis. In the County of Brant, the Can We Help Program
is utilized.
7.2.8 Market Segmentation / Services Differentiation
One of the business components that is emerging into the leisure services operating
environment is the recognition that the population is not generic or homogeneous as to
what activities they wish to undertake and at what participation / quality levels. Increased
target audiences or market segmentation strategies are emerging. As an example,
participation can often now be tracked on the following levels of interest:
Experimental, general interest, etc;
Hobby / specialized interest;
Competitive / elite interest and skills development.
Each of these levels has various degrees of intensity, cost and user preparedness to pay
user fees and participation. They also have different levels of facility quality and capacity
requirements. These range from the amount of seating for competitive and tournament
oriented activities to the fact that unorganized recreational softball can occur on school
board or other properties which are constructed at a lower standard and receive less
maintenance.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 144
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The tendency in many municipalities has been to deliver services on a more generic basis.
However, changing facility quality expectations results in a question as to whether all
facilities need to be developed at a high end or whether different levels of facility
development should occur in terms of quality and capacity supported by different levels of
user fees. This is a changing consideration, in that historically municipalities have charged
a common level of user fees for ice, fields, etc. An increasing trend is to consider charging
different fees and rates based on the quality of the facility, with potential premiums being
charged for the time slots that are most in demand. This approach is more of a business
model and also focuses on different levels of intensity, interest and ability to pay.
The repositioning of the market to a more targeted approach may also result in changes to
two of the other trends identified in this report related to user rates and fees as well as
facility quality.
7.2.9 Leisure Services Development and Delivery Strategy
Input received from community members, municipal staff and Councils, and the trends and
analysis within the leisure services sector at the municipal level, indicate potentially
substantive change in terms of how leisure services will be developed and delivered in the
future. The expectation that a Municipality is the centre point for leisure services delivery,
involving programs, facilities, coordination, special events, etc. is changing, as municipal
operating environment changes relative to overall service responsibilities (e.g. aging
infrastructure) fiscal constraints and other factors emerge relative to the use priorities of
available resources. In concert with these changes, are market-based changes in terms of
the types and numbers of leisure interests that people wish to pursue; the level of interest
they wish to pursue them at; their preparedness to pay user fees of a higher order; and
trends towards increased participation by the private, non-profit and other service
providers. Rock climbing; private arenas; sports and fitness centres; specialized programs
delivery, such as hockey schools, private sector adult leagues, etc. represent examples.
The operating environment for leisure services at the municipal level is also changing with
increased connectivity between sport, recreation, arts, culture, heritage, tourism and
economic development; movement towards facilitated access and information resources for
all leisure services; and consumer demands for more one window / coordinated
accessibility to services.
Of increasing concern to a community is the ability of the public to reasonably access
leisure services related to costs, varying interests, locations, ability / skill levels, etc. As the
leisure services delivery system gets more complex and user fees become more
prominent, access issues become more significant. Therefore, efforts to reduce costs by
gaining cost economies through partnerships, mergers and conjoint / joint venture activity
are more evident. As an example, YMCA Canada reports that local YMCAs now have over
one hundred municipal servicing partnership and / or direct delivery agreements. The
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 145
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
County partners with the Mount Pleasant and Scotland Optimist Clubs as examples, to
provide recreation opportunities.
What these changes lead to is a vision of an integrated leisure services delivery strategy
that builds on the strengths of all services providers in a community and which uses all the
community's resources to achieve positive outcomes in terms of each participant's personal
development and the quality of life in the community. This is a holistic strategy that also
needs to connect with education, health, social services, tourism, economic development,
policing and other initiatives, as leisure services do not exist in isolation within a single
community or within broader regional markets.
The trend towards a more integrated community-based leisure services strategy, that can
achieve trust between service providers; establish strong leadership; and uses cooperative
and collective efforts that focus on consumer interests and needs, practical financial
realities, reasonably universal accessibility and ongoing services evaluation, is the service
delivery model that will support future success.
7.2.10 Volunteers and Leisure Services Delivery
Another emerging strategic theme and challenge for municipalities is the sustainability of
volunteer service organizations as important service providers and partners. Volunteer
organizations have a long and valued history in the delivery of an array of leisure services.
However, increasing concerns are being raised about the sustainability of these
organizations, particularly from a financial perspective, as operating and capital costs rise
to significant levels, and their ongoing ability to recruit committed and / or skilled volunteers
becomes increasingly challenging. A loss of capacity and service from this sector would
greatly impact the availability of leisure services. Therefore, municipalities will need to
examine various options, inputs and roles that it may be in a position to undertake in order
to maximize the supports available to voluntary organizations in order to sustain, and if
possible, enhance their present capacities. Governance and technical training, marketing
and analytical supports, advocacy initiatives, volunteer recognition, grants acquisition, and
other activities and services could be considered based on individual group needs.
There has been a trend in recent years for volunteers to become more project-focused
rather than engage in longer-term involvement. However, reports from non-profit
organizations who deliver continuous service speak to the challenges of attracting
volunteer Board of Directors and operational support volunteers where the need is more for
continuing, longer-term commitments.
A second consideration is that many of the leisure services and community supports that
exist have evolved on the basis of a few key volunteer players, some who have provided
twenty to thirty or more years of leadership. Volunteer succession is becoming an
increasing challenge for some non-profit organizations and community groups. This
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 146
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
generational transition in volunteer leadership and commitment is a challenge in sustaining
the range of community services that are offered in communities across Canada.
Third, is the increasing challenge around accountability and “red tape” involved with
volunteering. Organizations, especially those involved with youth, often now often require
police checks, costing anywhere from $25.00 to $50.00 per check. Other volunteers are
concerned about accountability of working with youth and the negative public exposure that
can occur. More and more not-for-profit community organizations need to undertake
complex evaluation and reporting programs to government which creates more paperwork
and less time associated with program and organizational development and delivery. The
changing nature of the volunteer environment is becoming a potential constraint.
The fourth, and final, consideration is that many volunteers are highly educated, have been
involved in supervisory or managerial leadership and have a host of experiences.
Therefore, how they are treated, valued, recognized, trained and supported becomes
important as the sophistication of volunteer increases. Many not-for-profit organizations
and community groups do not have a tradition or a capacity to adapt to some of the
changing profile considerations of volunteers.
Volunteers continue to be critical to the development and delivery of leisure
services. However, their availability, development, use, recognition, recruitment,
succession and related considerations, as well as changing preferences around their
commitment and interests, needs to be effectively addressed and responded to in
order to sustain a strong and vibrant volunteer pool in support of a broad array of
accessible and affordable leisure services.
7.2.11 Community Trails
For over thirty years, communities have been developing trail systems throughout their
community. These trails have utilized hydro rights-of-way, waterfront public lands, linear
ravine systems, direct purchases of land and linkage and acquisition of land through the
Planning Act in new development areas. Community trails have become one of the most
popular and sought after development initiatives within communities. Initially, walking and
jogging-type activities were the prominent use. In more recent years, cycling, rollerblading
and other uses have emerged in force. Brant has significantly invested in expanding its trail
system.
The design of trails has advanced significantly, in terms of hard surfaces to support
wheelchairs and bicycle use, rest areas to support older aged users and the concept of
connecting destinations so that a linked network evolves. These destinations often involve
schools, large parks, attractions, commercial areas, waterfronts, special environmental
features and a host of other community resources.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 147
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
In the last ten years, trail master plans have become common amongst municipalities and
are often linked to bicycle master plans and other transportation systems plans.
One of the most significant trends of the last five to ten years has been the linking of
community trails to broader linear transportation network planning as a component in these
networks. As a result, community trails are increasingly taking on a role as an alternate
transportation resource in combination with the fitness, recreational and related activities
that have traditionally been the value basis for these resources.
With the development of the broader network system, and also with the integration of trails
between municipalities, particularly in regional government areas, has come the notion of a
three tiered trail system:
The spinal corridors that are the primary transportation routes;
The local trails that connect neighbourhood and other destinations within
communities;
The specialty trails that are theme-based, such as the Chrysler Greenway, Essex
County TransCanada Trail, many waterfront trails and those associated key
geographic features, such as the Bruce Trail along the Niagara Escarpment.
Community trail development is evolving, and needs to be considered in all new and
renewal development occurring within communities as both a recreational experience that
sustains leisure interests, fitness and related activities, as well as providing alternate
transportation opportunities.
In addition, as trails become more multi-use, involving everything from cyclists training for
marathons to older adults walking for health, comes the need to better manage trail
utilization to reduce conflicts and to provide trails on a year-round basis. Trail conflicts have
existed where bicyclists have collided with trail users, often seniors. As a result, strategies
have evolved, such as yellow lines to separate use or to have two track trail systems in
heavy use areas. Also evolving, are the development of trail heads, the use of tea rooms
and other services along the trails and the maintenance of trails in the wintertime to
facilitate year-round utilization. Many cities have been approached by groups who have
asked Councils to maintain the trails on a year-round basis so that users can sustain their
fitness regimes and facilitate ongoing alternate transportation access. Any such strategy
will required additional resources.
As the role of trails evolves and utilization grows, trails will become an increasingly
important resource that will need continuing investment, maintenance and management to
sustain their value and effective use and benefits.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 148
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
7.2.12 Collaboration, Partnership and Joint Ventures
The use of partnerships and joint ventures has come to dominate many of the discussions
around future leisure services delivery. They are seen as a service delivery strategy that
uses all the resources in the community, allows organizations and individuals with expertise
and capacity to more effectively deliver service, expands service opportunities within the
community and potentially achieves greater cost efficiencies through economies of scale
and more coordinated / integrated delivery efforts.
Brant County has developed some partnerships as a leisure services delivery strategy with
service clubs. This notion of partnerships and joint ventures, involving the public, private
and non-profit sectors, as well as community-based groups, is widely seen from the
research and input as a vital leisure service delivery strategy now and in the future.
In terms of strategies, the use of partnerships, joint ventures and 3 Ps, and the expansion
of their role and application in delivering major leisure facilities, is a strategy that will need
to be examined in all services initiatives. This should be a check list question for each
project as to potential partner’s identification, feasibility and desirability. However, the
challenges with partnerships, in terms of risk, sustainability, mutual benefit and value for
investment, needs to be continually assessed.
Partnerships are also evolving in different contexts. As one example, YMCAs now have
over one hundred municipal partnerships and joint ventures in the delivery of leisure
services in Canada. The Town of Goderich in 2005 / 2006 entered into a partnership with
the Sarnia / Lambton YMCA to build and operate the new South Coast Recreation Complex
involving an indoor pool, arena, walking track, gymnasium and fitness centre, along with
operating all the Town sports fields, a second arena and leisure programming. YMCAs are
also moving into significant partnerships with the City of London on Northeast Recreation
and Aquatics Centre and have undertaken similar initiatives in the City of Sarnia, along with
the City of Waterloo on a new multi-use complex. In the City of Niagara Falls, a new
recreation complex was built by the City and the YMCA in partnership, which houses a
YMCA, Branch Library and the City’s Parks and Recreation Offices.
Many different types of partnership models are evolving, both in terms of leisure programs
and facilities. There are ongoing efforts to consider different ways of delivering services
than traditional municipal only approaches. Financial constraints and the increasing
spectrum of leisure services interests results in collaboration, partnerships and joint
ventures representing important strategies in responding to an ever changing operating
environment.
7.2.13 Role of the Parks and Recreation Department
Municipalities have traditionally held significant responsibility for the development and
delivery of leisure services within their communities. This has been generally undertaken
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 149
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
for leisure services through a Department of Parks and Recreation and local Library,
Museum, Art Centre and related Boards who are funded in whole or in part by the local
Municipality.
The municipal role over many years has been as direct funder, developer and operator of
leisure facilities and programs. In more recent years, there has been some contraction of
the role in leisure services delivery for some municipalities. Some municipalities, such as
Niagara Falls, have opted to allow non-profit, community-based, private enterprises and
others to undertake more of a role in leisure programs delivery in order to expand services,
reduce competition and to use all the resources available within the community. Other
municipalities, due to the growth in leisure services and changes in the market and fiscal
realities associated with those services, have tended to focus their role on community
development, facility capital development and operations and coordination / facilitation
activity related to marketing, information provision / referrals and related supports to the
overall leisure services network in the community.
Roles of municipalities can sometimes be prioritized around the following:
To identify the leisure needs and interests of the community, along with the
provision of information / education on and facilitating access to leisure services;
To act as a facilitator and broker in bringing together partners, including the
Municipality, to develop and operate facilities, programs and events in the best and
most flexible manner possible in meeting the leisure needs of residents, which are
consistent with the strategic directions and priorities of the department and the
Municipality;
To assist in the preparation of leisure facility proposals, business plans, event
programs, grant applications and related tasks within potential partnerships by
supporting organizational and technical development and other capacity building
initiatives;
To be directly involved in leisure services delivery when a partnership or third party
provider is not viable, is too risk intensive or no other service provider(s) exist to
deliver a leisure service that has demonstrated need in the community and meets
the service delivery criteria established.
Brant County operates its parks and recreation services primarily within this framework.
7.2.14 Capital and Operating Finances
For the last decade, considerable change has occurred within the context of capital and
operating finances for major parks and recreation facilities. For the last ten years or more,
targeted senior government recreation and culture grants for leisure facilities have not been
as available though some opportunities have opened up in recent years via infrastructure,
rural development, culture and other granting programs. For decades, these grants
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 150
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
contributed up to one third of capital costs. In more recent years, fundraising, direct
financing, Development Charges, municipal grants, corporate sponsorships and other
strategies have become significantly more important in funding major parks and recreation
facilities and development.
Beyond the loss or limiting of capital grants, the capital funding environment has continued
to change significantly. Amendments to the Development Charges Act in 1999 and
subsequent rulings have reduced the application of this capital funding source for new
resources. The definition of eligible facilities has been reduced, e.g.: no cultural facilities, a
redefinition of the service level has lowered the thresholds for the funding of future facilities
needed to support population growth in the community, and there is a 10% arbitrary capital
cost reduction, along with a penalty for overcapacity. As a result, Development Charges,
which have been a primary source for parks and recreation facilities capital funding,
especially in faster growing communities, can have a reduced role under the current
legislation.
Another capital financing strategy that has begun to emerge has been the use of capital
surcharges. The City of Burlington was one of the first to utilize this for the development of
the Appleby Ice Centre. In this case, there is a $45 plus surcharge on each hour of adult ice
and a $16 plus surcharge on each hour of youth ice. The surcharges are used to pay off
the City debenture used to build the facility.
Other municipalities, e.g.: Stratford, have looked at surcharge applications for both new
capital development and long-term renewal / rehabilitation. Burlington has subsequently
used this model for a new soccer field and has developed a 7% surcharge on all rental
revenues for the Tansley Woods Recreation Centre. Strathroy-Caradoc applies a 5%
capital surcharge. Broadening the use of surcharges is being discussed though it has
moved slowly over the last ten years. It does represent another form of capital funding that
is user-pay focused. However, it does have some implications in terms of:
High cost capital facilities, such as indoor pools, require sensitivity in terms of any
surcharges as user fees could become too high and user volume is needed in order
to reduce operating deficits due to the high fixed operating cost nature of these
facilities;
Surcharges can create affordability concerns, impact volunteer groups, etc.;
Fairness and equity considerations emerge if surcharges are used on some
facilities and not others.
Fundraising and corporate sponsorships, including naming rights have become an
increasing source of capital funding for larger recreation and leisure facilities. The
opportunities to name facilities, to fund specific rooms or equipment, along with traditional
cash donations have become increasingly important. However, the overall fundraising
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 151
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
environment is increasingly competitive as not only the leisure services sector, but many
sectors are competing for funds on a daily basis, such as health, education and others.
Within the context of fundraising, corporate sponsorships have grown significantly which
results in a changing relationship with corporate funders who take a stronger marketing and
visibility-based approach to their contributions towards a particular project or program.
Also, sometimes they wish to contribute value-in-kind as a displacement for direct funding.
Fundraising may not always work as a strategy and securing and retaining volunteers to
drive a fundraising campaign is a concern due to community volunteer fatigue. Fundraising
can be a goal but does not come with a guarantee. It has enhanced application for joint
venture initiatives where there may be significant shared outcomes.
There is now a wider mix of capital funding sources applied to leisure facility initiatives than
in the past. Where major facility initiatives were once funded from two or three sources, it
is likely in the future, that they will require four, five and six sources. This direction will
create stronger partnership needs and a greater risk orientation related to creative
financing approaches.
From an operating perspective, increases in user fees have become a growing strategy
over the last decade for all municipalities. Most municipalities have increasing expectations
that user fees will continue to move between 60% and 80% coverage of a department's
total budget and even higher over time.
Increasing onus is being put on users to fund facility operations. As these funding formulas
become more sophisticated, they begin to include not only direct costs, but also allocated
corporate and indirect administrative costs, capital maintenance reserves and capital
upgrading charges.
7.2.15 Evaluation
Municipalities are moving into the area of services evaluation that are more
comprehensive, data and input-based and which will become a key component in
establishing servicing priorities/core services and resource allocations. Some
municipalities have instituted a regular three year resident survey on twenty-five or more
service themes, which gauges the value residents place on services through a gap analysis
approach involving the level of satisfaction versus level of importance. This process
identifies outcomes related to utilization levels, value held for the service and overall
importance to residents.
The notion of evaluation has become increasingly apparent in all public and other service
sectors as expectations grow for outcomes and restraint exists on the availability of public
resources. Best practices and evaluation programs are supportive to continuous
improvement approaches in ensuring that resource decisions and operations are consistent
with the real, demonstrated needs and interests of residents.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 152
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Evaluation of leisure services has become increasingly apparent now and for the years
ahead. Both existing and new parks and recreation facilities and services will be influenced
more and more by these evaluation strategies and their outcomes. As a result, leisure
services will increasingly need to be targeted on specific needs that are demonstrated by
community members, support specific outcomes that benefit those that have the needs and
will need to be flexible and adaptable to the changing uses and applications that will occur
within the population.
7.2.16 Multi-Use Facilities
The multi-use concept for major parks and recreation facilities has been available and used
for many years both as a concept and in practice. Multi-use leisure facilities have more
critical mass, potentially better operating and capital economies of scale, higher visibility
and greater customer service potential by creating a single access venue. However, they
also tend to result in larger facilities that move to a district and municipal-wide servicing
perspective, potentially reducing neighbourhood / local area level presence and roles.
There can be some significant trade-offs.
Multi-use facilities have been identified from the research as a strategy in developing major
leisure facilities in many municipalities, such as with joint venture operators and public
libraries. It is a strategy that is the basis for a partnership oriented facility development
model. Therefore, multi-use, which means bringing together the most number of uses and
users that have demonstrated need and the right compatibilities, should be a valued
facilities development strategy within this Master Plan.
7.2.17 Use of Schools and Their Availability
Currently, some community-based leisure programs and activities occur within schools
owned and operated by local school boards. Bill 160 reshaped school management and
operations, including the cost of maintaining schools, how surplus schools are disposed of
and other key considerations. In June 2004, the new provincial government of the day
announced $20 million provincially to facilitate increased affordability access to school-
based facilities. This program was renewed in late 2006 and continues.
The community use of schools user fees were recast between 1995 and 2004 to reflect a
true cost accounting approach compared to the previous more free / low cost access
model. This resulted in reduced use of schools and pressure for more municipal facilities
due to affordability issues by community service providers. If school use were to be
eliminated, it creates a need to develop new community centres and related facilities often
with gymnasiums.
Another community use of schools relationship issue is the development of campuses or
the attachment of community facilities to schools. Future campus strategies will need to be
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 153
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
assessed for balance, vulnerability and risk before being entered into due to increasing
school closures and anticipated schools or undeveloped school sites that are not needed
are being sold off. School boards also benefit from joint school and park development and
have relied on adjacent parkland to fulfil school green space, play space and sport and
physical education curriculum.
Due to school closure policies and directions of school boards, the building of additions to
schools for community facilities is potentially a less supportable strategy then it was fifteen
to twenty years ago. A preferred strategy in this regard may be to develop multi-use
facilities with other partners if longer-term sustainability is evident. If access to schools can
be reasonably achieved and sustained, it represents an affordable and preferable strategy
for providing selected indoor and outdoor activity spaces.
With respect to non-specialized facilities, school resources continue to represent one
approach as they are the most widely distributed resources for the provision of leisure
programs in the community. They are flexible, service many neighbourhoods and represent
a potentially more cost efficient approach. Both School Boards in Brant have a Joint Use of
Facilities Agreement with the County.
In terms of a strategic direction, access to schools should be a preferred delivery strategy
under the following conditions:
Local area / neighbourhood servicing strategies for leisure programs for both
programmed and non-programmed activities;
By improving relationships between the users and the onsite school staff to
enhance access and participant experiences;
Pursuing the development of specialized facilities with schools with caution,
particularly existing schools in areas with declining student enrolment;
Examining opportunities for campus relationships between the school boards and
park and recreation facility providers, ensuring that there is a reasonable
contingency plan, if school development does not proceed or if a school closure
occurs.
7.2.18 Geographic Service Levels
Community leisure facilities have different servicing scales and impacts, and thus serve
different geographic service zones. As an example, arenas and community centres often
serve larger geographic areas that represent clusters of neighbourhoods, i.e.: a district or a
whole municipality. At the local area / neighbourhood level, facilities can often involve an
elementary school, a clubhouse or small community room facility or related resource.
As leisure services move to larger and more multi-purpose facilities, and as user
expectations grow as to quality and intensity of the services offered, there has been a move
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 154
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
to larger facilities that results in more district and municipal-wide level servicing. The
likelihood of fewer neighbourhood / local area oriented facilities could result, due to their
smaller market areas, higher operating costs for standalone facilities and other factors.
What is important is not to lose the context of local area servicing related to both
programmed and non-programmed activity. Some input was received during the
consultation process about the move towards more intensively programmed facilities and
the possible loss of free form / non-programmed-based recreational and leisure activities
especially in local areas. Brant has a distributed model of parks and larger facilities across
the County to enhance accessibility and community affinity.
Operating local centres, is a higher operating cost strategy but can provide local area
servicing opportunities potentially augmented by the use of available elementary schools,
often using both Public and Catholic schools. Other local area services can also be offered
via churches, club facilities and related facilities. This continues to be the best strategy for
the delivery of local area leisure services. However, it does have important challenges
outlined previously. Such a strategy will require sustaining access to some centres and
school facilities, with potential municipal assistance to user organizations. As a recent
example, the Town of North Perth has acquired two (2) school venues to secure its future
land use development options.
7.2.19 Balancing Rehabilitation with New Development
Another strategy consideration is whether parks and recreation facility initiatives become
focused on new facility development or the redevelopment of existing facilities via
additions, renovations, venue renewal and related changes. The strategies around this
particular consideration will need to be evaluated on a case by case basis. It will also be
dependent on what partnerships are available and what resource transitions are occurring
at the time related to the types of uses, level of need and funding that is available. It may
be that rehabilitation with expansion is a less capital intensive strategy than new
construction if no land costs are incurred and if better economies can be achieved
operationally.
As a strategy, new leisure facility initiatives should be evaluated as to what options are
available to achieve the facility in the context of rehabilitating and readapting an existing
facility or venue. Balancing new facility and venue development with existing facility and
venue rehabilitation should be part of an evaluation framework related to parks and
recreation facilities development.
7.2.20 Capital Facility Maintenance
One of the often forgotten dimensions of leisure facility ownership is the ongoing capital
maintenance of facilities with respect to the replacement of major components, such as
chillers in arenas, filters and pumps in indoor pools, roofs in community centres, park
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 155
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
playground equipment and sports field infrastructure. Over a twenty year period,
considerable capital rehabilitation can be required. Portions of these costs are sometimes
paid for from reserves contributed from annual budgets. However, other supports are
usually required due to the magnitude of the project and limitation of reserves. Since these
projects often do not involve expansion or renovations, but rather capital replacement and
maintenance, they typically are not candidates for fundraising or partnership approaches.
Brant has a reasonably comprehensive forecasted capital maintenance plan for its major
facilities and venues.
One of the key recognized trends is that many public bodies have significant capital
maintenance and reserves deficits that will put increasing pressure on operating budgets in
order to sustain these facilities and venue resources. The utilization of pro-active reserve
funding approaches for capital renewal, self-sustaining debt coverage and other financing
strategies should be incorporated.
7.2.21 Summary
The following material summarizes the trends and strategies perspectives.
An aging population profile is evolving, but there will not necessarily be an absolute
decline in youth numbers. Therefore, a need to have a more balanced services
delivery focus that moves beyond a strong youth orientation focus since the 1960s;
The ability to address, both through the principle of inclusiveness and participation,
the needs and impacts of a changing ethno cultural mix within the population. A
mix that will have other types of interests based on their traditions and experiences,
as well as will want, in some areas, to adapt to Canadian leisure activities.
Education, communications, engagement and focused contact with these
communities represent important strategy considerations;
Ever increasing expectations amongst users relative to facility quality, driven both
by consumer and fee expectations, as well as what is being developed in other
communities. This has significant capital and operating cost implications;
The increasing merger of sport and cultural tourism with parks and recreation
services facilities and operations as one of the key rationales and points of
investment;
An increasing interest in the environment and the conservation of key
environmental features, such as water / wetlands, woodlots, ravines, etc., which
often brings additional lands and management responsibilities to a Municipality;
An increasing emphasis on energy efficient facility and venue designs, using LEED
Standards as a baseline;
The growing importance and value for arts, culture and heritage as part of a healthy
and creative city and in support of changing resident values and population
characteristics;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 156
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The increasing integration of community, health, education, social and policy
services relative to holistic servicing strategies, often led by health units and both
public and community-based social service providers;
The increasing sophistication, emphasis on and impact of user fees and rental rates
development relative to how they are prepared, their fairness and equity,
transparency; and the ability to develop them in a meaningful and consistent way;
The growth in market segmentation and services differentiation between
recreational use, higher skill interests and other types of uses that define different
market niches and varying types of expectations and levels of needs amongst
participants;
The increasing role of not-for-profit, private sector and community organizations in
the delivery of leisure services and the potentially changing role of municipalities
with a greater emphases on facilitation and community development;
The growing use of partnerships, joint ventures and community engagement as a
basis to facilitate services development and delivery;
The increasing use of a wider array of capital and operating financial sources to
support services delivery, including corporate sponsorships, community fundraising,
senior government grants, etc.;
The increasing emphasis on the evaluation of services delivery to ensure that the
right services are being delivered within the appropriate frameworks and with the
desired outcomes;
The increasing emphasis on multi-use facilities and the potential to use more of the
community’s facilities in terms of institutions, schools, clubs / associations, etc.;
The growing emphasis to balance the need for the rehabilitation of aging facilities in
conjunction with the development of new facilities, along with the importance of
ensuring adequate resourcing for ongoing capital facility maintenance, renewal and
serviceability.
7.3 Specific Activity Trends
7.3.1 Introduction
The following material provides some perspectives and insights on trends that are
influencing participation in selective recreation and leisure activities that will have influence
on the future development alternatives and priorities for the Brant County Recreation
Master Plan.
Participation in various recreational and sport activities is driven by two key perspectives:
Population Growth: as the population grows or declines, the absolute number of people
available to participate in any activity also changes. Brant County is
forecasted to have significant population growth, particularly within the
serviced urban areas of Paris and St. George, and will continue to
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 157
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
attract young families who commute to work in larger urban centres
such as Brantford, Cambridge, Kitchener, Hamilton and Woodstock.
Participation Rate: this participation growth or decline factor is based on resident’s interest
in participating in a specific recreational or sport activity. There are
many influences that drive the impacts on participation, such as an
aging population with proportionately fewer younger members within the
demographic profile; the growing number of new Canadians within the
population who have not experienced the same recreation and sport
activities, such as the people from the Middle East and ice-based
activities; contemporary/cultural popularity of certain activities; the cost
of participation, as well as the convenience of schedules and venue
availability; and the emergence of new activities or modified current
activities that increase the diversity of choices that people have for
participation; economic downturns that could reduce people’s
discretionary income to pay the fees for participation; and a host of
other influences. Because of the wide range of impacts and influences
on recreation and sports participation, the participation rates tend to be
dynamic over relatively short periods of time.
7.3.2 Individual Activity Trends
Softball:
Minor softball has experienced one of the most significant participation transitions, greater
than for most recreation activities. In the ten years after the Toronto Blue Jays last won the
World Series, registration in minor baseball in Ontario declined between 30% and 60%
across many municipalities, except in the Niagara Region and Windsor-Essex where there
is considerable affinity to the border areas with the United States and a strong culture for
baseball exists. Over the last ten years, Baseball Ontario has undertaken a significant
marketing and community development effort to renew baseball. This effort has resulted in
increased registrations of over 30% compared to the lows experienced in the early 2000s.
However, the registrations have not come back to the levels of 1992 and 1993 in some
areas of Ontario. Paris and Ingersoll are examples of higher growth experiences.
Registrations have been impacted by a number of factors:
Declining youth populations in many rural Ontario and smaller communities, as well
as in populations in communities up to 100,000 people outside of the Greater
Toronto Area;
Soccer’s significant increase in popularity has resulted in a number of youth moving
to soccer from baseball or not participating in baseball at all as they come of age to
participate;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 158
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
A significant portion of the youth age cohorts involve new Canadians who have had
no baseball exposure or experience and do not know the sport;
Preference by some parents to have their children participate in higher aerobic-
based activities for health and fitness purposes.
The general perspective is that baseball registration could increase based on population
growth but will experience little or no participation rate increases within the population as
the key influencing factors of an aging population and declining youth cohorts, the
increasing number of new Canadians proportionality and other factors will influence the
choices made by families.
In terms of adult softball, the following is identified:
The once popular and very dynamic men’s and women’s fastball leagues have
declined significantly, especially in rural and smaller communities where these
leagues were once very popular. There are many small communities that have
lighted fast ball diamonds that are not used or are significantly underutilized. This
has been driven by the aging population and the continuing movement of younger
adults from the rural areas to urban centres for education and employment;
In terms of slow-pitch, there has been a decline in overall provincial participation.
This decline has been mitigated to some degree by the increasing segmentation of
the sport in terms of competitive and recreational leagues, competitive and
recreational mixed leagues, age-based leagues and other strategies that have
sustained the sport to a degree. However, growth is likely connected primarily to
population growth. The major boom in slow-pitch activity occurred over the last
twenty-five to thirty years and was highly influenced by the “boomer” generation that
constitutes 32% of Ontario’s population. This generation is now fifty to sixty-five
years of age. One half of this generation is fifty-five to sixty years of age.
Therefore, for the next five to ten years there will be a pool of players for slow-pitch
from this generation but it will likely continue to diminish as this large cohort ages.
Younger adults will continue to play slow-pitch, however there tends to be fewer of
them in the population proportionately and immigration drives population growth.
Those Brant residents wishing to play hardball participate in leagues based in Brantford.
Ice Activities
Boy’s Minor Hockey has been one of the strongest culturally-based activities in Canadian
society. Registrations through Hockey Canada at one time were in excess of 500,000
individuals. However, Boy’s Minor Hockey has experienced declines in recent years due to
three key factors:
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 159
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The reduced number of children in the population, both proportionally in terms of
absolute numbers, especially in rural communities, smaller towns and related
geographic areas;
The fact that population growth is driven by the influx of new Canadians who
primarily come from the Middle East, the Far East, South America and Africa where
ice-based sports have little or no presence, and therefore, there is no cultural
affinity to participate in or an understanding of these activities;
Increasing costs to support a child in minor hockey due to equipment, ice,
registration and related costs, as well as injury concerns by some parents.
Hockey Canada has a program to grow registration, particularly within new Canadian
communities. Major work is being undertaken in this area as there is an evident
understanding of the implications to the sport and Canada. One example would be the
South London Minor Hockey Association which had the largest Minor Hockey Association
in London with 1,200 children. Over a five year period, some 20,000 new Canadians
moved into the White Oaks area, that along with an aging population in what was once
mostly a young family’s area of London, registration declined to less than 500 children.
Girl’s Minor Hockey continues to grow. It historically has grown by about 15% a year and
30% after Olympic years. Growth has been ongoing for over a decade and has been a
significant part of the driving force to expand arena capacity across Ontario. Growth has
settled to lower levels but is influenced significantly by:
Population growth;
Young females continuing to take an interest in the sport, especially as stereo-
typical expectations have changed around girl’s participation in hockey.
Girl’s hockey will continue to grow above population growth but likely not at the levels
experienced through the 2000’s. It will also be influenced by the ability of Hockey Canada
and others to engage with new Canadian communities.
Ringette has experienced significant declines as girl’s hockey has increased. At one time
there was speculation that Ringette would devolve completely but this is not the case.
Most Ringette programs in Ontario are now developed at a regional basis in terms of team
formation which has allowed the sport to continue and still be viable in some areas. The
amount of ice time utilized has declined significantly over the last ten years but still
represents an ongoing activity for young females. The influences on its participation levels
will be primarily marginally upward in terms of population growth and downward in terms of
the impact of growth in girl’s hockey and girl’s integration in boy’s hockey.
Adult hockey is moving in two directions. Men’s adult hockey continues to be strong-based
on the market segmentation strategies that now find under thirty-five and over thirty-five
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 160
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
teams, under fifty and over fifty teams and the emergence of the over seventy year old
teams. This type of segmentation keeps some players involved longer than would happen
if they had to play with younger players.
However, participation levels are declining as the aging population occurs. The strength of
the adult participation over the last twenty-five to thirty years has been the result of the
“boomer” generation as discussed in the section on baseball. With the “boomers” now
being fifty to sixty-five years of age, fewer will be participating and there are fewer younger
people in behind to offset those retiring from the sport. Also the emergence of an
increased proportion of new Canadians within the adult population who have had no
exposure to hockey, will also have an impact over the next ten to fifteen years.
Therefore, men’s hockey will likely see a diminished participation level due to:
Aging population and the “baby-boomer” demographic impacts;
The increasing number of new Canadians proportionately in the population;
Other choices that people have for participation;
A growing population will mitigate some of the potential declines on a limited basis.
For women’s hockey, growth is projected, both based on population growth and
participation growth. As with men’s hockey some twenty-five to thirty years ago, some
young females who play girl’s hockey will want to continue participating at adult levels. The
emergence of adult female hockey leagues is evident in many communities and is growing.
This will likely be a significant trend over the next twenty years as the participants will not
be from the boomer generation but will be from the X and Y generations. However, the
increasing number of adult new Canadians in the population will mitigate the overall level of
growth that will be experienced.
Figure skating in its various forms has relatively stable participation. It will be primarily
influenced by population growth as participation levels are influenced by the proportion of
youth in the population and the growing number of children who are new Canadian and
come from ethno-cultural communities.
The Learn to Skate and the developmental programs should remain relatively stable and
could experience some growth if new Canadian children participate at younger ages in
these types of programs. Culturally, figure skating has had some exposure to new
Canadians, especially from the Far East where it has a following but has limited exposure
in Africa, South America and the Middle East.
Population growth and some interest amongst new Canadians will likely result in stable or
marginally higher levels of participation.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 161
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Other ice sports, such as sledge hockey activities for specialized populations, will continue
to grow however, the proportionality of these populations in the overall population is small
and many new Canadians who have children or adults with disabilities would have little or
no exposure to ice-based sports to influence their choices.
Soccer
Soccer has and will continue to grow substantively over the next decades in regards to both
male and female participation and youth and adult engagement. The primary influences for
these outcomes are as follows:
Population growth;
Significant participation in soccer by new Canadians in their homelands;
Increasing T.V., media and other coverage of soccer on a world scale, as soccer
becomes a main stream sport activity;
At the recreational and competitive levels for youth and adults, the low cost to
participate;
The aerobic/fitness value of soccer participation;
The increasing organizational capacity at the local level for youth and adults,
enhanced soccer facilities being developed, and the emergence of indoor soccer to
create a twelve month a year playing opportunity.
Youth soccer for boys and girls is experiencing growth due to both population and new
Canadian influences. The participation of children and young adults has carry-over value
into adult leagues which are growing significantly, being similar to adult hockey over the
last twenty to thirty years.
Of all the sport oriented recreational activities, soccer will experience the greatest growth
across a spectrum of ages, gender, ethnicity, affordability and related perspectives.
With significant participation growth and market segmentation in the adult leagues, i.e.;
under thirty-five and over thirty-five, etc., similar to what occurred a number of years ago for
adult hockey, the result will be continued higher levels of play as the current youth players
age. Soccer will not be influenced by the aging population as the “boomer” generation was
not significantly engaged in soccer. Adult soccer is more based on the X and Y
generations and higher penetration rates amongst younger generations.
Growth rates of 5% to 15% could occur for at least another five to ten years and then move
towards more stabilization. Growth will be dependent on venue availability, time of play
and accessibility to play and population demographics. Also, the current movement to a
year round play and to being a mainstream activity etc. indicates strong growth
perspectives.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 162
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
In terms of indoor play, this is comparable to hockey were summer ice and play became a
major activity approximately twenty years ago and has continued but to a lesser extent in
more recent years. Not all the outdoor soccer players will transition seasonally to indoor
play, however a number will, and there will be increasing demand for indoor facilities to
support year round play growth in this sport.
Other Field Sports
There is an array of field sports that also operate in municipal park facilities. These include
minor football, field hockey, cricket, field lacrosse, disk sports and others. Some are long
established activities and others are emerging ones.
Minor football is a long established activity. However, it did experience significant declines
through the 1990s as soccer participation grew significantly. There has been stabilization
and some growth through the 2000s. Its future growth will be primarily related to population
growth rather than participation increases. This is influenced by:
The soccer choice option that is increasingly popular, especially amongst the
growing number of new Canadians who would have no football experience or
exposure;
The proportion of children in the youth population;
The higher costs to play football due to the equipment requirements.
Field hockey has had a variable history. Some communities have made strong effort made
to stabilize and grow the sport. It is a sport that is primarily female-based at secondary
school age levels with some young adult play. Its future growth will be primarily influenced
by population growth and whether the sport can sustain a presence in light of soccer, golf
and other options. Its history with female high school students tends to be strong in some
areas of the province and non-existent in others, such as Brant County.
Field lacrosse is a relatively unknown sport though there is a small following. This sport
can utilize other outdoor playing fields. It appeals to people who have a specialized interest
in lacrosse. It tends to be less popular than box / arena lacrosse. It is not anticipated to
have any significant growth and may experience some declines. Indoor lacrosse, on the
other hand could grow due to both population growth and the emergence/profile of the
National Lacrosse League. Arena lacrosse uses arenas off season and no new venue
needs are seen.
Cricket is a sport that is currently organized on a broad regional basis, primarily played
Sunday afternoons by new Canadian populations. With the emergence of two world class
cricket pitches in Brampton, as well more modest pitches in the Waterloo Region,
Burlington and other areas, this sport does continue to show some growth. Its growth is not
population growth but based on new Canadians, primarily from the Indian sub-continent.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 163
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
With the continuing migration from these areas to Canada, participation in the sport will
likely grow but modestly. It is not anticipated that there will be substantive growth like
soccer but there will be some growth. Where venues are not available, increasing requests
for specialized venues or placing a cricket pitch over two parallel soccer fields will likely
increase.
Currently, the organizational infrastructure for cricket is not at a level that will advance the
sport significantly in the short term, but like soccer and other sports, this could change over
the next decade.
Disc sports (e.g. disc golf, ultimate frisbee) are organized but have a niche market
presence. It appeals particularly to young adults. Some have identified it as an emerging
sport and ultimate frisbee has over 200 participants in the Kitchener-Waterloo area. It also
has outdoor and indoor components. It is a recreational activity that has both physical and
social dimensions. Its growth will be influenced by population growth amongst the X and Y
generations as it has little presence amongst the “boomer” generation. It is also a sport
that would have limited experience or exposure amongst new Canadians. However, its low
cost to participate, social dimensions and physical activity could result in some growth.
Growth would likely be both by population increases as well some limited participation
increases with a facility in Green Lane Park, so the need for additional capacity is not
anticipated.
Rugby is a long standing sport that is primarily a niche orientated activity in secondary
schools. However, the emergence of women’s rugby in the Ontario and the Canada
Games, and continuing male adult activity will result in some expansion in this sport. Its key
influences are:
Population growth, some of which comes from countries such as England,
Australia, South Africa, New Zealand and other areas where rugby has popularity;
The low cost of participation;
The high aerobic/fitness value;
The notable/historic social dimensions within the rugby culture.
Overall, it will likely remain a more niche-oriented sport with a limited following that could be
influenced by population growth to a marginal growth level. There is a rugby facility in
Brantford to support this sport.
Trails/Walking
With the increasing emphasis on healthy lifestyles, walking has grown amongst all
population generations as an important activity. The use of trails continues to grow
substantively, as do participants in mall/arena walking. Walking will continue to grow for
the following reasons:
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 164
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The low cost to participate;
The multiple routes and alternatives available to create diversity and interest;
The ability to walk alone, with friends, in small groups or larger entities;
The availability of indoor and outdoor walking facilities that support year round
participation no matter what the weather;
The ability to undertake the activity anytime of the day or day of the week;
The noted health benefits of walking in terms of muscle development/tone, aerobic
support, etc.;
The ability to walk no matter what one’s ages if mobile, including indoors.
Track and Field
Track and field is a long standing activity within Canadian society. This is a sport that has
limited competitive activity relative to several meets a year but significant need for training
facilities. There are also outdoor and indoor dimensions to the sport.
Growth in this sport is primarily driven by population growth. Participation growth is
influenced by:
Low cost to participate;
The high value of the fitness and aerobic activity;
Periodic high exposure levels due to the Olympics, Pan Am, and other Games that
influences participation.
Impacts on track and field participation are:
The emphasis on the amount of training for the number of meets;
The need for good coaches and venues;
The overall low visibility of the sport.
There will be some growth due to population increases. Participation is not high due to the
participation alternatives available to participants and the fact that track and field tends to
be associated with high schools and universities, though there are community-based clubs
as well. Track improvements in Paris could also support walking activities.
Aquatics
Aquatics tend to involve a series of activities:
Recreational and family swimming;
Swim lessons and certificates;
Swim, diving clubs and other clubs;
Wide range of rentals.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 165
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
From a use and user perspective, the following trends were identified:
Demand for lessons, classes, warm water use and cross training are increasing;
Socialized elements of the aquatic programs are popular;
Families are looking for “one stop” service opportunities;
Growing demand for safety training and lessons with over 200 drownings a year in
Ontario;
Increasing diversity in types of classes, similar to land-based fitness, e.g.: water
yoga;
As population ages, increasing interests in warm water activities.
Aquatics activities are dependent on the availability of pools, primarily indoor though
outdoor as well. Population growth will influence all types of aquatic activities in terms of
some growth. However the following growth trends are also identified:
Increasing participation by adults in fitness lanes swimming due to its high aerobic
value; and less impact on knees and ankles, i.e.: seniors; and related benefits,
including the growth in Master Swim Clubs;
Family orientation that can be experienced during family or opened swims;
The popularity of lessons, particularly for children and preschoolers as both a
learning experience and a safety factor.
Swim participation will be also influenced by population growth primarily and enhanced
accessibility to swim facilities will also increase participation. Seniors, those with
disabilities and other population groups could see increased interest if a therapeutic pool
was available.
In terms of aquatic clubs, swim clubs will grow in light of population growth, however they
tend to have limited growth in terms of participation rates within the population.
Participation rates can be influenced by exposure to Olympics and related activities
broadcast in the media. Overall, the sport tends to have less visibility in the community.
This is even more particularly true for diving, synchronized swimming, aquatic and water
polo which are less known and more niche-based activities. Diving in particular also
requires very specialized swimming facilities once you get to the five and ten metre towers.
Gymnastics
This is an activity that has transitioned to dedicated facilities, often within club
environments. With the declining number of youth and the emergence of new Canadians
proportionately in the population, gymnastics will not likely show much growth beyond
population growth. Also, the amount of equipment and specialized set ups generally
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 166
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
position this type of activity within club environments with the more “learn to” gymnastic
programs hosted in public gymnasiums or supported in private gymnasiums.
Gymnasium Sports and Fitness
Gymnasium sports for youth will continue to be evident but not likely grow substantially as
the portion of this population stabilizes in terms of volume and changes in terms of cultural
demographics. Basketball and volleyball are popular programs and have shown growth
over previous years but has been more stabilized. Population growth will likely drive most
of the increases for these particular activities.
On the adult side, there has been increasing activity in adult volleyball and basketball
leagues, as well as the emergence of the new adult recreation and social clubs that can
have higher registrations. Floor hockey, yoga, basketball, volleyball, all-sports, pickle ball
for seniors and related programs have attracted participants based on seasonal and year
round cycles.
It is anticipated that the X and Y generation will participate in these sports heavily as fitness
is a big part of their quality of life priorities.
Organized fitness activity has increased substantially over the last decade, with a particular
emphasis on boomer, X and Y generations. Going to a health club and/or participating in
specialized fitness classes, Pilates, etc. has increased significantly. There have been a
significant number of program variants that have emerged, as has the phenomena of “boot
camps” in public parks. There is likely going to be continuing interest in these types of
activities and fitness centres as population growth occurs. In terms of fitness programming,
this is very much driven by the latest fitness packages that emerge and often is more
targeted to female participants although many male participants are also involved. Some of
these fitness programs occur within health clubs, many occur within community recreation
facilities, as well as YMCAs, hotels/motels and other centres that have fitness equipment or
programming space.
Demand for fitness programs is likely to continue to grow as it is not dependent on the
“boomer” generation as it is on the X and Y generation and the emerging technology
generation.
Arts and Culture
Over the last fifteen plus years, there has been a notable increase in the development and
delivery of arts and culture services. Many communities have built performing arts centres,
such as Burlington, Guelph, Chatham, Sarnia, Windsor and all throughout the GTA.
Also, there has been significant expansion of choral and community level artistic and
performance opportunities. Additionally, there has been increasing visitation to
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 167
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
professional theatres in Toronto, Niagara on the Lake and Stratford, along with
considerable expansion of summer theatre in Cambridge, St. Jacobs, Petrolia, Grand
Bend, Port Stanley and numerous other locations.
The rise of arts and culture, along with crafts, emerges from several trends. With an aging
population and over 30% of the population being empty nesters and / or retired, there is a
considerable pool of individuals who can pursue or get involved with arts and cultural
activities. There is also a greater appreciation for arts and culture as people become older
and have had more life experiences.
Another factor involves a society maturing. As a society gets older, such as in Europe, arts
and culture become a more significant part of the quality of life. This perspective also
engages younger adults and youth. Also with education systems providing more
experiential and learning opportunities around arts and culture, younger generations are
being exposed to these opportunities and are engaging at higher levels.
A further dimension of arts and cultural services development has been the significant
economic impact analysis that has been completed by the Federal and Provincial
Governments that demonstrate arts and culture experiences are significant economic
drivers within any community, support tourism and broader economic development goals,
and an enhanced quality of life.
It is apparent that having a well-rounded and balanced set of diverse experiential
opportunities for arts and culture is important in building inclusive communities where there
is an array of community activities that touch the needs and interests of all residents, well
beyond the traditional focus on sports.
In terms of leisure as an important component of community life, ensuring that there is a
reasonable set of opportunities and experiences involving arts and culture is important to a
significant portions of the population.
Another dimension of arts and culture is public libraries. They have long served the
reading, child and youth programming needs of many generations. They are increasingly
moving into digital services and the notion of the virtual library. Public libraries, through
their collections and program, provide an important dimension of leisure services, whether
it is recreational reading, mom and tots programs, literacy supports, research or simply
reading the newspaper which are available in Brant. They form an integral part of the
overall leisure services network within in any community and are important and highly
valued services, by younger and older populations.
7.3.3 Summary
In summary, the following trends by activity could be experienced:
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 168
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Soccer, across gender and ages, will grow both based on population and
participation rate growth. One could anticipate a minimum 5% to 10% annual
compounded growth rate, possibly, for at least five and likely ten or more years.
The growth in soccer will occur both in terms of outdoor and indoor activities with
the greatest growth potential on an outdoor seasonal basis;
Minor hockey may grow in Brant County but primarily based on population growth
with the one caveat being how Hockey Canada’s program positions the sport within
ethno-cultural communities and whether offsets for the increasing costs to
participate can be achieved;
Girls hockey will continue to grow, probably not at the 15% per year level, but likely
more in the 3% to 5% range for the next decade;
Adult hockey will likely diminish as “boomers” get older and there are fewer offsets
to take their places in the adult leagues, though there could be increased growth
amongst female adults for at least ten more years or longer. Adult male leagues
could decline in the 5% to 10% range in the next number of years while the female
adult leagues will likely grow at 3% or higher a year on average;
Figure skating and related activities will likely grow based on population growth at
potentially 1% or 2% per year unless something comes into the operating
environment that changes the participation levels;
Softball will likely grow more related to population growth in the youth categories.
Some recovery has been achieved since the low ebb in the middle 2000s and the
offset that soccer and other sports are causing. Adult baseball will likely continue
its decline, potentially 3% to 5% a year as the aging population transitions out of
physical activity and there are fewer adults who will have an interest in this sport
due to the proportionality of new Canadians driving population growth;
Minor football, lacrosse and similar sports will likely be relatively stable with some
impacts from population growth;
Rugby could achieve some growth beyond population growth as it has become
more pronounced in multi-sport events, such as the Canada and the Ontario
Games. It will not be significant in comparison to soccer;
Emerging sports like cricket that are significantly related to immigration, and disk
sports will grow above population growth. Cricket, because of its connection to
immigration trends related to the Indian sub-continent, and disk sports related to the
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 169
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
emergence of that sport and its popularity amongst X and Y generation could grow
but starting from a very small base number of active players;
Walking will continue to be a growth activity, especially as the “boomers” age out
and utilize this activity in retirement for all the reasons cited in terms of easy access
and participation, indoor and outdoor activities, etc.;
Track and field will experience growth primarily due to population growth and some
increased growth due to health and fitness and related perspective growth. It is not
anticipated to be substantial;
Aquatics will experience growth in terms of fitness swimming and Master Swims
related to the population aging. Development of new aquatic facilities will bring new
people from the immediate area into recreational swims and children’s lessons, as
well as preschool programs. Aquatic competition-based clubs will likely reflect
population growth and facility availability. At the highly competitive end of the
participant pyramid for aquatic sports, facilities will directly impact participation but
will not necessarily increase their growth proportionately compared to other sporting
activities. Training in other centres for the top athletes may likely have to continue.
The need for therapeutic pools could grow as the Brant populations age.
Gymnastics will grow primarily based on population growth. The emergence of
dedicated facilities delivered by clubs will support the higher end training and
development programs. Some recreational activity within public gymnasiums could
occur but is complex due to the need for equipment, equipment storage in the
building, and set up and tear downs which typically is best undertaken in the club
environments;
Gym sports will have varied experiences driven partly by population growth but also
by the declining number of young people for volleyball and basketball.
Basketball does have a stronger position amongst some ethno-cultural
populations, particularly from South America, the Mediterranean and Far East
populations. In terms of youth sports, basketball will likely grow above
population growth but volleyball will parallel population growth. For adults, one
would anticipate growth in adult gymnasium sports in terms of basketball and
volleyball, and also with the emergence of the newer adult social and recreation
clubs that have become popular and have significant registrations and are
playing sports such as floor hockey, all-sports, pickle ball, etc. The emergence
of young adult to middle adult age sport and recreation clubs that operate on a
multi-sport basis could show increased growth, well above population growth,
placing increasing demand on gymnasiums and outdoor play spaces;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 170
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Fitness in terms of both fitness centres and fitness programs (fitness classes, yoga,
Pilates, etc.) will continue to show growth, especially as new fitness program
elements come into the environment. These activities have gained significant
support amongst X and Y generations, particularly Y generation populations who
place a higher emphasis on quality of life and healthier outcomes. These types of
activities will grow by more than average population growth projections;
Demands for arts and culture activities, programs and spaces will grow with the
growing and aging population. Arts and culture venues are also an important part of
local and regional tourism strategies and attractions.
7.4 Parks/Facilities Design and Development Trends
7.4.1 Urban Design and Intensification
Parks and open space provisioning is, and will be more so in the future, influenced by key
population growth management and land use development trends and policies in Ontario.
The Ontario Government has approved an urban intensification or growth strategy for the
Greater Golden Horseshoe area that directs development to fully serviced urban areas and
targets 40% of new residential development to occur through intensification of existing built-
up urban areas, and the remaining 60% in greenfield areas at a targeted density of 50
people and jobs per hectare. New draft policies currently being considered by the Province
identify even higher intensification and density targets of 60% intensification and 80 people
and jobs per hectare with greater emphasis on achieving transit-friendly development and
land use patterns. This strategy has and will continue to result in a growing amount of
infilling and intensification of currently developed urban areas on full municipal services.
Unlike the historical lower density suburban development of the last five decades which
tended to involve subdividing large tracts of greenfield lands where parks, open spaces,
trails and facilities could be integrated into the overall subdivision design process and
through secondary plans, and parkland could be acquired at a rate of 5% dedication, the
shift to directing population to housing projects in existing urbanized areas will have other
implications for parkland acquisition and leisure services.
The first implication will be higher densities, resulting in more people living in the same land
space. As a result, leisure services provisioning standards may not be adequate. As the
number of residents goes up in a defined area, the current park and open space areas may
not be adequate to meet a denser and larger population with less private green space.
Second, many new housing developments will be occurring through redevelopment of
existing downtown areas and neighbourhoods, and it will be challenging to acquire
adequate land for a park or an open space or facility area or an effective trail connection.
The tendency will continue to be to accept cash in lieu of land, however, land costs may be
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 171
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
escalating in these areas and the ability to purchase land for parks and recreation may be
restrictive.
The third consideration is sourcing adequate land as intensification occurs. Pressure will
exist on municipalities to attempt to utilize lands at schools, especially if closures are
involved; to buy plots of land that maybe have been abandoned or are unused such as
former industrial sites; and to utilize hydro rights-of-ways, church properties or other semi-
public domain lands for leisure services.
Also what may need to be considered are new forms of venues within emerging
developments. This could include rooftop parks, on-site playgrounds, garden areas and
other developments within site development plans. This would potentially place more of an
onus on the developer to provide venue opportunities within the development, placing less
pressure on municipalities to provide global or generic areas. However, these types of
solutions will not likely resolve considerations related to sports fields whether for
competitive or recreational use, large open greens for non-programmed use, trail
connections and related resource requirements.
Another consideration within this trend is the evident move towards urban design and
place-making design standards. Most municipalities are in the process of developing or
have developed urban design standards and place-making criteria as a means to
significantly upgrade the urban design fabric of their communities. Place-making criteria
establish the desired set of conditions to be met in the design, development and
programming of public spaces, such as making them safe, convenient, comfortable,
accessible and welcoming, as well as multi-functional, interactive, connected, active and
memorable.
Current urban design trends and initiatives involve development of public transit nodes
surrounded by commercial and high density residential development; the bringing of
residential homes to the street line; the use of back lanes; and numerous other strategies.
These strategies involve land use, architecture, transportation and in many cases, parks
and recreation resources. In some cases, the concept of the self-contained neighbourhood
or community is emerging, where people work, play, shop and recreate within their local
community. Although the County’s urban areas have historically developed as traditional
low-rise and relatively low-density communities, the Provincial Growth Plan and related
policy directives require planning for greater densities and mixed land uses that are transit
supportive so that future transit services may become more viable in the future. In Brant
County these directives will primarily impact planning for future development in the fully
serviced urban areas of Paris and St. George.
In some communities, there has been an embracing of the “open green” concept where
within a subdivision, a one or two acre park is developed with roads on four sides and then
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 172
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
houses on the opposite sides of the road. These parks typically are neighbourhood parks
with no sports fields. They can provide playgrounds, sun shelters, pathways, garden areas
and open play spaces. Some concerns have been raised about the utility of these spaces,
the need to cross streets on all four sides to access them and the potentially more limited
use that they may be able to offer.
The urban design standards will not only have significant potential impacts on the exterior
design of the buildings, but will also shape parking, trail access, streetscape alignment and
other design perspectives. One of the major targets within the urban design strategy is
parking lots. The general intent is to bring buildings to the street line and have parking less
visible and intrusive.
Urban intensification and design trends will have important considerations related to parks,
open spaces and community trails, and also in terms of the design and positioning of major
recreation facilities. To respond to these trends, strategies such as redevelopment of
existing parks, enhanced public spaces and linear features within municipal rights-of-way
and rooftop greenspaces can assist in providing adequate venues and addressing design
perspectives associated with leisure facilities and services.
7.4.2 Sustainability
Parks and recreation facilities should promote sustainable design and environmental
education by introducing youth to the importance of a “green” mission. Designing parks
and facilities to take advantage of natural processes, such as bioswales and stormwater
management, is a way to achieve sustainability, while revealing how these processes work.
Sustainability can be achieved by providing recycling containers and LED/solar lighting.
Consideration of recycled content is recommended for products such as site furnishings, as
well as asphalt and concrete and other building materials. Native vegetation and shade
trees, native grasslands and plantings that reduce mowed areas and community gardens
promote green space, while multi-use trails encourage physical activity and enjoyment of
these open, natural spaces. The County is pursuing the establishment of Low Impact
Development (LID) standards and green infrastructure policies for future application.
7.4.3 Connectivity
Creating connection means enticing people into the community to take advantage of
recreation and leisure opportunities available not just by car, but via trails, walkways and
bike paths. Community planning refers to this as “connectivity”, and attention to this
dynamic is increasingly important for parks and recreation. Walking and biking are
emerging as some of the most popular fitness trends. Trail systems offer communities a
way to recreate and commute to work without having to start up the car. One example of
such strategies is a bike library in which agencies provide bikes for “checkout.”
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 173
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
7.4.4 Accessibility for Children and Caregivers
CSA and AODA designs provide playground standards for accessibility and must be
applied to provide play areas that will accommodate the needs of children with reduced
mobility. Product design and layout, and choice of ground surface treatments combine to
encourage inclusion and social interactions by accommodating various levels of mobility,
sight, speech and hearing. Accessibility strategies involve the effective configuration of
structures and elements, choice of accessible components, and the use of resilient
surfaces to design in travel routes to the play equipment. Through careful design, children
with limited mobility can be given access to almost the entire playground, even the elevated
play structures. Transfer stations are incorporated as platforms that allow wheelchair users
to move out of their chair and onto the structure. However, design of the play experience on
the structure is also not to be overlooked for kids to engage in active play or ramps can be
used on bigger structures. Sensory play features provide additional accessible play
opportunities. The goal is inclusion and eliminating barriers that would preclude all users
from enjoying and participating in all play opportunities.
7.4.5 Surface Type
Common choices for firm but resilient play area surfaces include rubber tiles and
engineered wood fibers. Performance, wearability and vandal resistance are also
important factors. All surfaces should be designed for wheelchair or walker accessibility. In
regard to safety surfaces, the County of Brant Accessibility Design Standard document is
followed.
A hard surface walkway to the play area, as well as a flush curb entry to the play area are
also required. Flush curbside access is needed if parking is not available. There are added
costs for surfacing and some design considerations when making a playground wheelchair
accessible, but there are many social benefits of making a space available to all users.
Anyone regardless of physical or mental ability should be able to play and enjoy the space.
Design of Public Spaces Standards (Accessibility Standards for the Built Environment), is
an Ontario Regulation effective as of January 1, 2013 and made under the Accessibility for
Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2005, and includes the following:
Outdoor Play Spaces, Consultation Requirements: Section 80.19 of the Regulation states:
“When developing new or redeveloping existing outdoor play spaces, obligated
organizations, other than small organizations, shall consult on the needs of children and
caregivers with disabilities and shall do so in the following manner … Municipalities must
consult with their municipal accessibility advisory committees, where one has been
established in accordance with subsection 29 (1) or (2) of the Act, the public and persons
with disabilities.”
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 174
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
7.4.6 Path Design and Multi-Use Trails
The ideal minimum width for wheelchair accessibility is 60” (1,525mm). This width will allow
two wheelchairs to pass each other at the same time. Multi-use trails to accommodate
pedestrians, cyclists, strollers and wheelchairs should be a minimum of 3 metres. Some
municipalities such as the City of Hamilton are increasing the width to 4 metres. Ground
level slopes are required to be at a maximum of 1:16, lesser slopes will be used depending
on playground size to enhance access for children who can’t negotiate the 1:16 slope.
Ramps that connect to elevated play components such as our hill slide have a maximum
rise of 1:12. When possible we will design ramps less the 1:12 maximum. Where a
combination of surfaces is used if there is greater than a half-inch change in surface level,
a sloped surface will be installed with a maximum slope of 1:16 as per the Ontario
Regulation made under the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2005
(Integrated Accessibility Standards).
7.4.7 Natural Playgrounds
Natural Playgrounds are designed with the intent to bring children back to nature using
designed elements found in nature. They are play environments that blend natural
materials, features, and indigenous vegetation with imaginative landforms to create
purposely complex interplays of natural, environmental objects. Children are challenged
and taught about the wonders and intricacies of the natural world while they play within it.
Play components may include earth shapes (sculptures), environmental art, indigenous
vegetation (trees, shrubs, grasses, flowers, lichens, mosses), boulders or other rock
structures, dirt and sand, natural fences (stone, willow, wooden), textured pathways, and
natural water features.
Natural Playgrounds offer a wide range of open-ended play options for children while
maintaining safety. A playful landscape is characterized by the enjoyment of those who
interact with it. Play spaces that look and feel like a natural environment encourage
interaction and enjoyment of all ages. The natural playground is defined as a space with as
little manmade components as possible. Parks designed with native plants, rolling hills and
lots of trees bring children and adults back to nature. Urban playscapes are similar to the
natural playgrounds as they break from the need for specific play equipment. They are
defined not by clear boundaries but through a shaping of the landscape to encourage play
and interaction. These playgrounds are designed to eliminate fall heights. With traditional
playground design, fall heights are the largest safety issue for most safety inspectors.
Changes in topography allow designers to be creative when placing components in the
playscape. Playscapes are not intimidating regardless of ability or fitness level, and they
have no central location or prescribed area of play. They are open-ended spaces that
entice children to use their imagination and creativity.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 175
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
7.4.8 Appealing to Children and Youth
Public parks often also include separate playing facilities for children in their middle years
when they are very physically active. This may include spaces specifically designed for
skateboarding and rollerskating, challenging cycling paths or circuits.
Children have the freedom to choose a variety of ways to play, and places to play.
As children of various ages and skills use public playgrounds, it is necessary that
play possibilities be provided in several sizes and levels of challenge.
A quality area that is beautiful to the aesthetics of children will be welcoming to
them. Curving lines and waves and serpentine forms invites play.
There is enough space for a rich variety of play possibilities and still room for nature
and good quality landscaping. Natural landscapes should exist inside the public
playground, as well as the rest of the park.
Incorporating places that are comfortable and pleasant for adults creates
possibilities for adults and children to play together.
Variations in elevation in the ground and a wide variety of different textures and
materials in ground surfacing encourage place.
Good hiding places and secret spaces are the paths to surprise and mystery.
7.4.9 Safety from Crime and Traffic
The comfort and confidence of safety encourages children to freely use local outdoor
spaces and playgrounds. Finding ways to create quality public spaces that are well used by
people of all ages and interests promotes safety in numbers. Traffic controls and
introducing traffic calming measures in residential areas helps to slow down or reduce
traffic for the benefit of pedestrians and cyclists. Allowing enough space for a number of
different groups instead of one large multi-play area as the only element in a playground
will encourage use of outdoor space.
7.4.10 Water
Water features could provide an opportunity for community participation in playground
design, and good play design offers a wide variety of play possibilities. Fun and attractive
water play areas can be created with techniques to reduce maintenance, while the absence
of standing water makes unsupervised play possible. Water play in public parks must meet
requirements for safety and health. In response to budgetary and space limitations, spray
pools are more commonplace. But while spray pools are substantially more economical
than swimming pools and splash pads, to build, insure and maintain, they are not problem-
free. Users can be injured when running on wet surfaces, and pumping, filtration and
drainage systems must be sophisticated enough to minimize disease risks. Potable (flow-
through) systems and re-circulating systems (double loop or single loop) with UV treated
water are the basic design approaches to spray pools.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 176
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
7.4.11 Parks Programming Trends
Parks and open spaces support a range of unstructured activities, and programs within
these areas provide opportunities for participation in organized and unorganized sports.
This includes passive social gatherings, hiking, tai chi, community gardening and casual
cycling. It can also involve extreme/non-traditional sports such as skateboarding and BMX
biking. A flexible facility design allows for multiple uses. Signage, public art, memorial
gardens and features, lighting, entry pillars and decorative fencing are among the elements
in place-making to inspire and capture the essence of a community (e.g. Paris Lions Park).
7.4.12 Special Events and Social Interaction
Parks should support neighbourhood gatherings and provide opportunities for events,
programs and interaction. Providing a variety of seating from park benches to landscape
stones to amphitheatres, designing interesting and flexible spaces, creative landscaping,
public art, shade and shelter are important considerations to foster an inviting and
comfortable environment for recreational and social activities and interaction.
7.4.13 Shade
Awareness about sun exposure is driving demand for shading over play areas and seating
areas. Installing shade trees and shade structures are important park elements.
7.4.14 Community Involvement
Parks provide opportunity to collaborate with schools and recreation groups, as well as the
art community and community youth. Explore opportunities to encourage incorporating
outdoor art in passive park areas.
7.4.15 Seniors
Parks can accommodate the physically active baby-boom population by providing
appropriate recreation facilities and social opportunities for older adults. Seniors also have
interest in public garden spaces and walking, so parks could include walking loops around
the perimeter with distance markers along the way. Encouraging seniors to visit parks
yields an added ‘stewardship’ benefit as they tend to observe and report problems to
authorities.
7.4.16 Fitness Equipment
There is a trend in many communities to design parks to appeal to older adults, although
there are risks to providing outdoor fitness equipment. The City of Cambridge has
successfully incorporated a fitness trail along the Grand River Trail system. A fitness trail
comprises a number of fixed exercise stations, consisting of simple static structures
supplemented by signs. Going further is the outdoor gym trend, including various
mechanical devices ranging from simple sit-up stations to rowing machines, elliptical
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 177
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
trainers and leg presses. Signs indicate that the devices are intended for people aged 12
and older. However, in public parks there is no control over the age or skill level of users,
and there is no supervision. The equipment has moving parks, and is subject to winter
conditions. Safety is a major factor to consider. The equipment is outside of the scope of
the CSA playground Standard Z614-07, however all elements in a park setting should be
inspected to this standard where there is potential use by children.
7.4.17 Vegetation
Consider tree species that are native to the area. Reduce maintenance and potential
damage to trees by using mulch or ground cover under trees. There can be creativity in
tree planting with memorial sites, theme planting and other features.
7.4.18 Seating and Site Furnishings
A variety of seating options encourages conversation, comfort, and accommodation for
people in a wheelchair and opportunities for creativity such as natural seating-boulders,
logs or picnic tables. Seating areas should be connected to a walkway which also extends
the use of the park when the ground is wet or thawing. Place picnic tables and certain
activities in the shade. The best style for bike racks encourages security and cycling.
7.4.19 Safety and Park Use (CPTED)
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) is defined as the proper design
and effective use of the built environment to reduce crime and the fear associated with
crime, and improves the quality of life. The CPTED concept involves more than security
standards. It first acknowledges the desired use for a project. Next, it attempts to
anticipate misuse based on area crime problems, community experiences with similar
projects and unique aspects of the project, such as alcohol sales and hours of operation.
CPTED seeks to prevent undesired behaviour by the elimination or modification of design
features that contribute to crime and disorder, through natural surveillance. This is a design
concept directed primarily at keeping potential offenders and their targets under
observation. Park spaces should be visible from the street frontage/entrances or parking
areas.
7.4.20 Four-Season Use
Four-season park use could be improved through the extension of hard surfaces, such as
multi-use trails for cycling, running/walking, and colourful planting in the spring and fall.
Seating materials are designed for comfort, and optimizing sun such as choosing recycled
plastic instead of metal. In winter, there is a challenge of maintaining walkways and skating
rinks. Focus on clearing pathways in major parks for walking in winter months.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 178
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
7.4.21 General Design Standards
Comply with CAN/CSA Standards Z614 – Children’s Playspaces and Equipment
(latest edition).
Incorporate accessibility features. Comply with Accessibility for Ontarians with
Disabilities Act, 2005 and Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2001.
Consider US Guide to ADA Guidelines for Accessible Play Areas for clarification
and requirements of “accessible” play features.
Junior play - for children 18 months to 5 years old.
Senior play - for children 5 to 12 years old.
Acceptable to mix products from different manufacturers on a project site.
Specify steel post, not aluminum for lower costs.
Timber and wood components are not acceptable, except in natural playgrounds.
Require consultants and contractors to provide shop drawings of creative play
structures and play equipment for review and approval by the Supervisor of
Playground Maintenance or equivalent municipal representative.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 179
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
8. EMERGING FINANCING AND SERVICE DELIVERY MODELS
8.1 Introduction
Over the course of the last twenty-five years, there has been the emergence of alternate
financing and service delivery models related to municipal leisure services. There has
been particular growth in some of these models in the last five to seven years, however,
they have not all evolved with consistency or necessarily broad acceptance. Some of the
challenges have emerged from the quality of the proponents of alternative delivery models
relative to their capacity and expertise to deliver, while in other areas, there can be
concerns and resistance from municipal staff and volunteers who believe the existing
models provide preferred quality, affordability, accessibility, certainty and fairness
outcomes.
8.2 Municipal Service Delivery
Far and away the most common financing and service delivery model involves the
municipality as the leading sponsor and deliverer of leisure services. This usually involves
the use of development charges, reserves, debentures and other municipal resources to
build facilities and venues, sometimes augmented by community fundraising, and
particularly augmented by senior government grants ranging from Wintario in the 1970s to
the Canada Infrastructure Program more recently and Canada 150 in 2017.
Services delivery, particularly in urban centres, often involves the municipality directly
operating facilities and delivering leisure programs, supported by in-house marketing and
specialist positions. In some cases, partnerships have evolved, such as the community
centres partnerships with neighbourhood associations and/or service clubs. However, in
these situations, the buildings are owned and maintained by the municipality, and there is a
sense that there in increasing centralization of scheduling, technology, risk management,
user fee development and other perspectives.
Municipalities typically have the service leadership and sponsoring roles as they tend to be
the “initiators and owners” of the Parks and Recreation Master Plans; have the capital
funding capacity, particularly for major leisure facilities development; and have marketing,
technology, facilitation, financing, risk assessment, insurance, printing and other supporting
capacities that are often not available at the levels of expertise or resourcing that a smaller
community, not-for- profit organization could muster or even larger community non-profit
might be able to provide.
For potential and existing private sector deliverers, the barriers to entry are typical property
taxes which are not paid by municipalities and some non-profits, subsidized municipal user
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 180
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
fees which changes the competitive profile, the need to repay capital investments, and to
generate a profit.
8.3 School Board Partnerships
There has been a long history since the 1960s of municipalities and school boards working
together on the development of leisure facilities. Historically, this was almost exclusively in
the area of park development. The 1960s and 1970s saw the emergence of the campus
complex that typically involved one and possibly two school boards and a park on a
conjoined site. The thinking at the time was that less land would be needed as the school
boards could use the park venue through the day and the residents would have access to
the park and the school yard facilities in the evening and or on weekends, at break periods
and over the summer. The result was that potentially less land would need to be acquired
and less overall site development costs incurred.
This model was used extensively by municipalities but has run into challenges in the last
ten or more years. Some of the key challenges are:
Some of the initial school sites were never developed after being purchased as part
of a campus. School boards sold off these sites as surplus and residential
crescents/courts were developed on these sites resulting in less land and more
residents/users;
Some schools involved in this model have been subsequently closed due to
declining enrollment. A few municipalities have moved to buy some of these sites
to preserve local neighbourhood parkland;
The school boards have changing curriculum, such as baseball being removed from
physical education, resulting in a lack of maintenance for baseball fields or their
removal from school yards with a dependence on neighbouring parks for baseball
activities at recess, etc.;
School boards, due to fiscal constraints and other issues, have substantively
reduced the maintenance of their school yards, particularly over the summer period
and related to the quality of their playing fields, which has resulted in the loss of
baseball, soccer and other fields for community use, or their repositioning to smaller
children or as practice fields due to the limited turf maintenance and/or safety
issues.
There have been initiatives between municipalities and school boards in regards to indoor
facility / spaces. One of the more evident indoor facility initiatives has been indoor pools
that have been attached to secondary schools, such as Cameron Heights in Kitchener,
three pools in Burlington, numerous indoor pools in Toronto and other centres. This
strategy was seen as a “win win” in that there was capital and operating cost efficiencies,
the school curriculum would support daytime use for Phys Ed and swim teams, and the
facility would be available through the other times for community users. There could be
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 181
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
savings on parking, operations, etc. and the creation of stronger destination points. Budget
pressures on school boards have resulted in some municipalities having to take on these
indoor pools, when school board owned, such as in Burlington, Toronto and other locations.
Many of these pools are now extensively aged and require major renewal and were built to
different standards in terms of the size of the swim tank and supporting facilities. School
boards no longer have funding to support renewal or operations and, therefore some
municipalities have to make decisions on these facilities which residents have become
dependent on. Cameron Heights in Kitchener is an example where access and facility
challenges exist and use preferences are moving away from using that particular pool.
Another area of integration has been the use of gymnasiums and other rooms within
schools, often through reciprocal agreements between a Parks and Recreation Department
and a school board. However, in the mid-1990s, when the provincial government
introduced changes to support fee/income generation from community use of schools,
there was a retraction of such activity, with some municipalities ceasing their facilitation and
scheduling of school facilities on behalf of community groups. Burlington, Kitchener,
London and others decided to withdraw from this role due to the challenges of cost and
access. In more recent years, municipalities have become more involved in the
development of gymnasiums. One of the core arguments in many municipalities for these
investments have been the limited accessibility to and / or cost to utilize school
gymnasiums. Also involved is the “bumping” of community groups for school use which
can impact schedules and continuity.
The arguments for greater use of school facilities are particularly related to the one
“taxpayer” perspective, and the fact that many school recreation oriented facilities are
available extensively in the evenings, on weekends, at break periods and through the
summer. The newer school facilities are also air conditioned and have significant year
round capacity.
Another related perspective that is emerging is that many new or renewed secondary
schools are moving to a standard of artificial outdoor tracks with artificial turf infields. The
Waterloo Region Catholic District School Board has developed such a facility at St. David’s
and has identified it as a long term goal for its other secondary schools. Similarly, the
Waterloo Region District School Board has developed such a facility at Jacob Hespeler
Secondary School. The City of Brantford and Grand Erie District School Board have jointly
developed two artificial turf fields with outdoor track facilities at local secondary schools.
The question emerges as to whether municipalities can work with school boards in
developing these facilities and not have to duplicate them with additional artificial fields and
tracks.
The relationship with school boards has been one that has oscillated significantly over time
from full embracement in the 1960s and 1970s to significant withdrawal in the 1990s, to a
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 182
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
more hit and miss perspective in the 2000s. This is a very challenging area as there are
significant interests by the various parties at play, but there is one taxpayer and these
facilities can be very costly to develop and operate if duplicated.
In 2006, the provincial government put aside $20 million a year for school boards to
enhance community use accessibility. This funding has been renewed several times and
many school boards now have a community facilitator staff person to support community
group access. This appears to have had mixed results in terms of how it’s been
undertaken and what community group experiences have been. Also, as the province now
moves to the neighbourhood hub model evolving around schools, this may be another
consideration in terms of integrating leisure capacities into school facilities in a more
partnered environment and allowing for an enhanced avoidance of facilities duplication.
Many people in leisure services leadership, education and policies spheres have
recognized that there may need to be a significant effort made by school boards and
municipalities to get together and resolve “turf” issues and to see if there is an effective way
to integrate municipal and school board facilities in order to enhance the quality of the
facilities and their accessibility, to reduce duplication and to significantly reduce capital and
operating costs.
8.4 Third Party Facility Services Delivery
One of the more emergent service delivery and capital funding strategies has involved
partnerships with community non-profit organizations. The most prolific of these have been
with YMCAs. In recent years, the YMCA has worked with the City of London to build the
Northeast London and Southwest London Recreation Complexes and to operate it in its
entirety. Waterloo has undertaken a similar initiative with the Kitchener-Waterloo YMCA in
regards to the Westmount facility that also has outdoor sports fields and a branch library.
In Goderich, the Town decommissioned its Parks and Recreation Department and retained
the YMCA to build and operate the new recreation complex, and to operate the arenas,
deliver recreation programs, undertake outdoor and indoor facilities scheduling and other
service planning and operating roles. This is a more dramatic initiative in transferring a
municipality responsibility and probably works within a small urban setting better than it
might in larger ones.
In other communities, such as Sarnia, Chatham, Cambridge, Guelph and possibly Stratford
in the future, YMCAs have or will build new indoor pools and own them. In most of these
cases, the municipalities have not built a public indoor pool but invested capital funding into
a YMCA owned and operated facility. In Sarnia’s case, a $6.0 million city capital
contribution was made, of which $1.0 million was an endowment to support public
accessibility. This reflects one of the ongoing challenges of this model which is the reality
and/or perception by some people that YMCAs are too expensive and unaffordable. What
is really meant is that the YMCA works within a fixed income/fixed cost business model
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 183
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
utilizing membership fees. Most municipalities utilize “pay as you play”. The challenge
with the latter model is that there is less revenue generated due to seasonal variations in
use, weather conditions and other factors that result in less of a use commitment and
reduced revenues to the municipality resulting in potentially high operating deficits,
especially for indoor pools which are high fixed cost operations.
The YMCA nationally has a report that identifies approximately 150 municipal agreements
across the country involving indoor pools, fitness services, employment services, arenas
and a host of other leisure and social services that are delivered within various municipal-
YMCA models.
In a number of the municipally-owned and YMCA operated models, the YMCA, have made
significant capital contributions by taking on a community capital campaigns in the $5.0 to
$7.0 million range. The YMCA typically has strengths in fund development and also it is
difficult for municipalities to undertake capital campaigns as the perception is that they have
taxes and people tend not to donate through a municipality but rather through a partner.
Also, particularly in regards to indoor pools and fitness activities, the YMCA is a national
leader, is recognized as one of the three acceptable aquatic certification and teaching
programs within the Ontario Public Health Act and is also recognized for its fitness
instructor and delivery programs.
A YMCA partnership with the municipality is not necessarily an easy approach. There are
differences in culture, business modeling and other perspectives. It takes negotiation to
work out some of the differences. In many cases, it requires a different way of thinking by
municipalities to move in this direction as there will be less control and influence as
historically may be in place which some municipalities find challenging.
8.5 Private Facilities
There has been a long history of private recreation and leisure facilities. Bowling alleys,
curling rinks and outdoor parks have a long history in certain areas, as have banquet and
conference facilities, driving ranges, golf courses and a host of other venues. In recent
years, some curling clubs have had challenges and needed municipal support. The Doon
Valley Golf Course owned by the City of Kitchener is an example of a private sector facility
that was acquired due to financial constraint similar to the North London Recreation Centre
which was a former multi-use/squash facility that went bankrupt and the City needed to
intervene to sustain a range of multi-use activities in that area of the City.
One of the more dramatic areas of recent private sector involvement has been in regards to
arenas. In the late 1990s, a London group bought a large curling club in London and
converted it into a twin pad arena. They subsequently developed twin pad arenas in
Cambridge, Windsor and other communities, plus single pad arenas at the Gretzky Centre
in Brantford and at Brock University. They operated for approximately ten years and
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 184
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
subsequently went into receivership and have relinquished all the facilities. A Florida group
has taken over some of these facilities.
In Oakville, the old Dominion Twin Pad Arena operated as a private venture. After three
years, it ran into financial difficulties and was purchased by the Town of Oakville because
of the ice commitments made and the immediate ice demand impacts of closure. This is
the same scenario that occurred with the Sports World Twin Pad in Kitchener with its 2,000
hours of minor hockey ice commitment after only approximately nine months of operation.
There is a twin pad facility in Burlington that has continued to operate for seven years with
a very extensive programming mix that has been expanding. However, the owners have
approached the City on several occasions to purchase the facility as they wish to get out of
ownership. The operation continues to be viable and is leased out to a third party private
sector operator by the owners.
In Hamilton, the quad arena facility is owned by the municipality but operated by Nustadia
which is a private sector operator. They also operate the Tim Hortons’ four pad facility in
Moncton New Brunswick the twin pad arena at Durham College and another ten plus
facilities across Canada. In these cases, they are retained as a management company to
operate the facility and do not have a capital investment. Any operating deficits are usually
covered by the municipality though bonus/loss performance clauses could be involved.
They are retained because of their sector knowledge, large arena operations expertise and
efficiencies, and other perspectives.
Canlan Sports Centres Inc. is another private operator in the arenas field. They operate
multi-pad facilities at Etobicoke, Oakville, Oshawa, Scarborough, Mississauga, North York
and the six pad complex at York University. They have facilities across the country, are a
public stock offered company and have had some challenges over the years financially.
They tend to operate in large urban areas like the GTA, Vancouver and other areas, and
have not ventured significantly outside of the larger metropolitan areas.
A lot of the private sector operators tend to be in the arena market, sometimes owned by
construction companies who want to build the building but don’t necessarily wish to operate
it. The history of these facilities has been erratic outside of the GTA, with many facilities
going bankrupt and being sold off or are being offered for sale. Canlan, as one of the
largest operators, has offered for sale some of its facilities from time to time, such as in
Oshawa.
There is limited private sector involvement in indoor pools, unless they are associated with
larger fitness centres. They are not at the 25 metre, six or eight lane dimensions. There
also has been some experience with the private sector developing slo-pitch facilities. Two
were developed in the 1990s in London in the south and north areas. Each of the facilities
had nine to twelve fields plus support facilities. Both closed after approximately three years
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 185
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
of operation due to financial issues. One has not found a reuse and the other was taken
over with municipal assistance by the Southwest Optimist Club who now operate that
facility for their youth and adult baseball leagues, but has since closed.
In the soccer domain, indoor soccer facilities have a significant private sector history. Multi-
field facilities have been built in Hamilton, (Stoney Creek), Vaughan, Toronto, Mississauga
and many other communities. A partnership between London Minor Soccer Club and the
Western Fair Association resulted in the BMO Centre in London in 2010 and it is about to
be expanded. The former racquet ball club in the New Dundee area that was purchased by
the Kitchener Minor Soccer Club and ran into financial troubles has now been taken over
by a private sector operator, expanded and delivers soccer-based and field sport training
and game opportunities.
As soccer has grown, many minor soccer programs who often also have adult leagues,
have been able to raise funds and / or develop directly indoor and outdoor facilities. In
other situations, municipalities have developed the indoor soccer facilities, such as at RIM
Park. Reuse of aged arena facilities is also being considered for indoor soccer use, such
as in Chatham-Kent and other locations.
Direct private sector involvement in terms of capital investment and operations is primarily
limited to arenas, fitness centres, golf courses and soccer. Private sector involvement in
indoor pools, baseball complexes, community centres and other areas are nominal or
nonexistent. The private arena experience has been spotty, except in the GTA due to its
population volume and growth.
8.6 Rental Capital Surcharges
A number of municipalities have moved towards assessing a capital surcharge on every
rental hour for selected facilities. One of the leaders in this initiative is the City of Burlington
which has a $54.00 an hour capital surcharge for adult ice activities and a $16.00 hour per
hour surcharge on youth ice activities. The intent of these capital surcharges originally was
to pay for the capital cost of a new twin pad arena. Now the funds are used to pay for the
operating deficits and capital expansion and renewal of arena facilities. This was
introduced in the City of Burlington approximately ten years ago with the consent of the Ice
User’s Council to bring forward ice facilities more quickly rather than waiting for
development charges or other capital financing. The program has been expanded to
additional arenas to incorporate the latest twin pad facilities and has the capacity to repay
any specialized debenturing costs the City may incur beyond development charges. The
program has gravitated to artificial turfed soccer fields.
The Municipality of Strathroy-Caradoc has used the same program on a smaller scale, with
a $3.00 per hour capital surcharge. The City of Oshawa has an $8.00 per hour surcharge.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 186
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
So far the dominant use has been for ice facility development with some movement into the
areas associated with artificial/higher level soccer field development. This is a newer
strategy and has not been widely embraced by a lot of municipalities due to affordability
and other challenges. There appears to be an increasing movement towards the use of the
strategy based on smaller capital surcharges being initiated and then growing them
possibly over time.
One of the challenging perspectives that has arisen around this technique, is that ice users
already pay one of the highest proportionate rates of user fees against operating costs for
municipal leisure facilities. They are the ones that are being impacted the most by capital
surcharges to date. Other sports/facility users may also have to be treated similarly on the
basis of fairness and equity.
8.7 Public Private Partnerships
This is an emerging model where the private sector designs, builds, finances, and in some
cases, operates (facility maintenance and custodial services usually) a leisure facility on
behalf of a municipality. This model is being used increasingly by the Ontario Government
for major infrastructure, such as the recently opened Woodstock, Ottawa and other
hospitals. A variant of this model would be design, construct and finance the facility that is
then turned over to the municipality or other owner to operate. The contractual period can
range anywhere from ten to forty years and in some cases, longer.
One of the rationales for the public sector utilizing this model is that it removes the debt
financing from the balance sheet and provides access to more capital, as well as having a
more integrated design, construction and operating process for a new facility. The model is
typically used on large projects, like major hospitals, new court houses and some larger
facilities at universities and other locations. For significant leisure facilities, this model
typically has not been used, as the key perspectives of this model are really organized
around scale and volume to create savings. One successful example of the 3 Ps in the
leisure services area, was the development of the Budweiser Gardens in London which is a
9,100 seat arena and entertainment complex, which also demonstrates changing naming
rights trends. A partnership between the City of London at 85%, 5% by Global Spectrum
which has the long term management contract and 10% by Ellis Don the contractor was
developed. Subsequently Ellis Don was bought out. Global Spectrum has continued to
operate the arena as a private sector player one of fifteen facilities that it operates across
North America and is a subsidiary of the company that owns the Philadelphia Flyers of the
NHL and the Philadelphia Arena. It also has a catering company for all its facilities and a
production company to bring entertainment/events/shows which have used the London
facility extensively. For the last five years, there has been an operating surplus plus funds
for reinvestment.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 187
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
The City of Windsor looked at the same companies and model in regards to the Windsor
Family Credit Union Centre (WFCU) but did not go in this direction and operates it as a city
facility, with an adjoining seniors centre and other services. The Cities of Sarnia, Guelph
and Oshawa also looked at a variant of this model but opted to own the facilities but have
private sector managers operate the facilities separate from the municipal structure.
Nustadia operated both these facilities but moved out of that particular market. The owners
of the Sarnia Sting now operate the Sarnia arena facility with its 4,200 seats.
There are often significant questions to be asked in regards to the pursuit/use of the 3 P
approach. However, there have been limited examples of its use in the municipal parks
and recreation sector and in smaller communities. Part of this could be because of the
scale of facilities, as the larger proponents typically are looking at projects in the $50 million
plus categories as their capital funding comes from pension plans and other sources
looking for significant points of investment.
8.8 Corporate Naming Rights
This is a growing income generating area that involves the naming of a total facility/venue,
as well as individual, major facility or venue components. In some cases the naming rights
are corporate and for a defined time period. In other cases, it could involve recognition of a
key person, family or corporate donor in either perpetuity or for twenty plus years.
London, Windsor, Waterloo’s RIM Park and other cities, clearly indicate the emerging
importance of corporate naming rights. In London’s case, the first ten year naming period
for the new arena complex in the downtown area was $10 million for ten years for the John
Labatt Centre. The same corporate entity opted to use another one of its brands to re-name
the building and was successful in renewing a ten year contract for $15 million, to call the
facility Budweiser Gardens. In Brant, the County has established corporate naming rights
policies for the BSC.
8.9 Summary
There are emerging models that have different applications in the development, financing
and delivery of leisure facilities and services in municipal environments. Some have had
success, such as pool and community centre/fitness complexes engaging the YMCA within
municipal buildings or on behalf of municipalities, while others have had mixed results,
such a private arena development with municipal ice contracts. Others have had limited
scope and applications, such as the 3Ps. Arenas have typically been the most dominant
facility of the traditional mainstream facility offerings. There has been a long history of golf
courses, curling clubs and other facilities being within the private, not-for-profit and private
sectors.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 188
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
Indoor aquatic complexes have been less or not engaged at all in these types of alternate
service delivery models, principally because of their high fixed costs of operation and the
inherent operating deficits that have been experienced by municipalities. The one
transition has been YMCA partnerships based on membership models with some pay as
play access.
Private sector arena involvement has typically occurred in larger settings like the GTA and
high growth areas such as the Regions of York, Halton and Durham. Private sector arenas
have been less evident and have had significant challenges outside of the high population
volumes/high growth areas of the province.
Other delivery models have involved the use of dedicate, non-profit corporations to run
municipal facilities and private sector or not-for-profit organizational contracts to operate
municipal facilities as third party managers.
Based on observations and comments from different municipalities and not-for-profit and
private sector operators, the challenges of implementing different financing and service
delivery models appear to be focused on the following:
The smallness of certain markets for private sector engagement, such as Brant
County;
The subsidized user fees for the use of ice, pools and other facilities that do not
create space for private sector or not-for-profit operators who have to incur the full
costs of delivery and do not have subsidized funding support;
Organizational cultural issues that sometimes restrain an openness to partnerships
and the use of other models unless there is significant municipal control and
influence;
Different standards of facility development that are affordable to municipalities but
not to other sectors which can differentiate quality perspectives and user
preferences;
Labour agreements;
Willingness for municipalities to take risks outside of the dimensions they are
comfortable or familiar with.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 189
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
9. CONCLUSIONS & STRATEGIC THEMES
9.1 Strategic Themes
As described in the previous sections of this report, the research and community and
stakeholder engagement process completed in support of the Master Plan development
identified several overarching strategic themes summarized here.
9.1.1 Population Changes and Future Development
The population of Brant County is expected to grow more rapidly over the next 25 years
than it has in the past 10 years, with annual growth rates expected to double, on average.
Demographic forecasts and stakeholder consultation both identified the forthcoming impact
of an aging population. Seniors will be the fastest growing element of the County population
over the next 25 years and will require facilities and programs suitable for their needs.
Children and youth recreation program and facility needs will continue to grow with the
population, most significantly with the growing settlement areas of Paris and St. George,
but these age groups will continue to represent a decreasing percentage of the total
population.
Paris and St. George are positioned for significant residential growth in the coming years, in
terms of the land supply available for housing and planned/proposed developments.
Provincially mandated targets for the density of housing development will mean greater
reliance on public parks and open spaces as well as school grounds as the primary outdoor
recreational amenity spaces in new neighbourhoods, while requirements for an increasing
share of total residential growth to be located within established built-up areas through
intensification will require a focus on renewing and improving existing parks and recreation
facilities. Proposed developments in the County present opportunities to acquire and
develop additional parkland and trails and generate growth-related capital funding for
increasing the capacity of existing recreational facilities and programs and adding new
facilities and programs in the future.
9.1.2 Parks, Rivers and Trails
Parkland provision levels in the County have increased over the past 16 years with the
acquisition of new parkland. Based on the current inventory and future parkland
requirements, a new parkland classification system has been identified and should be
considered in the Master Plan to guide the planning, acquisition, target service levels and
geographic distribution, design, development, management and operation of the various
park types.
There is strong interest in establishing a linked public open space system along the Grand
River and Nith River supporting a variety of passive and active outdoor recreation activities
both along the riverside and on the water. Demands for access to and use of the rivers has
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 190
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
grown significantly in recent years and has become a major tourism attraction in the region.
With the acquisition of natural areas into County ownership, there are related management
and resource requirements that need to be addressed to establish safe and
environmentally-sensitive public access opportunities for recreational uses, where
appropriate, and for ongoing conservation and maintenance activities.
Stakeholder interest in enhancing the canoe trail system and improving its linkages with the
existing trail system was evidenced. It was indicated that partnership with the Grand River
Conservation Authority might be a means to develop this joint resource.
The Master Plan should provide direction for future parkland and trails acquisition, and for
continued public acquisition of natural open spaces for conservation and/or public
recreation purposes on an opportunity and strategic basis as resources allow and through
the land development planning and approvals process.
The Recreation Master Plan should also establish a framework for further organization and
development of the trails system, building upon the County’s Transportation Master Plan
and Trails Master Plan, to guide the planning, design and development of additional trails
and management of existing and new trails to achieve a more integrated trails and cycling
network, both for recreational and active transportation purposes.
9.1.3 Active Recreation Facilities
The County owns and operations a range of indoor and outdoor recreation facilities for
diverse active recreation and sport programs and activities. Schools in the County provide
community access to additional facilities, where available. A future needs assessment for
these types of facilities has been completed based on a review of the current inventory and
usage and participant data, which indicates the following:
Demands for additional sports fields capacity, particularly soccer / multi-use outdoor
fields in Paris and St. George, and strategies to address these needs should
continue to focus on opportunities to improve and increase the capacity of existing
facilities and maximize the use of County and school fields while recognizing that
some additional land acquisition for additional sports field development may also
become necessary;
There are some identified gaps in neighbourhood park and playground distribution,
and the acquisition and development of new park locations and playgrounds will be
required in new development areas, while the need for playground equipment repair
and replacements should continue to be monitored and addressed on an ongoing
basis;
Aquatic programming is provided by the County during the summer months at the
outdoor pool in Lions Park, which is well-used and an important part of the facility
and program offering. There are a range of perspectives in the community regarding
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 191
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
the potential development of an indoor pool in Brant County, given the proximity of
existing and new indoor aquatic facilities in neighbouring Brantford and in
surrounding municipalities. Given the significant capital and operating implications
of indoor aquatics facilities, such a project should only proceed under the guidance
of the Master Plan and on the basis of demonstrated need and feasibility and in the
context of an overall service delivery strategy, potential alternative/interim solutions
to access related programming, other park and facility projects identified for
implementation, a capital and operating plan, and the financial capacity of the
County and potential partners;
Brant County is well-served by its four (4) ice pads and both the usage of indoor ice
time and participation in hockey and other indoor ice activities remain strong. The
three (3) existing arenas will required continued upkeep and some functional
improvements have been identified for the Brant Sports Complex so that these
facilities can continue to sustain relatively high levels of usage, particularly during
prime time, and future investments should also be based on monitoring of the
condition, future capital maintenance requirements and usage of these facilities;
The Syl Apps Community Centre is a major community hub in the County
supporting a range of multi-use indoor and outdoor facilities and programs
available, indoor turf and tourism activity, and planning for further improvements
should be undertaken to maximize the functionality and capacity of the available
indoor and outdoor spaces;
There is interest in a full-size multi-use indoor (or seasonally covered) artificial turf
facility in the County, and there are no existing municipal facilities of this kind in the
Brant/Brantford region. Development of such a facility should only be considered
under the guidance of the Recreation Master Plan and should be explored firstly on
a regional-level facility partnership basis, and based on monitoring of the level of
usage of the existing indoor turf at Syl Apps, participant data and future feasibility
analysis;
The existing community halls vary in their current condition, usage, programming
and operations, and hold local significance within the settlements where they are
located, while some also serve County-wide and/or tourism and event functions.
The Master Plan should provide an overall framework for future investment
considerations and to guide the County in supporting and enhancing community-
based programming, operations and usage of the community halls;
There is interest in the establishment of dedicated community gymnasium space
and potentially other multi-use indoor physical activity spaces, and the high levels of
community use of school gymnasiums is evidence of demands for such a facility,
which would provide more capacity with expanded availability and range of
programs that can be accommodated. The Master Plan should provide direction for
further review and future consideration of a community-based gymnasium space as
part of the future indoor recreation facility and program offering;
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 192
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
As summarized in this report, there are a range of other active recreation facilities
available at County parks and also interest in additional or new types of indoor and
outdoor recreational facilities, which should be considered under the guidance and
direction of the Master Plan.
9.1.4 Service Delivery, Policies, Partnerships & Community Involvement
Partnerships with local service clubs were identified as an important component in
financing some of the capital improvements to the Brand County parks and recreation
infrastructure. Concerns were noted about the aging composition of these clubs as well as
their falling recruitment and how it might impact future support. A broader theme was
developed regarding improving civic engagement of all citizens. A particular focus on
reaching out to the commuting population was identified. Those latter needs would tend to
be concentrated in the after dinner and weekend times.
The agreement and the multiple policies reviewed for the Recreation Master Plan found a
very workable and sound agreement with the Grant Erie District School Board on Joint Use
of Facilities which reduces duplication by allowing mutually beneficial access to each
parties’ facilities. The facilities are all clearly identified as are the expectations and minimal
fee considerations. The recreation policies reviewed demonstrate a strong understanding of
the policy’s need, development, clarity and completeness. The policies respond to the
years of experience on selected historical perspectives, as well as new and evolving
perspectives around accessing facilities on a fair and balanced basis for all groups and
people within the community. The policies are also well developed in terms of behavioural
expectations, how facilities are allocated and rented, and related perspectives. The User
Fee Policy is particularly well developed in terms of multiple price points, facilities specific
price points and related perspectives that respond to community expectations; needs
aligned with preschool, youth, teens, adults, families; and resident and non-resident
perspectives. User fees assessed are aligned with market values, reflecting specialization,
delivery costs and other inputs.
No significant issues from a master planning perspective were identified within the
agreement or the policies that were reviewed as they establish a sound and workable
foundation for these particular considerations within the Parks and Recreation delivery
mandate and operations in the County of Brant.
The County Official Plan direction and policies regarding parks, recreation and trails are
comprehensive and generally well-connected to the various related land use,
transportation, infrastructure and other policy matters. Some changes and improvements to
the County’s parkland dedication policies should be undertaken based on recent legislative
changes and based on the findings and direction of the Master Plan.
Parks & Recreation Master Plan | Situation Analysis Report 193
GSP Group Inc. & F.J. Galloway Associates Inc. | Final – May 2017
9.1.4 Community Engagement
There is a strong history of community and volunteer involvement in the development and
delivery of parks and recreation facilities, programs and services in the County, and this
provides a strong foundation for the Master Plan development and its future development.
Public and stakeholder communications were identified as an important priority during the
Master Plan consultations, particularly in respect of generating community interest and
volunteer support for projects and programs, scheduling of booked facilities, and as a
resource for planning, organizing, developing and managing specific recreational resources
(e.g. trails, river access, natural areas) for community use.
From the consultation program there is continued strong public interest and participation in
recreation and general consensus that the diverse recreational resources and services
available and natural environment are distinctive features of Brant County quintessential to
the quality of life in the community. From an economic development and tourism
perspective, recreation is also a locally significant and important motivating factor for new
residents moving into the community and for visitors, generating related investment.
9.2 Conclusions
Brant County is well-served with an abundance of parkland and indoor and outdoor
recreation facilities. For the size of community the number and range of facility and
program offerings and amount of parkland and open space is significant, reflecting a high
level of service which in turn has yielded an overall high level of satisfaction among
residents and stakeholders. There are a number of opportunities and challenges identified
relating to maintaining and optimizing the existing inventory of parks and recreation assets
to maximize community benefits and use, changing demographic characteristics of the
growing population, sustaining and enhancing community engagement, building and
fostering partnerships, creating an expanded network of connected trails linking existing
and new residential neighbourhoods and community destinations, and fully realizing the
recreational potential of local natural resources. Several strategic themes have emerged
and are summarized, which will provide a focus for the Recreation Master Plan.
APPENDIX A: County of Brant Parks Inventory of Facilities & Amenities
Park Name Area (ha) Facilities & Amenities Paris Axton Park 0.41 Bean Park 1.62 Bemrose Park 0.45 Cenotaph War Memorial (Paris Cenotaph) 0.09 Charlton Park 3.40 Cobblestone Common 0.02 Forest Drive Park 1.60 Garden of Hope 0.07 Gilston Park 0.09 Grandville Park 3.17 Green Lane Sports Complex & Simply Grand Dog Park 25.11 Jury Street Park 0.13 Kings Ward Park 0.38 Lions Park / Paris Pool and Pete Lavoie Ball Park 10.80 Optimist Park 2.95 Penman's Dam Park 0.87 Rest Acres Ridge Park 1.10 Two Rivers Stadium 1.53 Victoria Park 0.70 Willow Street Park 0.07 Total – Paris 54.56 St. George Arena Park (South Dumfries Community Centre) 2.76 Cenotaph Park 0.09 Centennial Park 0.79 Elliot Field 2.01 Jacob's Woods 4.85 King William Park 2.85 Snowball Park 0.51 Sunny Hill Park 2.22 Total – St. George 16.08 Burford Broadview Park 1.48 Burford Optimist and Lions Park (Burford Community Centre) 6.90 Janice Hunt Memorial Park 0.75 John St. Park 0.28 Lions Centennial Park 22.13 Park Ave. Soccer Park 1.73 Total – Burford 33.27
1
Park Name Area (ha) Facilities & Amenities Oakhill Foxhill Heights Park 0.73 Oakhill Heights Park 0.33 Poplar Hills Park 0.60 Total – Oakhill 1.66 Mount Pleasant Mount Pleasant Park 2.94 Mount Pleasant Nature Park 10.20 Total – Mount Pleasant 13.14 Harrisburg Harrisburg Ball Park 1.95 Harrisburg Church Park 0.37 Total – Harrisburg 2.32 Glen Morris Eric Thomlinson Access Point / Wray and Marilyn Cline Park 0.93 Glen Morris Ball Park (Rising Park) 1.06 Total – Glen Morris 1.99 Oakland Oakland Community Centre Park 1.70 Scotland Optimist Park 5.02 New Durham New Durham Ball Park 1.77 Cainsville Brant/Onondaga Park 6.20 Onondaga Onondaga Ball Park 0.59
Grand Total – County of Brant 138.20
Baseball DiamondBasketball Court Canoe Launch Disc GolfMemorial StatueOpen SpacePicnic AreaPlaygroundSkate Park
Soccer PitchesSplashpadTennis CourtToboggan HillTrailsUrban Park Volleyball Court Washrooms
2
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
1
A. Stakeholder Focus Groups & Interviews
Fifteen stakeholder focus group sessions and interviews with over 50 participants were
conducted by GSP Group and F.J. Galloway Associates involving presentations to the
Community Services Committee and Senior Management Team, interviews with Council
members, focus group meetings with public agencies, facility user groups, program providers,
service clubs and County staff, and facility tours with staff.
Each session began with introductions and a brief overview provided by the facilitators
followed by a discussion guided by the following questions:
What are the key strengths, attributes and assets of the parks and recreation
services currently available in Brant County?
What concerns, gaps or areas for improvement would you identify with respect to
parks and recreation services currently available in Brant County?
What priorities would you identify for new or redeveloped parks and recreation
facilities and services in Brant County over the next 5 years and 6 to 10 years?
At the end of each session, a brief summary was provided by the facilitators including an
outline of next steps in the process and timing for the project.
The following material provides the summary of input received.
1. Community Groups / Associations, Parks and Recreation Advisory Committees,
Service Clubs, Arts / Culture / Heritage / Tourism
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Parks and facilities in Burford well used
Burford Community Centre as multi-use facility in one location
Burford Lions Park and trail (approximately 5km)
History of volunteer/service club contributions and fundraising
Tourism opportunities - culture and heritage – e.g. rail trail “Brock’s Route”, popular
walking / cycling route, river access, regional tourism association working with other
groups to improve or develop new opportunities, agri-tourism experience and
educational components, local marquee events and festivals well attended, Brant
Studio Tour, Bite of Brant, Taste of Glenhyrst, Burford Fair, Paris Fair, Christmas
events, etc. – recognized value/strength of the region, funds available through Hamilton
Halton Brant Tourism Association
Historical assets – Harley Museum, post office, armouries building, Onondaga town hall
Paris Museum is thriving
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
2
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
Tennis courts (3 courts) in Burford not well used, no tennis club – could be re-purposed
/ used for shuffleboard or other activities
Extend / connect County trails to City of Brantford trails
Challenges of operating and sustaining service clubs, attracting new members and
volunteers, onerous requirements / red tape (e.g. insurance requirements, liability,
limitations on how funds used if fundraising under lottery license, etc.)
Note: Burford Lions currently has approximately 24 to 28 members
River access – some are privately owned
Lack of funding for arts and culture
Seniors are organizing in Burford but need assistance / support
Priorities for the Future
County support and resources to assist, sustain and grow community volunteer groups
and service clubs, streamline processes for project involvement, partnership and
fundraising initiatives, etc.
Need well-defined projects to create opportunities for community volunteer support and
fundraising, groups are looking for projects to support
Need signage, washrooms and other supports for trails and cycling routes
Identify and market unique places and activities that Brant has to offer, leverage
regional tourism opportunities, take regional perspective and approach to tourism
planning
Create a local hub for arts and culture and resources / support to assist groups with
obtaining grant funding – could establish an arts / culture / tourism / event start up fund
to assist groups in leveraging other available funding opportunities, assist groups to
navigate fundraising opportunities
Work with revitalization committee – tourism planning for Burford
St. Anthony Daniels School – need to bring the building up to code and establish
programming and activities
Explore / expand potential partnership opportunities to support program availability to
residents and greater participation – e.g. Six Nations lacrosse program
2. Indoor and Outdoor Facility Users / Sports and Activity Groups
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Financial assistance programs – County program, Arnold Anderson Sport Fund,
Canadian Tire Jumpstart
Paris lawn bowling club – growing participation, fitness and socialization, community
engagement, nice green with lights, well-maintained, helpful County staff
Arenas are well used – BSC, St. George, Burford
Syl Apps indoor turf and fitness centre well used, not just sports also walking groups
Green Lane co-ed softball and church league – all ball diamonds well used
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
3
Increasing participation in curling – rink is located at Paris Fairgrounds, owned by
Agricultural Society
Quality sports programs, attracting high participation and interest from areas outside of
the County
Tennis club – started 3 years ago, participation has doubled each year, currently at
capacity for available courts, only OTA club in the region
Softball registrations increasing across all age groups, children, youth and adult,
expecting continued growth, partly due to consolidation of associations
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
Burford arena – aging facility but making it work, need team room and storage space
Lack of ice time availability, issues booking ice at BSC (e.g. for hockey try-outs), no
priority to groups that use the most ice time / revenue generators
Fees for ice time are higher than some adjoining counties
Lack of communication / contact with facility users or opportunities for groups to provide
input to facility needs / improvements
Complex rules and requirements for volunteer groups and fundraising / sponsorships
Concern that ice time being rented to out-of-County users, County groups should be
accommodated first
Accessibility and structural issues at Paris lawn bowling clubhouse, need to resolve by
2025
Need for more ball diamonds
Some noise complaints from new development areas / residents moving into areas near
sports fields
Lack of capacity to keep up with growth in lawn bowling club – used to have 20 greens
now only 8 greens, also interest in year-round lawn bowling (indoor) – could it be
programmed from Syl Apps – “short mat” bowling
Need for additional ice time in St. George – arena could be twinned in future
Many ringette players going to Brantford – lack of program/capacity in Brant?
Waiting list for swimming lessons in Brantford at Wayne Gretzky Centre pool, no indoor
pool facility in Brant (could be considered in Paris or St. George?) – many surrounding
areas would also come to Brant for swimming
No soccer fields with lighting in County, need for more soccer pitches in St. George –
senior soccer field and mini fields, need to keep smaller fields local – parents will drive
for older kids but programs for young children need to stay local to the community to
maintain and grow participation – a larger field at Sunny Hill would allow cross-field
configuration but current field is not large enough for cross-field play
Cost of planned improvements to Paris Lions Park ball diamonds – should have
consolidated ball diamonds to Green Lane Sports Complex
Demographic and labour force considerations – people moving to County are looking
for specific resources and amenities that may be missing – e.g. indoor pool, fieldhouse,
etc.
Fields at Green Lane Sports Complex not big enough for all age groups
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
4
Not enough capacity at Syl Apps, fully booked
House league soccer has to find its own fields, no capacity on County fields
Adult soccer team from Brantford renting field in Brant – need to prioritize local
kids/youth programs first
Growth in soccer is outpacing population growth, programs attracting kids from other
areas outside of County, quality programs
High use of school gymnasiums for indoor soccer and other sports – indicator of need
for municipal gym and new/additional indoor turf facilities
Concerns about Brantford teams / programs booking ice at BSC
BSC nice design but not functional for Paris Mounties
- Sight line issues for spectators / camera coverage
- Too many entrances – can’t sell tickets / control admission
- Small dressing room
- Insufficient seating
- No first aid
Lighting issues at Paris tennis courts, need storage facility, school bathrooms are
closed / not available for club use
Ball diamonds – drainage problems at Paris Lions Park diamond, not enough parking,
losing Syl Apps diamond, struggling to find available diamonds
Losing some school diamonds – Princeton, Old Sacred Heart
Priorities for the Future
Communication between County and user groups – e.g. organize annual meetings to
review booking requests, planned facility scheduling and maintenance / repair needs
and activities, scheduling changes, policy changes, fees, etc.
Prioritize activities for children, availability, scheduling, fees and booking policies and
practices should reflect this priority to kids activities first
Resources and support for volunteer sports and recreation program providers,
fundraising initiatives
Address program / capacity constraints with additional sports fields / lighting, new
facilities – soccer, softball and potentially lawn bowling depending on continued growth
of program
Consider new soccer complex / tournament hub – artificial turf, lighting, indoor
fieldhouse or seasonal dome
- There is room at Green Lane to add lights, artificial turf
- Long term need to look at potential new soccer complex / facility – potentially at
BSC to make it a multi-use complex
- Consider separation / consolidation of ball diamonds and soccer pitches in two
locations – e.g. ball diamonds at Green Lane, soccer at BSC
- Total need: 4 to 5 full size soccer fields, 1 indoor or dome, 1 artificial turf, 1 with
lights, 2 or 3 other outdoor fields
Ball diamond in St. George could be converted to soccer / mini fields?
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
5
Reserve prime time hours for kids programs only, adult programs only if kids programs
fully accommodated
Maintaining local access to smaller sports fields in communities for younger age groups
/ programs
Consider municipal gymnasium at BSC or other location
Need to resolve changeroom issues at BSC – e.g. co-ed programs (see Ayr arena
example), small size of rooms (using 2 rooms per team currently) and need dedicated
room and team meeting space for Paris Mounties
3. Public Agencies and Partners – Grand Erie District School Board
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Joint use agreement seems to be working well, many people are using the school gyms
for recreational activities, provides value for students
- Paris District High School (2 gyms)
- Cobblestone Elementary School (double gym)
- North Paris Elementary School (removed stage to enlarge gym)
Gymnastics clubs using school gymnasium, shared equipment provided by gymnastics
club
Basketball major user of school gyms
Tennis courts on school property, re-surfaced by County, used jointly by school and
tennis club
Not-for-profit youth programs subsidized through community use of schools program
High school uses BSC for hockey
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
School closures reduces access to gym facilities unless facility acquired by municipality
or other organization that will maintain community use
No municipal gymnasium space – heavy reliance on school facilities
Burford tennis courts dilapidated, former high school now elementary school, no longer
used or maintained by school but could be restored by County for community use if
demands
Priorities for the Future
Potential new school in south Paris and could expand Cobblestone school in future –
opportunity for additional community gymnasium space
Opportunities for County / School Board partnerships – e.g. shared library space,
artificial turf sports fields, gymnasiums, daycare spaces, multi-purpose rooms, tennis
courts, etc. and funding (e.g. municipalities can get Trillium grants but school boards
cannot)
Programming opportunities at school facilities – e.g. seniors hall walkers, tennis club,
gymnasium sports and fitness programs, etc.
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
6
4. River / Trails / Cycling Groups
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Good trails in County for walking / hiking / running and mountain biking
Tourism resource and attracting people from outside the County
Paris Wiki page – info on existing trails / routes
Paris Lions Park trail access
Great natural assets, habitats
Concerns, Gaps and Weaknesses
Lack of signage / wayfinding and other facilities (washrooms, parking, maps,
emergency and problem reporting contact information, benches, garbage cans,
regulation of use – i.e. not motorized) for trails and cycling routes
Some trails on private lands – concerns about future access / availability
Need resources / support to start club(s)
Lack of winter activities – e.g. cross-county skiing
Need bike racks at outdoor pool
Wildlife concerns – unleased dogs on trails
Steep stairs at dam take-out on river, consider hand winch for boat raising
Some County roads are not suitable for cycling but are identified as routes – liability
concern
Some concerns about potential trail user conflicts with increased usage and lack of
posted rules and by-laws, particularly with motorized and non-motorized trail uses (e.g.
ATV’s)
Priorities for the Future
Trail supports, marketing, mapping, linkages, facilities, community engagement in
volunteer trail patrols / monitoring of trail conditions, regulatory signage and
enforcement
Consider County acquisition / easements for existing private trails
Support for establishing walking / cycling and other trails program / club
On-road and off-road cycling routes
Need boat launch / take-out improvements, consider usage fee for outfitters to help
fund improvements
Consider County rental of equipment – bikes, cross-country ski equipment, dragon
boats
Seniors outreach e.g. cycling without age program
Identify and prioritize trail projects and allocate available funding – some funding
available through Development Charges funds for recreational trails and active
transportation infrastructure (e.g. bike lanes, etc.)
Priorities for active transportation include Rest Acres Road and Burford connection,
other potential future opportunities include Watt’s Pond Road, Brant-Oxford Road (2018
project by Oxford County), Governor’s Road (cyclists from Hamilton area to Grand
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
7
River and back), Paris to Ancaster on-road route, East River Road (narrow), Brant-
Waterloo Road, St. George Road, Powerline Road (partially developed in Brantford)
North Paris trail linkages
Connections to Oxford County (updating Transportation Master Plan), Waterloo Region,
Six Nations
Education and community engagement regarding active transportation
Mountain biking trails (e.g. Barker’s Bush, Jacobs Woods, Watts Pond Area) –
approximately 50 participants in Paris and many visitors from elsewhere – opportunities
on County owned lands
Address staffing and other resource needs for trails system maintenance with
expansion of trail network, promote community stewardship
5. Parks and Recreation Facility Managers, Operations and Program Staff, and Master
Plan Project Team
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Volunteer contributions – service clubs, program providers, historic capital
contributions, fundraising
Community use of schools, new joint use agreements with School Boards
Major facilities have been brought up to current standards (e.g. accessibility)
Outdoor pool – high quality facility, well used
Diverse programs provided by County directly, book school facilities and program
gymnasiums – well attended, popular, some have waiting lists; also programming in
libraries, after school programs (recreation oriented) – 5 school locations
Gymnastics program is always full; no private gymnastics facilities in County (one
private club in Brantford and in Woodstock)
Most evening programs are free, some fee-based programs and funding assistance is
available – “Can we help” program, “Every kid count” and “Jumpstart”; fees reviewed
annually
Online registration – updating system – Class system discontinued
Program coordinators to help groups run their own programs – e.g. hockey camp,
tennis; also partnerships – e.g. with river outfitters and Pedlars & Paddlers
Good use of available spaces in communities – e.g. some groups such as guides and
scouts use churches (and schools)
Youth feedback on programs indicates things are working well in schools
Most programs are co-ed / gender neutral
Strong transition in softball participation from youth to adult
Playgrounds are in good condition, independent inspections are completed every third
year, planned accessible play equipment in Burford, future playground in St. George
with some accessibility features
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
Signage / wayfinding
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
8
Lack of implementation of Trails Master Plan, needs to be updated
Additional staffing capacity needs at major facilities particularly during peak usage times
School use is after 6pm only during school year; custodial fee on weekends for staffing
Funding and staffing limits programming / capacity (e.g. after school programs)
No policy on registrants, wait lists, who gets in
Need to revisit affiliate program – some discount but not for ice
Some day camps use City of Brantford pools since there is no indoor pool facility in
Brant
Waiting lists for swimming lessons on Wayne Gretzky Centre in Brantford; outdoor pool
time limited for programming
Lack of storage space in schools to run community programs
Would like to use Syl Apps indoor field for community programs but booked for soccer
Some challenges with part time staff recruitment to staff programs, aquatics, etc.
Seating capacity / sight-line issues at Brant Sports Complex arena
Resource requirements for 7 advisory committees, meetings scheduled on a bi-monthly
or quarterly basis, mainly information updates, membership includes residents and 1 or
2 Council members on 4-year term
Lack of available lands to provide additional sports fields
No capacity/resources to manage County-owned natural areas after acquisition of the
land
Burford hall is not well used, could potentially be used for fitness programming
Splash pad in Paris Lions Park is older (converted from a wading pool in 2002-2003),
has had some problems and is not optimally located
Some issues with consistency in quality and maintenance of sports fields – some
maintenance completed by the community, some by contractors – consider building in-
house capacity for all turf maintenance to improve quality and capacity of sports fields
Capacity of staffing for year-round operations – only one parks lead hand, increased
staffing needs for outdoor recreation facilities
Priorities for the Future
Define needs and engage community and service groups and partners in projects and
initiatives that will address current and future needs
Update old and formalize informal policies, guidelines and approaches regarding
partnerships, community/volunteer agreements, contributions, etc. (e.g. outdated
affiliate program)
Tourism / sports tourism opportunities – define and market – e.g. tournaments, cycling,
arts and culture, outdoor adventure, rivers; related supports (e.g. accommodations)
Youth centre at Syl Apps
Marketing and program registrations through social media and mobile technology
Gymnasium for daytime programming – e.g. seniors, parent / tot
Storage space in schools – inventory and secure equipment
Barrier-free programming, gender equity and universal change/washrooms
Increase capacity of after-school programs
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
9
Investigate alternatives for advisory committees, review what other communities are
doing
Make Brant Sports Complex more multi-use – demands for indoor walking track,
gymnasium space, social/programming spaces, there are no kitchen facilities in the
building – undertake a feasibility review for future expansion
Expansion of multi-use outdoor sports fields/capacity at Green Lane Sports Complex
and for the St. George area (property at west end)
Consider expansion/redevelopment of splash pad at Paris Lions Park
May be future potential for gym/complex on School Board property in St. George
Consider potential dog park location in St. George
Consider potential indoor playground / kindergym (e.g. space available at SDCC)
Potential expansion of Syl Apps skate park to accommodate BMX bikes
Opportunities to acquire and formalize passive recreation in natural areas and
walking/hiking/mountain biking trails
- Watt’s Pond in North Paris
- Barker’s Bush (Nith Peninsula) in Paris
- Jacob’s Woods in St. George
- Mt. Pleasant
- Oakland woodlot
- Oakhill Drive natural area
Need policies for use of cash-in-lieu of parkland funds
Consider potential trailhead and splash pad in Mount Pleasant
Consider pickleball at Poplar Hills Park – storage available
Capacity of supporting facilities for high traffic volumes for river access and tourism,
need multi-lingual signage
6. County of Brant Senior Management Team
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Local events, fall fairs, fairgrounds in Paris and Burford
Three arenas are good
Radial Trail is a good network
Paris Lions Park is excellent
Good recreation spaces, resources may be too focused in youth activities and parks
and could be better balanced
Joint use agreement with School Boards and value to community
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
Currently lacking in policy for trails with regards to new development and dedication
requirements
Emergency access to trails – need to review standards and best practices
Accessibility standards and applicability to trails of different standards of development
(e.g. paved multi-use vs. nature trails)
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
10
Reliant on GRCA / conservation areas for trails and outdoor passive recreation, outdoor
education, etc.
Only one dog park
Services, activities and programs for seniors – what are retirement homes already
providing?
Concern about neighbourhoods that are deficient/experience gaps
Certain program areas might be lacking, parks may be lacking in genera
Higher service and quality expectations with continued growth
Potential school closures and need to take over and maintain open space
Is the County competing with or duplicating potential private or other service providers
in program delivery?
Strong non-profit support and community sponsorship of parks and facilities, need to
maintain support, provides significant benefits to community
Priorities for the Future
Waterfront lands acquisition – need strategy and integration with downtown Paris – the
County may have surplus lands that could help to fund acquisition of land along river for
public access
Review of trails and sites that are priorities for acquisition, create a trails hierarchy,
diversity of trail experiences
Development in downtown and County owned lands can lead to further trail/park
development
Cycling tourism – bike-friendly facilities, marketing of routes and destinations
Land acquisition policies to guide and support decision-making
Naturalization of passive areas, native prairie species, floriculture
Natural areas acquisition and management
Educational opportunities in parks and natural areas
Public safety – e.g. trail standards, emergency access, signage of dams, safety plans
for trails
Consider future need for gymnasium – review usage of school facilities, maximize
Restore old Paris town hall
Need recommendations for where parks should go in the future and what type/size of
park
Opportunities to make facilities more multi-use, incorporate other facilities / services,
create community hubs
Need to take regional view of services, how to maximize benefits to residents in
partnership with adjoining municipalities and other service providers
7. County of Brant Council
Five members of Council were available and participated in one on one interviews; in
addition, others participated with some comments provided at the initial presentation to the
Community Services Committee. The following is a consolidated summary of the combined
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
11
input received across all Council member interviews and the Community Services
Committee meeting.
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Larger parks and major facilities in Paris, Burford and St. George
Community volunteer and service club contributions – e.g. South Brant Lions Club owns
and maintains park on McKenzie Lane – large site, historical significance, monument
installed, rented for picnics / events; strong Optimist club in Paris
Trails well used (e.g. Oakland / Scotland), good rails to trails projects
Rivers and related recreation and tourism opportunities, outdoor adventure, canoe
launches (some not County owned)
Oakland Athletic Association – registers kids for t-ball, makes it affordable
County service office and community centre in Oakland – community centre well used
Adequate / abundant parks and facilities overall but may change with growth which will
require additional capacity
Accessible playground at Paris Lions Park, playgrounds in general are well used
Arenas / ice-time well used, winter sports are well captured
Well-supplied with sports fields, good quality
Good variety of parks, facilities and programs
Green Lane Sports Complex as hub for outdoor activities – softball, soccer, disc golf,
beach volleyball, dog park
Highway 403 and strong regional transportation connections / access - Brantford,
Hamilton, Cambridge, Caledonia
GRCA trails – SC Johnson Trail
Syl Apps re-purposed to indoor turf, well-used, hub of recreational activity in Paris
Outdoor aquatics – splash pads and outdoor pool well used
Paris Lions Park bandshell / amphitheatre – used every week during summer
Keeping up with local park needs in new neighbourhoods, meeting growth needs, but
mostly smaller parks in new areas
Outdoor rinks and volunteers who create and maintain them
Good community hall in Mount Pleasant
Mount Pleasant nature park, operated by Optimist Club
Scotland soccer field, operated by Optimist Club
Airport Community Hall is accessible, also used by Brantford residents for private
events (less expensive to rent than city facilities)
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
Most of the recreational facilities and opportunities are in Paris, other parts of the
County not as well served but do have large population numbers too – e.g. no splash
pad in Mount Pleasant
Challenges for volunteer groups and service clubs to get funding assistance and
sustain members / volunteers
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
12
Field not level at Oakland Park, works for t-ball and softball but not soccer
Lack of play equipment for older children at Oakland Park
Losing Farringdon Park (Tutela Heights) in annexation to City of Brantford
Onondaga Community Hall, designated heritage building, County owned, programmed
by community group – seniors group using the hall, some issues with the building
Limited use of park in Onondaga
Some neighbour issues / complaints with multi-purpose pad in Foxhill Park – could it be
located elsewhere in the park?
Will County have to take over South Brant Lions Park in future if the club cannot
maintain it?
East Oakland pond – underdeveloped recreational resource for fishing, boating, etc.
Need to address gender-neutral washroom / changeroom facilities
No transit, need to ensure recreation is accessible to those without cars
New residents from larger cities have high expectations of range and quality of facilities
in Brant
Lack of opportunities for seniors – e.g. indoor walking track
Some feelings of isolation / exclusion in parts of the County – e.g. south east and south
west corners of Brant, those in south east tend to travel to Caledonia or Hamilton for
certain facilities and services, going to Brantford for minor hockey
Lack of seating capacity at BSC as tournament venue – losing tournaments
Community trail and sidewalk connections – address gaps and connections to
destinations
Paris Museum needs identification and wayfinding support
Demands for indoor pool facility but concerns about operating costs, geographic access
and competing with pools in adjoining areas that are used by County residents and may
be closer
Concern about discussion of re-locating Paris library
Need for larger community parks in new neighbourhoods rather than many small parks,
parks system is too piecemeal
Too much noise in BSC meeting rooms while ice is in use
Priorities for the Future
Consider splash pad in Mount Pleasant, added more land to park
River access points / canoe launches need supporting facilities (washrooms, signage,
storage, parking, etc.)
Consider acquisition of additional land (2 to 3 acres) for soccer fields in Oakland, across
from community centre
Communication and promotion of available activities, programs and facilities
Potential County acquisition of South Brant Lions Park
Additional play equipment in Oakland for older kids
Renewal of Onondaga Park
Providing safe, comfortable places for all
Resolve changeroom issues at BSC / gender neutral facilities
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
13
Free and low-cost recreation opportunities
Address the needs of growing and changing communities, resident, labour force and
business retention and attraction
Transportation to access recreation
Review cost recovery at arenas and sports fields
Trail connections, passive recreation opportunities, passive / nature parks
Co-location and multi-use facilities – e.g. indoor pool and/or fieldhouse and/or
gymnasium and/or indoor walking track to make BSC true “complex” with something for
everyone, all ages and broad interests
Complete ball diamond upgrades at Paris Lions Park for younger age groups, this may
leave more room behind the diamonds for other uses / facilities
Trail connections – e.g. Rest Acres Road connection to BSC, bike lanes, connections to
Cambridge, Brantford with Paris – tie it together, need signage, wayfinding and other
supports for trails, connect downtown Paris with trails, river access, parks, variety along
trails, regional connections, etc.
Syl Apps new boat launch / river access, could expand skatepark
Aging community halls – need upgrades or replacement, address accessibility and
capacity for range and size of programs and usage, e.g. consider new community hall
in Cainsville, add 100 more to capacity (also replace fire hall)
Work with developers to create new trails and connect the network, traffic calming and
pedestrian friendly design, bike lanes and cycling opportunities
Need visioning of what each community wants to be
Showcase local history and culture, develop arts and cultural programming, tourism,
heritage, potential opportunities with Paris old town hall and theatre – review
accessibility, fundraising and programming / recreational opportunities
Could acquire more land to expand Green Lane Sports Complex
Maintain creativity in parks – variety of amenities, themes, stewardship
May need dog parks in Burford, St. George
B. Community Workshop
An advertised public workshop was held at the Brant Sports Complex on October 6, 2016.
The purpose of the workshop was to present information about the project and gather input
from members of the community. Fourteen (14) residents as well as the Mayor and several
County staff attended the workshop and provided the following input:
Key Strengths, Attributes and Assets
Parks, recreation and natural resources – area is well serviced with many natural
features and attributes that provide unique and diverse recreational experiences
Good range of recreational programs
Paris Lions Park, amphitheatre, outdoor pools, Burford Lions Park
Community special events, Christmas parade, fall fairs
Green Lane Sports Complex and dog park
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
14
River access and activities, outfitters
Syl Apps re-purposing to indoor turf, hub of community activity, skateboard park
Contributions of community sponsors and service clubs / organizations
Burford Community Centre – multi-use, community hub
Brant Sports Complex
Facilities have been kept up-to-date, prepared to respond to growth
Trails
Pickleball – growing interest, played outdoor in airport area
Tennis – great for seniors, lessons for kids
County staff support and programs, responsive
Hockey and other ice sports / activities well served
Library programs
Concert series / local theatre (old town hall) / artist studios
Growth of soccer and opportunities to expand, quality of soccer turf
“Friday files” for school communication
Population growth – opportunities with new development to update / renew parks and
facilities
Sunny Hill park well used
Good connections between indoor and outdoor spaces / facilities at Burford
Community Centre
Concerns, Gaps and Areas for Improvement
Energy efficiency and green facilities – e.g. tennis court and sports field lighting
Meeting growth needs, lack of outdoor fitness programming / activities
Lack of indoor pool and potential future needs and costs for indoor aquatics
Jacob’s Woods Park (St. George) – could be naturalized
King William Park in St. George, picnic shelter
North driveway at South Dumfries Community Centre
Transportation to facilities and services, size of County and people don’t want to
travel far for children’s programs, affordability, more information about
accessibility of programs in all areas
No therapeutic recreation
Need more capacity for softball and soccer; sometimes have to go to Brantford
for fields, sometimes cutting teams
Community use of school facilities constrained (e.g. daytime use)
Aging volunteer base
Community gardens / gardening club – connect people with program, marketing
Need trails and cycling supports – signage, mapping, washrooms, benches, bike
racks, bike lanes / cycling routes, waste and recycling containers, no trails on
west side of Grand River, connection to downtown Paris, regulatory signage and
enforcement (e.g. permitted uses of trails, dogs on leashes, etc.), year round
maintenance
APPENDIX B Detailed Consultation Summary
15
Safety of river take-out area at the dam
No municipal gymnasium / health / wellness hub / indoor walking track
Not enough tennis courts / availability
Priorities for the Future
Re-purposing older parks based on current and future local needs /
demographics
Communications plan, marketing and awareness of available facilities and
programs, how to get there, how to encourage and recruit new volunteers, use of
social media / technology; digital electronic signs
Natural resources management and recreational use opportunities, supports for
trails along Grand River – linkages, maps, washrooms, etc.
Missing facilities that may be needed in the future – indoor walking track, indoor
pool, indoor playground, gymnasium, fieldhouse, indoor racquet sports
Trails, optimize use of available lands and corridors (e.g. former rail lines)
Equalize greenspace across new development areas, maintain parkland
provision levels with population growth
Tune into future community needs for programs and facilities and plan proactively
for meeting those needs, small communities need grassroots approach
Opportunities for all ages, accessibility, seniors programs
Environmentally friendly, sustainable facilities
Transit / transportation to programs and facilities – future: self-driving cars
Year-round opportunities
Careful consideration of future park and facility locations, with resident input
Increase budget allocations to parks and recreation with continued growth
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX B
APPENDIX C
Trail Master Plan for the County of Brant
- 43 -
Crossing Improvements Portage Area with Nearby Parking
Pedestrian Bridges over Nith River
Conceptual Future Trail Links
Figure 18: Individual Community Map - Paris
APPENDIX C
Trail Master Plan for the County of Brant
- 44 -
Individual Community: Burford Within the community of Burford, located in the western portion of the County of Brant, proposed additions to the current trail network include:
• Trailhead to be located at Lions Park, providing a sending off point for Trail Route 14 – Apps Mill Nature Trail which terminates at the Apps Mill Conservation Area.
Recommendations:
1. Investigate the feasibility of the construction of a bridge across Whitemans Creek for greater pedestrian safety when entering the park.
Trailhead at Lions Park
NTS
To Apps Mill Conservation Area
Figure 19: Individual Community Map - Burford
APPENDIX C
Trail Master Plan for the County of Brant
- 45 -
Individual Community: St. George St. George, located in the north eastern portion of the County, has a number of proposed routes contained within and travelling through the community. Route 13, which follows Blue Lake Road connects St. George with the Cambridge to Paris Rail Trail and the Grand River. Route 8, located along St. George Road, connects the City of Brantford with the Region of Waterloo. This route passes Sunny Hill Park, a major recreation hub within the County. Also proposed in St. George is an on-road trail connecting Sunny Hill Park with Elliot Field Park on Blue Lake Road, as well as an off-road multi-use trail from Elliot Field Park to St. George Road, just north of German School Road. Recommendations:
1. Develop a trail from Elliot Field Park through the industrial area to link to future residential areas in the McLean Road vicinity.
2. Construct a paved on-road bicycle lane along Park Road between Powerline
Road and Govenor’s Road, east to St. George Road, then north through the village of St. George continuing through to the County of Brant border.
To Brantford
To Region of Waterloo
Figure 20: Individual Community Map – St. George
APPENDIX C
Trail Master Plan for the County of Brant
- 46 -
Individual Community: Mount Pleasant Mount Pleasant, located in the southern portion of the County, has a number of proposed enhancements to the current trail network. These include:
• Trailhead at Mount Pleasant Park with parking, trail kiosk with information and mapping and interpretive signage. This will allow for a staging area for those using either of the trails;
• An equestrian trailhead and staging area is proposed to be located at the Mount Pleasant Nature Park for easy access to the southern portion of the L.E. & N Trail, proposed to be an equestrian area along the current trail right-of-way;
• Linkages between the T.H. & B and the L.E. & N Rail Trails and the Mount Pleasant Nature Park are proposed to be both on-road and off-road linkages to accommodate all types of trail users.
Recommendations:
1. Improve access to the T.H. & B. from Mount Pleasant Road, Ellis Avenue and Burtch Road by providing a sidewalk or trail constructed in the road easement, providing improved pedestrian safety.
To Scotland
To Oakland
To Brantford
Figure 21: Individual Community Map – Mount Pleasant
APPENDIX C